} a ay : ste 5 8) nn sik tj / / ' t ‘ E \\ / ; : : — / i} . /) / . | N ee ‘ — ; ‘ igh q i Ps, a \ _ om ; > =A 1 b ; . " l ft z . Ee ee. Pe oe.) i) ¥ £ THIS BCOK MAY NOT BE PHOTOCOPIED i a PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1888. A MUSE £4\> 1S FQ? 5 < \% Sago wy ona se” PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON : MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW. ior ST OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1888. COUNCIL. (Elected April 30, 1888.) Proressor W. H. Frower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President. Dr. Joun BREN Wittram T. Branrorp, Esq., E.R.S. Masor-Gen. Henry Crerx, R.A., F.R.S. Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T'rea- surer. Sir Joseph Farrer, K.C.S.L, F.R.S., Vice-President. Joun P. Gasstor, Esq. F. Du Cane Gopmay, Esq., F.R.S. Cot. Jamus A. Grant, C.B.,C.8.1., E.R.S. Dr. A. C. L. G. Gtnruer, F.R.S., Vice-President. Anprrson, LL.D., Dr. Epwarp Haminron, V2ce- President. K. W. H. Hotpsworrn, Esq. Joun W. Hutrxs, Esq., F.RB.S. Dr. Sr. Groree Mrvart, F.R.S., Vice-President. ProressoR ALFRED NerwrTon, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. Oszert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S. Howarp Saunpers, Hsq., F.L.S. Pairre Luriey Scrarer, Esq., M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Josep Travers Surru, Esq. Surcron-Gen. L. C. Srewarr. Tur Lorp Waxrsincuam, F.R.S., Vice-President. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Frank HK. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector. Mr. A. D. Barrrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. F. H. Watrrnovse, Librarian. Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. J. Witrams, Chief Clerk. LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page Bares, H. W., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. On a Collection of Coleoptera from Korea (Tribes Geode- phaga, Lamellicornia, and Longicornia) made by Mr. J. H. PEER e RE BE Meas afer chasse stoi pcnial absiatale je tests fale 6) a ais) eisai 367 On some new Species of Coleoptera from Kiu-Kiang, ROTI) ayes cere ate emoye we acne ocs Syn Eee diem ain) Gora eS OO BEpDDARD, FRANK E., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. On certain points in the Visceral Anatomy of the Lacer- tila, particularly. of Monitors... . 22.225. ¥ 505% Guides te 98 Observations upon an Annelid of the Genus olosoma. CE latemeMly iran ct.) Saas genes « Memos else eb eis 213 Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Birds.—No. II. On the Respiratory Organs in certain Diving Birds .......... 252 On certain Points in the Visceral Anatomy ot Baleniceps rex, bearing upon its Affinities..............0. 02 cee eee 284 Note on the Sternal Gland of Didelphys dimidiata .... 353 Note on a, New Gregarine a. 2 cide? fnyin pees arsds ss OOD On certain Points in the Structure of Clitellio (Claparéde). CBlate Re cic enc, ‘shade de cc slapiovacteve alae Mememae Bator? 460 a2 lv Page Bewt, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, three specimens of a daree Pemnatnlidhe wins tne gol k est + 2 ss ss otis oe 267 Descriptions of Four new Species of Ophiurids. (Plate Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Cerianthus membranaceus in its tube «2... 2... ee ee ee ee we ee Eby vicy OOD Report on a Collection of Echinoderms made at Tuticorin, Madras, by Mr. Edgar Thurston, C.M.Z.S., Superintendent, Government Ceutral Museum, Madras ................ 383 Bou.EnGER, G. A., F.Z.S. Third Contribution to the Herpetology of the Solomon IRIAN SEs i ens ielecies) a cle weaittes om cc eae eE 86 Note on the Classification of the Ranide ............ 204 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the type specimen of a new Marsupial Tree-Frog (Nototrema fissipes) from Per- TAIN DU COMEE Te hcic case ce 5 ce lle tee ee 219 Description of a new Land-Tortoise from South Africa, from Specimens living in the Society’s Gardens. (Plate b.G Vi ne See Se AE ellie PE Mae 251 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a new Genus of Snakes, SA ZEMLOPSY ECL North sieen sets ete te e+ sone e «=: + lhoheqeneneenetene 266 On the Scaling of the Reproduced Tail in Lizards ...... 351 On the Reptiles of Christmas Island........ SMe ny - 534 Butter, Artuur G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant Keeper of the Zoolsgical Department, British Museum. On the Lepidoptera received from Dr. Emin Pasha .... 56 Vv Descriptions of some new Lepidoptera from Kilima- DjATO P4422 9 Matas Le ee eed aan e aeete a Os. Ah ert abate On the Lepidoptera of Christmas Island............ CampBELL, F. M., F.Z.S. © Exhibition of a pair of Pallas’s Sand-Grouse, and remarks on the numerous recent occurrences of this bird in Western Europe ...... CockEReELL, T. D. A. Letter from, containing remarks on Atavism .......... Couuetrt, Professor Ropert, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a nest, eggs, and two young ones in down of the Ivory Gull . Cortes, E. C. Letter from, asking for assistance in studying the question of Economic Entomology in India Daty, D. D., Assistant Resident, British North Borneo. On the Caves containing Edible Birds’-nests in British North Borne A hit tsr oes ot a eee, eee SY, ote Davies, A. M., Assoc. Normal School of Science, S. Kensing- ton; and Howes, G.B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal School of Science and R. School of Mines, 8. Kensington. Observations upon the Morphology and Genesis of Super- numerary Phalanges, with especial reference to those of the Amphibia. (Plates XXIV. & XXV.)............ Day, Francis, C.1.E., F.LS., F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Spanish Loach (Cobitis tenia) and of some hybrid Sai- TUAGSTILEL SO ese oes eee nee See TR oie loli w atale eeeele tt teele « Observations on the Fishes of India.—Part I....,...... Page 91 542 — AM 219 291 266 108 .. 495 vi Dresser, H. E., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an example of a new Species of Shrike (Lanius raddei) from the Transcaspian RIS DENCE SA Soto Seve, oR ch 'y Ses act, we ~ 515 ae ae ee eee Druce, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. List of Lepidoptera Heterocera collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford at Suva, Viti Levu, Fiji Islands, with the De- scriptions of some new Species. (Plate XIII.) .......... List of the Lepidoptera Heterocera, with Descriptions of the new Species, collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford at Aola, Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Islands. (Plate XXIX.).... Drummonv-Hay, Lt.-Col. H. M., C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a specimen of the Desert Wheatear (Saxi- eola-deserts) killed in Scotland. ......3. 3. 002 «agkosb Emin Pasna, Dr., C.M.Z.S. Letter from, concerning the despatch of Natural History objects. 2 AEP OE. 08S ee Frower, Wittiam Henry, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President of the Society. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Japan- ese Domestic Cock with elongated upper tail-coverts ...... Fowter, G. Hersert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant to the Jodrell Professor of Zoology, University College, London. On a new Pennatula from the Bahamas. (Plate VI.) Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., M.A., F.Z.S., Strickland Curator and Lecturer on the Advanced Morphology of Vertebrata in the University of Cambridge. Remarks on the Numbers and on the Phylogenetic Deve- lopment of the Remiges of Birds .. .... Page 291 219 570 140 358 248 135 1) 655 Page Gauan, C. J., M.A. On the Coleoptera of Christmas Island ............ .. 538 Gopwin-AvsTeEN, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. On some Land-Mollusks from Burmah, with Descriptions of some new Species.—-Part I. .... 0... . eee eee eee ne 240 Grant, W. R. Oaitvir, F.Z.S. Second List of the Birds collected by Mr. C. M. Wood- ford in the Solomon Archipelago. (Plate X.) ..... ne se A185 Ginroer, ALBERT, C.L.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians sent by Emin Pasha from Monbuttu, Upper Congo .......... 50 Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal School of Science and Royal School of Mines, S. Kensington. Note on the Azygos Veins in the Anurous Amphibia .. 122 Notes on the Gular Brood-pouch of Rhinoderma SEAN ADAAIO oat chic n/a A Sia tsinin Bes =) 8a Palin Le Gaia RCAE Pinan «aks inp saree 231 Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal School of Science and Royal School of Mines, (South Kensington), and Davies, A. M., Assoc. N.S.S. Observations upon the Morphology and Genesis of Super- numerary Phalanges, with especial reference to those of the Amphibia. (Plates XXIV. & XXV.)........-..-0.---- 495 Howes, G. B., F.Z.8., F.L.S., &c., and Rip—ewoop, W. On the Carpus and Tarsus of the Anura. (Plates VII.- DO) ee a ieiralehnc ane Soe Oslo Re wrest 141 vill Page Hutkg, J. W., F.RS., F.Z.S., &c. Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of the Mesosuchia, based on Fossil Remains from the Clays near Peterborough in the Collection of A. Leeds, Esq. (Plates XVIII. Re as hie ewig. « att mee ciel, « aye + maaan 417 Irsy, Col. L. H., F.Z.S. Exhibition, on behalf of Lord Lilford, of a specimen of Aquila rapax from Southern Spain .................... 248 Jacosy, Martin, F.E.S. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera from Raigkinni (CHMS) sre tt. cee htincy ss cals A cS 339 Kirpy, W. F., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. On the Insects (exclusive of Coleoptera and Lepidoptera) of Christmas: Island ").05 Goer -, ieemune ei 46 oe ess aeeee lee Layarp, E. L., F.Z.8., &c. Extract from a letter concerning the distribution of some Land-Shells of the genus Stenogyra .... «2.22. se. e ees 358 Leecu, J. H., B.A., F.R.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., &c. On the Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea—Part II. Heterocera, Sect, I. (Plates XXX.-XXXII.) .......... 580 Laster, J. J., M.A., F.Z.S. On the Natural History of Christmas Island, in the Indian Ocean.. (Plates KXVI/.& XV ACE ech). eaten 512 Loner, Sir E. G., F.Z.S8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a very large tusk of an African Hlephant> Sava. 2.0: 25 soe peed pee ae eet Oe ix Lussock, Sir Joun, Bart., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. Extracts from a letter, addressed to him by Mr. George A. Treadwell, concerning a fatal case of poisoning from the bite of Heloderma suspectum Moors, Freperic, F.Z.S8. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera, collected by Rev. J. H. Hocking, chiefly in the Kangra District, N.W. Himalaya....................05 Parker, W. Newron, F.Z.S., Professor of Biology in the University College of S. Wales and Monmouthshire. On the Poison-Organs of Trachinus. (Plate XVII.).... Pococs, R. I., Assistant Natural History Museum. On the Arachnida, Myriopoda, and Land-Crustacea of @hristutas Wlandia carci cece ame oe «ol Eee ae ee Se oars Ripewoop, W., and Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., &e. On the Carpus and Tarsus of the Anura. (Plates VII.— ye sin coud cases open 0X sayarons rasan Na rabecsaye eam oder ieratthates, Same Savin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S. A Note on Ornithoptera victorie, Gray. (Plate IV.) Saunpers, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the American Green-winged Teal shot in Devon ... ........ Sciater, Puiie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1887, and List of Specimens of the Genus Canis Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January Pes8. 29255 See Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Pebrusry TSGR .. ..d nas. eimai. s oan ERs. ee Page 266 390 399 556 141 . 116 469 x Page Exhibition, on behalf of Lt.-Col. H. M. Drummond-Hay, C.M.Z.S., of a specimen of the Desert Wheatear (Sawicola deserts) Aalted, in, Scotland oj. {0 +si2 0 a ineignae «pec eer Jae Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in MACCHGLSRG «2:0 cs. ws Sates wc eee akan ee et ean ee Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 2 Til Silo) of pa MRE M SMEs OPP EERE EAE HERE» oeranee ee 265 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in iE al ke os aa ed rc ae en Hee Aa 291 Exhibition, on the part of Mr. F. M. Campbell, F.Z.S., of a pair of Pallas’s Sand-Grouse, and remarks on the numerous recent occurrences of this bird in Western Europe ........ 291 Exhibition, on behalf of Prof. R. Collett, C.M.Z.S., of a nest, eggs, and two young ones in down of the Ivory 1 Lille alae Bs Dae em cap OR od apes eee a aE 291 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, July, August, September, and October, 1888 .......... - 413 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Novembortsss... o2¢-c ge eaieeeeces sa sissies cereus 564 Srersoum, Henry, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Pheasants from Mongolia, Thibet, and China .. ...........- 02+ 0 267 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, examples of Phasianus shawi from the valley of the Tarim River, and an example of P. tarimensis from, Leb-Nor):) ». (099-6026 <2) Geet 415 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of /% anellus gregaris, B00t in TANCHRHITe oct one aiaieen > «=~ «fs ctae we 416 Suarpe, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum. On a new Species of Hlainea from the Island of Fernando Norolia i ata te pp aint che ote seo Cite a ho oe 107 Descriptions of some new Species of Birds from the Island of Guadalcanar in the Solomon Archipelago, discovered by Mr. C.ME“Woodtord’s... oo. te ee ee ee eee 182 xl Note on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds.— No. 6. On some Species of the Genus Digenea ......--.- List of a Collection of Birds made by Mr. L. Wray in the main Range of Mountains of the Malay Peninsula, Perak. RP late Ys) Vou. ael aaa 141 IX. Carpus and Tarsus of Bufonide, Cystignathide, and | DOG HOTUUCHE pokonaadiode sooeasens cpdboboG. ) X. Figs. 1, 2. Nasiterna aole (1 5,2 Q).. 1... seen 185 Fig. 5. Myzomela sharpei...... 1.0. see eveeeeeces Ma New Shere! .rancerennn VIII. Carpus aud Tarsus of Pelobatide, Hylide, and Bufo- | ule (IRINA no mo gocedocsaeoo coboo abbot r 141 IX. Carpus and Tarsus of Bufonide, Cystignathide, and | DOM MEMDIED, sh 0aacnoco0 sono nis oocD0Da aRa- ) X. Figs. 1,2. Nasiterna aole (1 5,2 Q).. 1... sees 185 Fig. 3. Myzomela sharpet.... 00.100 csee reece eee ENTE cINew (Shell siiers:. eves sisiaiehe telalcbetehe vielen keleterate tes «ie 207 XII. Molosoma headleyt ....... 0002600 cet eweeeeeeee 213 XIII. Heterocera from Fiji.............-..00 eeeeee sees 219 XIV. Homopus femoralis ........ 00.0 ccc te eee eens 251 2. WG) TREC GI optcsbaeboobsocosubbmocsobbcd’ 268 XVI. New Ophiuroidea ...... 0 1. cece eect eee cence teens 281 XVII. Poison-Organs of Trachinus ....... 0... eee e evenness 359 hax Fossili@rocodiliais acrnt tonne en oie can el ere nae dere 417 XX. Fig. 1. Pteropus woodfordi. Fig. 2. P. coronatus. Big. 3. Péeralopes atrata. 2... eee eh le oa 470 XXI. Fig. 1. Pteropus woodfordi. Figs. 2, 3. P. coronatus. Figs. 4-7. Pteralopex atrata .........0-0eeeeeees 470 XXII. Fig. 1. Anthops ornatus. Figs. 2, 3. Mus imperator. Figs. 4,5. Mus rex. Fig. 6. Mus pretor ........ 470 XXII. Anatomy of Clitellio 2. 0 ...ccce erie nwesnsgrnes oe 485 Plate XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. XXXI. XXXII. iv Supernumerary phalanx and syndesmoses in Amphibia. . 495 Map of Christmas Island..............00 cess ecee ee 512 AXTERW OS HUTS Sou ana Ghopbbacenaanacueaodanne 512 News Shel] 8235 oiesesccsictatelonerncchocensnelersuassho ets teers ore te ote 565 New Lepidoptera Heterocera ............seecuveees 570 Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea........+-. 00 eee 580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. January 17, 1888. Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1887 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of December was 35, of which 17 were by presentation, 2 by birth, 2 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 12 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 117. - Amongst these I may call attention to a small Fox from Afghanistan, presented by Lieut.-Col. Sir Oliver B. C. St. John, K.C.S.L, F.Z.S., which should probably be referred to the species shortly noticed by Blyth (Journal As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxiii. p. 730, 1884) as Vulpes gripithi. It is, however, as Mr. Blanford informs me, somewhat doubtful whether the species is really distinct from Vulpes leucopus (Blyth), the small Desert-Fox of Western India. This specimen has been lodged in the New Wolves’ and Foxes’ Dens lately finished, to which I wish to call special attention, as this is the first occasion on which our specimens of the genus Canis have been arranged in a connected series. I add a list of the speci- mens now living in the collection :— List of Specimens of the Genus Canis now living in the Society’s Gardens. 1, 2. Canis lupus, 6 2. Received in exchange, Dec. 5, 1887. 3. Canis lupus, 3. Presented by C. 8. Hardy, Esq., Dec. 14, 1887. This is a large animal of unknown origin, and may possibly be referable to Canis occidentalis of North America. Proc. Zoot. Soc.— 1888, 1 2 THESECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Jan. 17, 4. Canis niger, §. Received in exchange from the Zool. Gardens, Calcutta, May 5, 1883, to which institution it was presented by Major Fred. Clowes. 5. Canis vulpes. Presented by Mr. Thos. Legg, July 30, 1884. 6. Canis vulpes. Presented by Lady Brassey, F.Z.S., Feb. 21, 1885. 7. Canis vulpes. Presented by A. B. Priestley, Esq., July 3, 1886. 8. Canis vulpes. Presented by C. Heseltine, Esq., July 8, 1885. 9, 10, 11. Canis lagopus. Presented by T. Nordenfelt, Esq., C.E., Sept. 27, 1887. 12. Canis javanicus, §. Purchased, Sept. 29, 1887. 13. Canis aureus. Presented by J. Smith, Esq., Aug. 22, 1878. 14. Canis aureus,2. Presented by Capt. W. Geake, Sept. 23, 1887. 15. Canis grifithi. From Afghanistan. Presented by Lt.-Col. Sir O. B. C. St. John, Dec. 29, 1887. 16. Canis anthus,g. Presented by Capt. W. F. Wardroper, Dec. 4, 1882. 17. Canis anthus,?. Presented by A. ‘I’. Marsh, Esq., Sept. 14, 1886. 18, 19. Canis mesomelas,3 2. Presented by F. Mosenthal, Esq-, May 12, 1886. 20, 21. Canis lateralis, $ Q. Purchased, May 28, 1886. 22. Canis pallidus. Presented by Capt. J. S. Talbot, Nov. 24, 1885. 23. Canis chama. Purchased, June 26, 1886. *24. Canis latrans. Presented by R. Payne, Esq., July 8, 1884. 25. Canis latrans,g. Presented by. Prof. C. M. Vincent, Aug. 21, 1887. 26. Canis latrans,?. Presented by Baron Ferdinand de Rothschild, F.Z.S., Dec. 5, 1885. 27. Canis fulvus. Deposited, Nov. 10, 1876. 28. Canis fulvus. Presented by Messrs Ensor, Weber & Co., July 23, 1886. 29. Canis fuluus. Presented by Miss Cameron, Sept. 24, 1887. 30. Canis velox. Received in exchange, Jan. 17, 1885. 31. Canis virginianus. Received in exchange, Oct. 23, 1886. 32. Canis azare. Purchased, June 16, 1885. 33. Canis rudis,$. Presented by Capt. J. Smith, Sept. 30, 1886. 34. Canis rudis. Purchased, Dec. 2, 1886. 35. Canis fulvipes (Tierra del Fuego). Presented by Miss M. M. Wroughton, Sept. 26, 1887. 36. Canis dingo,?. Deposited, July 4, 1887. * Tt is doubtful whether the animal presented by Mr. R. Payne as captured in Epping Forest is really of this species. It seems in some respects to be more like the North-African Canis anthus. P. 2.21888 =Pin i J 4 Saeco J. Suit. delet hth Miritern Bros. imp. ) : ANOMALURUS PUSILLUS. ‘INING XVHAHOUCNAC ‘duit soag uszepnyl “UIT 12 "TEP yg +f aii Geel S.2.4 1888. ] ON MAMMALS FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 3 Mr. F. Day, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the Spanish Loach, Cobitis tenia, captured the previous week at Hungerford. Mr. Day also exhibited two specimens of hybrid Salmonidee from Howietoun, both of which had been removed from the ponds on Dec. Ist, 1887. The first was of the leopard breed, 13-2 inches long, and one of the progeny from 8000 eggs of an American Char (Salmo fon- tinalis), taken on November 15th, 1882, milted from a Loch-Leven Trout. Although 4 years and 10 months of age, this was the first season that they had been observed to be fertile ; the specimen was a female full of nearly ripe eggs. The second fish was one of the zebra breed, 18 inches long, 3 lb. in weight, and one of those raised from 3000 ova of the Loch-Leven Trout taken on November 29th, 1883, and milted from an American Char. This fish, 3 years and 10 months old, was also a fertile female. The external colours in these two forms were very similar, and coloured drawings of the hues exhibited by the fish when first captured were likewise shown. These fishes were covered with reticulations or vermiculated lines on a grey or silvery ground, and differed in appearance from either of their parents. But the most remarkable feature was the dentition of the vomer, for in the Char teeth are only found along the hind edge of the head of that bone, not along its shaft, where they are, however, present in Trout. In these hybrids the hind edge of the head of the vomer was toothed as in a Char, and also for a short distance along the shaft of that bone, where three or four teeth were to be seen. Thus a fertile form could be produced, differing in external colours from Trout or Char, and having neither the dentition of S. salvelinus nor of true S. fario, but a compound between the two. If such a form had been captured wild, and it is now so found in Car- diganshire, doubtless it would have been referred to a new species. The following papers were read :— 1. On a Collection of Mammals obtained by Emin Pasha in Equatorial Africa, and presented by him to the Natural History Museum. By Oxprintp THomas. [Received December 14, 1887.] (Plates I. & II.) The Mammals recently received by the Natural History Museum from Dr. Emin Pasha number 115, belonging to 39 species—a col- lection which is of the utmost value as a contribution to our know- ledge of the Central-African fauna, and one which reflects the highest credit on the energy and scientific spirit of the man by whom it was formed. When the cares and anxieties of a person in the position of responsible governor of a large and turbulent African province are considered, it seems wonderful that Emin should have been able to make any collections at all, and still more should have 1* 4 MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM [Jan. 17, made such a collection as the present, nearly every specimen of which has been carefully labelled in his own handwriting, with the date, sex, and exact locality—particulars which add enormously to its scientific value. The great mass of the collection was not obtained at Dr. Emin’s headquarters, on the Upper Nile, but in a district called Monbuttu (lat. 2° 30' N., long. 27° 50’ E.), just within the Congo basin’, and separated by the Congo-Nile watershed from the Wadelai region. There, practically, all the interesting forms were collected; and, considering their number, and especially their strongly marked geographical character, the general affinities of the mammal-fauna of this district may now be looked upon as settled ; their affinities are discussed at the end of the present paper. Of the more recent papers on the Central-African mammal-fauna the three following are the most important:— 1. Pagenstecher, Dr., ‘ Die von Dr. G. A. Fischer, auf der im Auftrage der geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg unternom- menen Reise in das Massai-Land gesammelten Siugethiere ” *. 2. Noack, H., “‘ Beitraige zur Kenntniss der Siiugethier-Fauna von Ost- und Central-Afrika’’®*. 3. Leche, W., ‘Ueber einige von Emin Pascha gesammelte afrikanische Siiugethiere”’ *. The first of these contains notes on 31 species of mammals, but the region explored by Dr. Fischer has so different a fauna from Monbuttu, that only some three or four species, and those very widely spread, are common to both collections’. Dr. Noack’s paper also, based on the mammals collected by Dr. Bohm in the Marungu country, on the south-west coast of Lake Tanganyika, refers to a fauna very different to that of Monbuttu, although several species, and those some of the most interesting (e. g. Scturus boehmi and Mus kaiseri), are found in both districts. Finally, Dr. Leche’s paper is founded, like the present one, upon specimens collected by Emin Pasha. Fifteen species are enumerated, but these come chiefly from the Upper Nile district, only three of them occurring also in the Monbuttu collection. The localities given are so widely scattered that the paper, although important for the histories of the individual species, gives but little definite faunistic information. There is also a list of 71 species observed in Niam-niam-land, given at the end of Dr. Schweinfurth’s ‘Im Herzen von Afrika,’ but 1 On the assumption that the Uelle is really an affluent of the Congo, and does not run, as has been suggested, north-westwards to Lake Chad or into the Niger basin. ? JB. Mus. Hamburg, 1884, pp. 32-46 (1885). 3 Zool. Jahrb. ii. pp. 193-302, pls. viii—x. (1887). * Zool. Jahrb. iii. pp. 115-126, pls. iii. and iv. (1887). ° Dr. Pagenstecher (pp. 40 and 41) places Gazella thomsoni and Alcelaphus coket as synonyms of G. granti and A. lichtensteini respectively, observing that they are “figured but not described” in Thomson’s ‘ Masai-Land,’ 1885. He seems, therefore, to be unaware that these species were originally described by Dr. Ginther (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [5] xiv. p. 426, 1884). 1888. ] EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 5 the list is a merely nominal one, except that the different native names of the animals are all carefully recorded. Two of Dr. Emin’s West-African animals, the Chimpanzee and Galago demidoffi, occur in the list. The 39 species in the present collection consist of 3 Primates, 8 Carnivora, | Insectivore, 3 Bats, 1 Ungulate, 1 Edentate, and no less than 22 Rodents, Dr. Emin having wisely paid most attention to the latter group, in which our knowledge of the smaller forms is still so exceedingly incomplete. 1. ANTHROPOPITHECUS TROGLODYTES (Gm.). a. Skeleton, ¢ (incomplete). Bellima, Monbuttu. b, ec. Skulls, old ¢ andimm. Monbuttu. Without further material, and a much fuller examination than is now possible of the whole genus, it is impossible to determine to which of the races of Chimpanzee these specimens should be assigned, and I therefore place them provisionally under the name of the common West-African species. Chimpanzees from this region have received the names of Troglodytes schweinfurthi', and T. niger, var. marungensis*, but the evidence in favour of this dis- tinction seems to be as yet exceedingly meagre. Some notes on an acrocephalous skull of a Chimpanzee, also obtained by Dr. Emin, were contributed to this Society by Prof. Flower in 1882 (P.Z.S. 1882, p. 634). 2. CoLoBUS GUEREZA, Riipp. a. Immature. On the Nambiri*®, Sandeh (=Niam-niam) land, 20/7/83. This species is also mentioned by Schweinfurth as occurring in Niam-niam. 3. GALAGO DEMIDOFFI, Fisch. a. &. Stat. Gadda, Monbuttu, 18/3/84. 6. &. Stat. Gadda, Monbuttu, 3/5/84. *Tride flavo-umbrina. Monbuttu name ‘ Nensi.’ ”—E.* This species, like the last, was observed by Schweinfurth in Niam-niam, but has otherwise only been recorded from West Africa. 4, Friis serVALINA, Ogilb. a. Immature. As this specimen is immature, having its milk-teeth still in place, it does not afford any additional information as to the vexed question of the relation of F. servalina to the true F. serval, except 1 Giglioli, Ann. Mus. Genov. iii. p. 56 e¢ segg. (1872). See also Peters, SB. Nat. Freunde, 1869, p. 25; Issel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. i. p. 56 ef segg. (1870) ; Hartmann, Arch. Anat. Phys. 1872, p. 474 e¢ segg.; and Schweinfurth, ‘Im Herzen von Afrika,’ i. p. 558 (1874). 2 Noack, /. c. p. 291 (1887). * The exact position of this locality Iam quite unable to find in any of tho maps at my disposal. “ The particulars marked “ HE.” are those noted on the labels by Emin Pasha, 6 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM (Jan. 17, in so far as it shows the constancy at different ages of the peculiar coloration to which the name of F. servalina has been applied. The specimen has lost its label, but is no doubt one of the Mon- buttu series. 5. Fenis caLuicATa, Temm. a. dg. Tingasi, Monbuttu, 16/10/83. 6.3. Stat. Gadda, 14/5/84. c. Juv. “Tride fulva. Lives in the woods. Monbuttu name ‘ Nango’ or ‘ Kao.’ ”—E. [FELIS CALIGATA DOMESTICATA. a. Lado. 12/83. ‘* Bastard between F’. caligata 4 and F. domestica 9 .’’—E.] 6. GeENETTA TIGRINA, Schr. a,b. 2 and juv. Lado, 5/12/s=. “Caught with three young in its nest. A severe biter, anda great enemy to poultry. Ejected a fetid fluid on capture.’”’—E. I only use the above name provisionally, until the species of Genets are properly worked out, which will probably result in the union of nearly all the so-called different species. 7. POIANA RICHARDSONI, Thomps. a. Juv. An immature individual of this exceedingly rare and interesting species quite agrees with the typical specimen in the Museum col- lection. It is unfortunate that its label has been torn off, so that its exact locality is unknown ; but as the species is a strictly West- African one, having only hitherto been recorded from Fernando Po and Sierra Leone, it was, no doubt, obtained in the Monbuttu district, where the whole of the purely West-African species were collected. 8. CROSSARCHUS ZEBRA, Riipp.' a, &. Tingasi, 1/7/83. b. S. Stat. Gadda, 18/1/84. c. g. Stat. Gadda, 20/1/84. ‘‘Tride fusco-flava. ‘ Ndoto’ (Monbuttu).’’—E. Notes on the habits in Marungu of the closely allied C. fasciatus, Desm., have been recorded by Dr. Noack’, from the note-books left by Dr. Bohm. Of the species labelled as occurring in Monbuttu, this is absolutely the only one of a distinctly Abyssinian character. It is, however, a * In connection with this species, I may take the opportunity of correcting an unfortunate misprint in my paper on the African Mungooses (P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 87), where, in the synopsis of species (lines 22 and 24), the lengths of the fourth premolar in C. zebra and C. fasciatus have been transposed, as an examination of the detailed descriptions would show. It is C. fasciatus that has its premolar “more than 8 millim.” and C. zebra “less than 7 millim.” 2 Tic. p. 253. 1888. ] EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 7 most strongly marked example, the present being by far the most distant point from Abyssinia from which it has been recorded. Bearing in mind the semi-domesticated state of many of the Mungooses, and the otherwise strictly West-African character of the Monbuttu fauna, one is almost tempted to believe that this species has been artificially transported across the watershed from the Lado district, where Dr. Emin has himself previously obtained it. 9. CrossaRcHuUS oBscuRUs, F. Cuv. ? a. 2 imm. “« Lives in pairs; very harmful to poultry.”—E. An extraordinary short-haired specimen, of the determination of which I am somewhat doubtful. It is wholly without the long fur on the body, none of the hairs exceeding about 14 or 15 millim. in length, and the general tone of colour is a peculiar whitish grey, exactly similar to that of the underfur of C. obscurus. It appears to me probable that it has been clipped of the longer hairs by the natives, perhaps for purposes of deception, as the majority of the hairs do not taper naturally to a point, but end quite abruptly. Its skull is quite similar to that of C. obscurus. 10. Lycaon pictus, Temm. a. Skin and skull, young. This specimen, unfortunately without a label, is probably part of the Wadelai collection, as the species is known from Abyssinia and South Africa, but not from Western Africa. The sizes of the milk- premolars in this specimen are as follows:—m.pm.*, length 6°5 millim. ; m.pm.°, length 11:4; m.pm.*, length 8°5, breadth 9:5; m. pm, leagth 671; m. pm, 84; m. pm.*, 13°3. 11. Icrrponyx zortuua, L. a. &. Redjaf, near Lado, 1/84. 12. CrocipuRA DoRIANA, Dobs. a-c. Wadelai, 10/85 and 4/86. I am indebted to Dr. Dobson for the determination of this Shrew. The type came from Shoa, and the species is therefore, so far as is yet known, distinctly Abyssinian. 13. EpomorHorvus (Hyrsignatuus) Monsrrosus, Allen. a-b. 3 & Q. Tingasi, 29/10/83. “ride fusca. ‘Balupa’ of natives. Lives upon fruit, and is itself eaten by the natives. Found in flocks of from 50 to 60.”—E. Herr Bohndorff also obtained this species in Niam-niam-land. Previously only known from West Africa. 14. EPoMOPHORUS FRANQUETI, Tomes. a. Tingasi, 5/82. This is another wholly West-African species. 8 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM [Jan. 17, 15. MeGaprerMA FrRons, Geoffr. a. Q. Wadelai, 26/6/86. 16. ANOMALURUS PUSILLUS, Sp. n.’ (Plate I.) a. 2. Bellima, 21/6/83. Type. b. 3S. Tingasi, 5/82. Size very much smaller than in any of the other species. General colour above uniform dark grizzled grey, the hairs throughout dark slaty grey for the greater part of their length, this colour gradually darkening to black just below a terminal band of pale grey or oliva- ceous. Head and limbs like back ; sides of parachutes rather darker. Underside pale yellowish white, without a tinge of rufous, the hairs on the belly pale slate basally, and dull yellowish white terminally ; outer margins of parachute below covered with coarse dark brown hairs. Tail uniform pale brown, cylindrical, rather bushy, the hairs at its end attaining a length of nearly two inches; scales about 15 in number. Skull, as compared to that of 4. deecrofti, distinguished by its very much smaller size, short muzzle, proportionately longer pala- tine foramina, longer orbital and shorter temporal fossz, and larger rounder bull. Teeth as usual. Incisors orange above, pale yellow below. Molars readily distinguished by their small size. Dimensions of a female in skin :—Head and body (to anus) (¢.) 280 millim. ; (to back of interfemoral membrane), 300 ; tail 134; hind foot (without claws) 40°; ear (dried and shrunk) (c.) 20. Skull—basal length 41 millim. ; greatest breadth 29 ; interorbital breadth 12°3; height of infraorbital foramen 52; palate, length 21:7; diastema 10°1; length of palatal foramen 5:0; length of upper molar series 9°4. This interesting little animal is most nearly allied to the West- African A. beecrofti, Fraser, but differs from that species in its duller and less yellow upperside, in the entire absence of rufous on its neck and belly *, and, as from all the other described species, in its diminutive size. 17. Sciurus STANGERI, Waterh. a. Tingasi, 2/9/83. “Common in Monbuttu, where it is called ‘ Mbonga.’”—E. 18. SctuRUS RUFOBRACHIATUS, Waterh. a. 3. Bellima, 13/7/83. b. 3S. Bongereh, 21/7/83. e, d. Tingasi, 5/82 and 7/83. ‘“‘Tride fusca. ‘ Bonga.’ ”?—E. 1 Preliminary diagnosis published, Ann. Mag. N. H. [5] xx. p. 440, Dec. 1, 1887. 2 In specimen 4, an adult male, rather smaller than a. 3 Young specimens of A. beecrofti are also without the bright rufous on the belly characteristic of the species, but the size of their feet and teeth would always distinguish such specimens from A. pusillus. 1888. ] EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 9 These specimens vary very considerably in the colour of the belly-hairs, which in some of them, notably in a, are pure white, while in others they are of the usual dull grey and white found in Western Coast specimens. 19. Scrurus aNNuLATUS, Desm. a. Q. Lado, 16/2/84. b. g. Tobbo, 18/5/83. ce. Q. Tobbo, 18/5/83. 20. Scrurus pryrruoprvs, F. Cuv. a. 3d. Tingasi, 16/9/83. b. 9. Tingasi, 10/10/83. “‘Tride fusca. ‘ Kejo.’’—E. Specimen a has the hairs of the belly, usually pure white, richly washed with red. S. stangeri, S. rufobrachiatus, and the present species are all strictly West-African forms, this being by far their most easterly recorded locality. 2). Scturus BorHMI, Reichen. a, b. 3 & Q. Tangasi, 7 and 9/83. c,d. 6 & Q. Stat. Gadda, 2 and 3/84. e. o. Nendja (Monbuttu), 9/7/83. J 3 ««* Nangeri.. Common from 4° N. lat. southwards. As yet only taken to the west of the Bahr el Djebel.”’—E. These beautiful little Squirrels quite agree with the description given by Dr. Reichenow (Zool. Auzeiger, 1886, p. 315) of some specimens obtained by Dr. R. Bohm in the Marungu country, at the south-west corner of Lake Tanganyika. Whether the species is really distinct from S. congicus, Kuhl, is a question which will have to be decided later, when further specimens are available from other localities. It appears to me to be by no means improbable that not only will §. boehmi be found to grade into S. congicus, but that the latter also will equally pass into S. poensis, Smith, of which I have seen specimens with just a faint indication of a whitish back-stripe. This stripe then becomes bright and prominent in S. congicus, with a darker band below and external to it; while further, in S. boehmi this latter dark band is quite black, and is supplemented internally by a second even more prominent black stripe. ‘These gradations from the normally wholly unstriped S. poensis to the brilliantly banded S. Zoehmi show how little these dorsal bands ean be trusted for the division of the Squirrels into groups, or even for the diseri- mination of the species. No appreciable seasonal change is visible between the different specimens of the series. The Squirrel from “ Tamaja”’ referred to and figured by Leche * as S. lemniscatus, Le Conte, appears also to belong to this species, which, while having the same number of stripes as S. lemniscatus, te Ee Grp dUaap leat 10 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM [Jan. 17, is apparently, as already remarked, more nearly allied to S. congicus. Prof. Leche’s six specimens are stated to be all immature, a state- ment that perhaps only rests on their inferior size as compared with SS. lemniscatus, S. boehmi being decidedly smaller than that species. Indeed the beautiful figure given by Prof. Leche represents, when increased to scale, an animal quite as large as the largest of our specimens of S. boehmi, all of which are undoubtedly fully adult. Notes on the habits of this species have been made both by Dr. Bohm (Noack, ¢. c. p. 251) and Dr. Emin himself (Leche, JZ. ¢.). 22. XeRvS ERYTHROPUS, Geoffr. a. 3. Tingasi, 16/10/83. 6. 3. Stat. Gadda, 4/2/81. c. Skeleton. Stat. Gadda. d. Skull. Foda, Lake Albert Nyanza, 12/85. “Tride fusca. Monbuttu name ‘Koro.’ Common everywhere.”— E. No difference that could be ascribed to season is observable between a and 4, collected respectively in October and February. 23. GERBILLUS, sp. (allied to G'. leucogaster, Peters). a. 9. Tingasi, 31/8/83. b. 2. Stat. Gadda, 24/1/84. ‘*Monbuttu names ‘ Kota’ and ‘ Sinsi.’ ”’—E. 24. GERBILLUS, sp. a,b, Wadelai. 5/86. In the state of confusion in which the species of Gerbilles are at present it is impossible to determine these specimens with certainty, but they are nevertheless of the utmost value as supplying material for a future revision of the group. 25. CRICETOMYS GAMBIANUS, Waterh. a,b. 5 & &. Bellima, Monbuttu, 16/7/83. ce, d. Tingasi, 8/83. e. Skeleton 9. Tingasi, 7/9/83. f-i. 3 & Q. Stat. Gadda, 2/84. j. Skeleton ¢. Stat. Gadda, 14/3/84. k. Skull, ¢. Kubbi, Monbuttu, 7/83. l. Skull, 9. Foda, Lake Albert Nyanza, 12/85. ‘* Tride fusca. Native name ‘ Assumba.’ ’—E. Specimens a and 6, from Bellima, differ from the rest by their greyer colour, grey instead of pure white bellies, and the less sleek character of their fur, differences which, as shown by the fine series obtained, are neither seasonal nor sexual. Their skulls, however, do not present any valid specific distinction, and it is probable that we have here one of the definite but non-specific variations often known to be due to some difference in the nature of the locality—as, for example, a difference either in altitude, presence or absence of forest, or amount of rainfall. 1888. ] EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 11 26. Matacomys tonerres, M.-Edw. a-d. 6 &3 @. Tingasi, 7 and 9/83. (a) “ride fusca. ‘Nesanda.’ In and by water.” (6) “In the forest.”—E. This most interesting form was only previously known from a single specimen from the Gaboon in the collection of the Paris Museum, the skull of which has unfortunately been destroyed. An examination of the skulls sent by Dr. Emin shows that M/alacomys has perfectly smooth incisors, and the molars of a typical Mus, and is therefore only distinguished by its very different external pro- portions. Asa species M. longipes is characterized by its rounded supraorbital edges, elongated muzzle, small teeth, and short palatine foramina, the latter and the teeth being each only 6 millim. in length, as compared to a basal length of 35:5, and a palate length of 22 millim. 27. Mus (Isomys) BARBARUS, L. a. &. Stat. Gadda, 10/1/84. b-g. Tingasi, 7 to 9/83. h. 3. Wadelai, 24/7/85. “Tride fusca. Native name ‘Nadje’ or ‘Nage Nadje.” Found along the edges of the forest.”—E. No remark to this very common and widely spread species would be needed were it not that the three authors whose papers have been above referred to have all expressed different views as to its nomenclature, and it is therefore advisable for me to explain my reasons for the name I myself use. Thus Dr. Pagenstecher, although only having two of the ordinary specimens for comparison, calls the Masai form ‘‘ Mus (Lemniscomys) barbarus, var. massaicus 1 a form, however, that I do not think distinct enough to merit a varietal name, especially as the Emin series contains individuals precisely agreeing both with ordinary West-African specimens and with those described by Dr. Pagenstecher. Dr. Leche? puts all under “ Mus barbarus” and expresses his opinion that the variety known as “ pulchellus,” Gray, is not really distinct—a view with which I most fully agree, although I prefer to recognize the subgenus “‘ Isomys,” with which at the same time I think ‘“ Lemniscomys” should be amalgamated, the two grading quite insensibly into each other. Finally Dr. Noack? uses Dr. Gray’s obsolete name of ‘‘ Golunda pulchella” for the species, being apparently unaware either of its position in the subgenus Isomys, or of the fact that the generic name Golunda belongs properly to a very different animal, for which in its turn ‘ he uses Peters’s name of Pelomys, although the latter’s identity with Golunda was shown by Mr. Blanford as long ago as 1876°. 1 T.c. p. 45. 4 Tc. p. 235. AEE Gy jos Maks) 5 J. A.S. B. xlv. part ii. p. 165. 8 T. c. p. 239. 12 MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM [Jan. 17, 28. Mus (Isomys) asyssrnicus, Riipp. a. Q juv. Lado, 16/2/84. “ House-mouse ; very common.’’—E. 29. Mus cuerinzil, Peters. Dasymys gueinzii, Peters, MB. Ak. Berl. 1875, p. 12, pls. i. & ii. a,b. 3 & Q. Stat. Gadda, 1/84. ** Monbuttu name ‘ Suhr.’ ”—E. These two specimens agree in all essential characters with Dr. Peters’s description, the type of which I have examined in Berlin. His specimen came from the interior of Natal, and this occurrence of the species in Monbuttu is therefore a most remark- able and interesting fact, quite unparallelled by any of the other small mammals of the Emin collection. With regard to the genus ‘‘ Dasymys”’ formed by Dr. Peters for this animal, and its alleged relationship to Otomys, I can only say that I am quite unable to see any reason why the species should not be included in the genus Mus, an opinion I first came to in Berlin when examining the type, and since confirmed by a direct comparison of Dr. Emin’s specimens with O¢omys and with many other species of the genus Mus. 30. Mus katseri, Noack. a-c. 2. Stat. Gadda, 1/84. d. Skeleton. Stat. Gadda. * Bomu” or “ Sinsi.”’—E. These specimens agree very fairly well with Dr. Noack’s descrip- tion of a new species obtained by Dr. Bohm in Marungu. 31. Mus rurinus, Temm. a,b. 2 & yg. Stat. Gadda, 1/84. I am not very certain about the determination of these specimens, as Temminck’s description is exceedingly vague, and the skull of the type is, unfortunately, in so dilapidated a condition that, as Dr. Jentink has been kind enough to inform me, no exact measure- ments can be taken upon it for comparison with those of Emin Pasha’s specimen. 32. Mus unrivittatus, Peters. a. 3. Tingasi, 24/7/83. 6. 3. Tingasi, 9/10/83. ce. dg. Stat. Gadda, 23/1/84. “Tride fusca. Monbuttu name ‘Tibo. Lives in and by water, and swims with facility.”—E. This rare species has been previously only recorded from West Africa, the specimens that I have seen being from Dongila (Buchholz, Mus. Berl.), Gaboon (Aubry Le Conte, Mus. Paris and Brit.), and Cameroons (Johnston, Mus. Brit.). Dr. Emin’s examples are more 1888. } EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 13 deeply rufous on their flanks and rumps,jand have less strongly marked, in fact almost indistinguishable, dorsal stripes, but are obviously not specifically separable. 33. Mus, sp." a-e. 5 specimens. Tingasi. Sf, 9. Stat. Gadda. h. Wadelai. “ Monbuttu name ‘ Babili.’ ’—E. These specimens all belong to a group of Rats varying considerably in size, length of fur, and size of ears, but all agreeing in their general proportions, and in the possession of a very large number of mammez placed in a continuous series down the sides of the abdomen, and varying in actual number from 16 to 24. To this group, whether containing several valid species or, as I am inclined to suspect, only a single variable and widely spread one, the following appear to belong :—Mus coucha, Sm., M. silaceus, Wagn., M. micro- don, Peters, M. macroéepis, Sund., and probably several of the other earlier described species. In the existing state of confusion in regard to these species, I prefer to leave the present series of specimens without a definite name. 34. Mus (LeceapA) MINUTOIDES, Sm. a—-e. 5 specimens. Wadelai. f. Tingasi. “ Found in pairs in the gardens and plantations.” EK. I have seen specimens referable to this species from almost every part of the Ethiopian region, and among others the types of Mus musculoides, Temm., and M. minimus, Peters, both of which names must therefore give way to that of Smith. Specimen f, from Tingasi, is considerably larger than usual, but is not apparently specifically separable from the rest. 35. LorpHuROMYS SIKAPUSI, Temm. a. 3. Stat. Gadda, 25/1/84. 6. Skeleton. This rare species is a purely West-African one, but the genus is 1 T take this opportunity of clearing up the history of another species of Mus, which will, no doubt, be found to occur in Monbuttu, as Herr Bohndorff obtained it at N’doruma, in the Niam-niam country, namely Mus alleni, Waterh. (P. Z. 8. 1837, p.'77), of which the type is a very young individual with its teeth still uncut. This type is, however, unquestionably specifically identical with the Niam-niam specimen, as also with two in spirit from Old Calabar (Dr. J. A. Smith), and one skin from Angola (Mr. Monteiro), in the Natural History Museum. ‘There are also inthe Berlin Museum several specimens of it obtained on the Gold Coast by Drs. Buchholz and Reichenow, and the characters of these specimens, and therefore of the adult MM. adleni, have been pointed out by Dr. Peters (MB. Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 479) under the erroneous name of M. ery- throleucus, Temm. 14 MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM (Jan. 17, represented in Abyssinia by a second species described in the accom- panying footnote’. Dr. Emin’s specimen agrees in every respect with typical West-African individuals, and shows no approach to the new Eastern form. 36. GEORYCHUS OCHRACEO-CINEREUS, Heugl. a, 6. 3. Bellima, Monbuttu, 14/7/83. The type specimen of this rare species was obtained by its describer in Bongo, only a few degrees north of the present locality, and is now in the Stuttgart Museum, where, by the kindness of Dr. Krauss, I have had an opportunity of examining it. In the collection worked out by Dr. Leche there were also several Georychi, divided by him into two species—a larger darker-coloured one, determined as G. damarensis, Og., and a smaller sandy one, considered to be G. ochraceo-cinereus. The first of these was so named on my authority, Dr. Leche having sent me one of the specimens to compare with Ogilby’s type. At that time, however, not having at all inves- tigated the subject, I did not know that there were two species found in this Central district, and assumed that the specimen sent was G. damarensis, to which I still think it is exceedingly closely allied. Now, however, Dr. Leche’s descriptions and excellent figures show the distinction of the two forms, of which the names given by him must certainly be reversed, G. ochraceo-cinereus being the larger, and G. damarensis the smaller form, as I have been able clearly to make out by measurements taken on the two typical skulls as compared with those given by Dr. Leche. I can therefore only express my sincere regret to Dr. Leche at having led him wrong, and must plead the close relationship of the two forms as my 1 LorHUROMYS FLAVO-PUNCTATUS, Sp. D. Size and proportions as in L. sikapusi, but differing markedly from that species in the character and colour of its fur, which, instead of being long, sleek, unicolor, and all of one sort, is short, comparatively coarse, and finely freckled all over with orange or yellow, and has a considerable number of longer hairs intermingled with it. The individual hairs are brown for the greater part of their length, broadly tipped with orange or yellow, the former colour along the top of the head and back, the latter on the flanks. Belly dull yellowish white, not sharply defined. Hairs round the front of the base of ear prominently tipped with bright orange, those behind it pale yellow. Feet irregularly patched with white and dark chocolate-brown. Tail closely covered with short crisp hairs, brown above, white beneath. Skull much as in ZL. sikapusi, but the zygomata more widely expanded anteriorly, and the interorbital region narrower and flatter above. The inter- parietal also is shorter antero-posteriorly, and the nasals are narrower and more pointed behind. Dimensions of the type, an adult specimen in skin :—Head and body 129 millim. ; tail 51; hind foot 21; ear 10. Skull—basal length 26 millim.; greatest breadth 16; nasals, length 12°6, greatest breadth 3; interorbital, breadth 5°6 ; interparietal, length 3, breadth 9-8; palatal foramen 6°6 ; length of molar series 5. Hab. Shoa (Capt. W. C. Harris). Two specimens of this species were received from the East-India Company’s Museum in 1860, and were uo doubt collected by Capt. Harris during his mission to Shoa in 1843. 1888. ] EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 15 excuse. The present specimens agree in every respect with Dr. Leche’s figure and description of “G. damarensis,” and also, except in being a little darker coloured, with the type of G. ochraceo- cinereus. 37. ATHERURA AFRICANA, Gray. a-d. 2 3, 2 and young. Monbuttu. “Very common. Monbuttu name ‘ Kolia.’ Is eaten by the natives.” —K. The peculiar fimbriation of the lower sides of the spines in this species, previously noticed by Waterhouse’, is unusually well-marked in these specimens, the spines being as it were finely feathered on their edges and inferior’ surfaces*. This animal is one of the most distinctly West-African forms in the whole collection, the genus Atherura being, so far as Africa is concerned, entirely confined to that district, and only reappearing again in the Malay part of the Oriental Region. 38. DENDROHYRAX EMINI, sp. u.* (Plate II.) a. Yg. sk. Tingasi, 6/7/83. Type. “« Tride fusca.”-—E. Fur long, extraordinarily soft and fluffy. General colour pale yellowish white, wholly different from that of any other species of the group, and indeed scarcely to be matched as a general body colour in any other mammal; its tint all over the body something like that of the centre of the belly of D. arboreus. Hairs of upper side dull brown for three fourths of their length, their tips pale yellow, whiter on the head, deeper yellow on the rump. Hairs of underside and limbs similar, but the brown gradually decreasing in extent downwards, those of the chin, chest, and belly wholly pale . yellow ; cheeks, a ring round each eye, hands and feet, and hairs on ears white ; hairs of the dorsal spot also white. This most remarkable species is unfortunately only represented by a single young individual, in which the milk-dentition is still in position. ‘The only adult dimension that I am able to give is, there- fore, that of the first true molar (7°2 millim. long externally, and 5°6 broad anteriorly above, and 6°6 long below); but comparing the specimen with equally young individuals of D. arboreus, it is evident that its size when adult would be just about the same as in that species. Its actual dimensions are:—Head and body 295 millim.; hind foot 48; ear (above crown) 13. Skull—basal length 55; interparietal length 11, breadth 16-2; diastema between in- cisors 4°7, behind incisors 5°3; lengths of upper milk- premolars : m.pm.” 5, m.pm.* 6-2, m.pmi.* 7. 1 N. H. Mamm. ii. p. 477, 1848. 2 I. e. posterior, when they are set vertically in the skin. $ Prof. Stewart has been kind enough to examine the fringes on these spines microscopically for me, and he tells me that “they are only extensions of the cuticular layer of the spines. On the under surface of the spines they are thin and scale-like, becoming simple and hair-like at the margins.” 4 Preliminary diagnosis given, Ann. Mag, N. H. [5] xx. p. 440, Dec. 1, 1887. 16 ON MAMMALS FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. [Jan. 17, The peculiar pale colour of this Coney is evidently neither due to its youth, for young specimens of the other species are, if any- thing, darker and not lighter than the adults, nor to albinism, as is shown by the brown bases to the hairs; and I am therefore com- pelled to look upon it as representing a new species, distinguished from all other members of the group by the colour and fluffiness of its fur. I have very great pleasure in connecting with this interesting animal the name of its discoverer, to whom science is indebted for so large a contribution to our knowledge of the fauna of Central Africa. 39. Manis TRicuspPis, Raf. a. Kudurma, Makraka, 1/84. 6. Kabajendi, Makraka, 8/84. ce. Monbuttu, 5/84. ‘© Monbuttu, ‘ Nakito.? Sandeh, ‘Kiro.’ ’’—E. These specimens all agree in having 21 longitudinal series of body- scales. Specimen c, the only one with a perfect tail, has 37 mar- ginal, 33 central single, and 6 pairs of terminal caudal scales. In considering the geographical relations shown by the present collection, it will be advisable at first only to take into consideration the species obtained in Monbuttu. These (excluding two unnamed) are the following :— 1. Anthropopithecus troglodytes. x 15. Xerus erythropus. t 2. Galago.demidoffi. * 16. Cricetomys gambianus. t 3. Felis servalina. * | 17. Malacomys longipes. * 4. ,, caligata. iF 18. Mus (Isomys) barbarus. a 5. Poiana richardsoni. x | 19. ,, gueinzii. N 6. Crossarchus zebra. A | 20. ,, kaiseri. t ae = obscurus. * 21. ,, rufinus. * 8. Epomophorus monstrosus. * 22. ,, univittatus. * 9. ¢ franqueti. x | 23. ,, (Leggada) minutoides. Tt 10. Anomalurus pusillus. t 24, Lophuromys sikapusi. * 11. Sciurus stangeri. x | 25. Georychus ochraceo-cinereus. 12. » rufobrachiatus. * 26. Atherura africana. * 13. »» pyrrhopus. * 27. Dendrohyrax emini. t 14. » boehmi. i 28. Manis tricuspis. ¥ Of these 28 species, no less than 16 (marked with a *) are wholly West-African, 14 of them having never been hitherto recorded out of the West-African region at all, and therefore Dr. Emin has extended the known ranges of every one of these 14 by something like a thousand or twelve hundred miles. Of the others, 5 (marked with a t), although found in other regions, also occur in West Africa ; 5 (f) are either peculiar or only otherwise known from neighbouring Central-African localities ; one only is Abyssinian (A) ; and one is as yet elsewhere only known from Natal (N). The collection as a whole is therefore distinctly West-African in character, and preseuts no appreciable intermixture of other forms. J.G.Keulemans del, et lith Mintern Bros. imp. 1888. | ON BIRDS FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 17 It thus gives final and conclusive evidence that the western forest- fauna extends right across the centre of Africa in this direction at least as far as 28° east longitude, and slightly further to the north, judging by the few specimens from Makraka, as far as 30° EK. This is, in fact, quite to the extreme limit of the Congo basin, the watershed apparently here abruptly dividing the two faunas, the few Wadelai and Lado specimens showing no trace whatever of any West- African affinity. The abruptness with which the change of fauna occurs on the watershed is, considering the insignificant nature of the physical barriers, very remarkable, and almost unequalled in the distribution of the mammals of any part of the world. The reason of the change is, however, clear enough, being not the occurrence of such barriers to migration as mountains or rivers, but the abrupt ending of the great West-African forest, which, as we know from the travels of Schweinfurth and others, extends quite into this region, but abruptly ceases before the slopes of the Upper Nile basin are reached. Finally, I may express the hope that this valuable and interesting collection may be succeeded by others from the same quarter, and that I, or some more competent person, may have the opportunity of drawing up a mammal-fauna of the Wadelai district itself, and of further adding to our knowledge of the mammals inhabiting the rich region tapped by Emin Pasha, whenever he crosses to the west of the Congo-Nile watershed. 2. On a Collection of Birds made by Emin Pasha in Equa- torial Africa. By Captain G. E. Suetiey, F.Z.S. [Received January 13, 1888.] (Plate IIT.) It is several months since letters were received from Emin Pasha announcing the despatch of some cases of natural-history specimens from Wadelai, and their receipt has been a source of the greatest satisfaction to the authorities of the British Museum, knowing the troubles which have been going on in Uganda, by which route the collections were to be despatched to Zanzibar. No slight appre- hensions were entertained as to their detention in that country, and it seemed almost hopeless to expect their safe arrival on the coast. That they did so arrive is doubtless due to the exertions of the Rev. Mr. Mackay, and he will surely receive the thanks of every naturalist for the care with which he has managed to send the collection home. The birds now sent by Emin Pasha evidently belong to two cate- gories. Many of them have been collected about the stations of Lado and Wadelai, and most of these species have been described by Dr. Hartlaub in one of the papers mentioned below. At the same Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No, II. 2 18 CaPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS { Jan. 17, time there are many examples of species obtained on the Pasha’s last expedition to the shores of the Albert Nyanza and the Monbuttu country, and these are most interesting. We have no map to show the last researches of Emin Pasha in this district, and therefore some little time may elapse before all the places mentioned in this paper are identified; but the peculiar nature of the avifauna is manifest. The collection is of the same character as that of Mr. Bohndorff’s from the Niam-niam country, and, as pointed out by Mr. Bowdler Sharpe, is West African. On the western watershed of the lake-system of Equatorial Africa the Abyssinian fauna disappears and is replaced by the purely tropical features of the West-African river-system: thus we find in Emin Pasha’s collection examples of such genera as Indicator, Pyrenestes, and Spermospiza, purely West-African in character. To point out the limits of these two diverse zoo-geographical areas will be the work of an observer on the spot, and it is to be hoped that Emin Pasha may be gifted with health for many years to come to finish the work he has so well begun. This is the first consignment which the British Museum has received from tbe Lado district, and it adds a large number of species to the collection, besides the types of the four following new species :—Indicator emini, Spermospiza ruficapilla, Ploceus casta- nops, and Glareola emini. ‘The further researches of the traveller in the region of the Albert Nyanza will be awaited with eagerness. In my present notes on this collection I have referred to the fol- lowing papers, which deal with the former collections of Emin Pasha :— 1. “Beitrag zur Ornithologie der dstlich-aquatorialen Gebiete Afrika’s. Von Dr. G. Hartlaub, nach Sendlungen und Noten von Dr. Emin Bey in Lado.’ Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. pp- 83, 128, pl. 5. 2. ‘Ueber eine Sendung von Vogeln aus Central-Afrika. Von August von Pelzeln.”” Verhandl. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxi. pp- 141-156. 3. In the same volume pp. 605-618, is another article by Herr ° von Pelzeln entitled “ Ueber Dr. Emin Bey’s zweite Sendung von Vogeln aus Central- Afrika.” 4. In the next volume, pp. 499-512, is another article on Emin Pasha’s birds :—‘‘ Ueber Dr. Emin Bey’s dritte Sendung von Vogeln aus Central-Afrika.”’ 5. Dr. Hartlaub, in his ‘‘ Zweiter Beitrag zur Ornithologie der éstlich-tiquatorialen Gebiete Afrika’s,’ Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vill. 1882, pp. 184, 232, gives an enlarged map of Lado and the country for about 100 miles to the south-east. This paper includes a list of 276 species as having up to this time been procured by Emin Pasha, also many of the collector's ori- ginal notes, amongst which are the latitudes and longitudes of some 17 of the little-known localities mentioned. I much regret that I have not been able to continue this useful portion 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 19 of the work ; but I trust we may not have long to wait before an accurate map of the little-known district may be published under the auspices of Emin Pasha, who we all hope will soon return safely to Europe after the arduous and important duties he has so ably performed during many years in the Upper White Nile district. In my present list I have followed, as closely as I considered ad- visable, the order of the species adopted by Dr. Hartlaub, and have given references, not only to all the above-mentioned papers, but also to Mr. R. B. Sharpe’s ‘‘ Notes on a Collection of Birds made by Herr F. Bohndorff in the Bahr el Gazel Province and the Nyam-nyam Country in Equatorial Africa,” published in the Linnean Society’s Journal (Zool.), xvii. 1884, pp. 419-441. I have also thought it advisable to give what I have considered to be the most important references for the identification of each species. I should like, in conclusion, to state that this collection has been entirely worked out in the Bird-room of the Natural History Museum, where I have found every convenience for regular study, with the finest collection in the world before me, which, owing to Mr. Bowdler Sharpe’s untiring energy, is now as accessible for work as any small private collection, with this further advantage, that very few species are wanting, and generally a good series of specimens is available. I trust that these remarks may not lead to an overwhelming influx of ornithological students to the bird-room, for Mr. Sharpe’s sake ; but even then I believe that his courtesy would be equal to the task, as I presume that there is nothing which would please him more than to find the British Museum the centre of all ornithological study, as it ought to have been years ago, and as it most certainly was not in former days. Emin Pasha’s consignment consists of two very distinct collections : one from what I shall call the Wadelai district, including Lado, Redjaf, Kiri, Tobbo, Wadelai, and Kiberi, comprised within the limits of 2° and 5° N. lat., and 31° and 33° E. long; the other is from the Tingasi district, including Bellima, Tomaja, and Tingasi, extending westward of 31°, and comprising portion of the Monbuttu country. Comparing these two collections we find :— Wadelai collection :—114 species, 10 local, 1 W.-African, 27 N.E.- African, 6 E.-African. Tingasi collection :—43 species, 3 local, 27 W.-African, none N.E.- African, none E.-African. From the above it is evident that the Wadelai district belongs to the great N.E.-African or Abyssinian Region, and the Tingasi dis- trict to the W.-African Region ; and on regarding the close proxi- mity of these districts, the fact of the fauna of a continent following its great watersheds and forests is strikingly exhibited, and the pre- sence of an almost impassable barrier is suggested. Thus physical geography and ornithology lend each other a friendly hand in the elucidation of scientific problems. Q* 2() CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. i7, I. PASSERES. 1. Synvra noRTENSIs, Bechst. Sylvia hortensis, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 10; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 95. No. 23. g. Tingasi, Sept. 20, 1883. No. 194. g. Kibero, Oct. 8, 1886. 2. PHyLiLoscorus TROcHILUs (Linn.). Phylloscopus trochilus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 56. Phyllopneuste trochilus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vit. 1881, p. 94, 1882, p. 193. 3. Lado, Oct. 19, 1885. No. 128. Wadelai, Sept. 14, 1885. No. 173. g¢. Wadelai, Oct. 18, 1885. 3. Hypouats PALLIDA (Hempr. & Ehr.). Aypolais pallida, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 82; Hartt. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 193; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 502. No. 238. ¢. Lado, March 3, 1884. No. 915. g. Gondokoro, Nov. 16, 1883. No. 13. ¢. Wa ielai, Jan. 15, 1886. No. 54. 2. Wadelai, Feb. 2, 1886. The dates of capture seem to show that this species winters in Equatorial Africa. 4. ACROCEPHALUS PHRAGMITIS (Bechst.). Acrocephalus phragmitis, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 91. No. 176. go. Wadelai, Oct. 29, 1885. 5. RuriciLLa PHa@NiIcURUSs (Linn.). Ruticilla phenicurus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 336 ; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 319. No. 949. g. Redjaf, Dec. 1, 1883. 2. Foda, Oct. 21, 1885. 6. PRATINCOLA RUBETRA (Linn.). Pratincola rubetra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 179; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. p. 89. No. 177. g. Redjaf, Feb. 2, 1884. 7. Brapyornis PALLIDA (v. Miill.). Bradyornis pallida, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 310; Hart], Abbandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 191. No. 329. 9. Nov. 20, 1882. 8. PENTHOLAA CLERICALIS, Hartl. Pentholea clericalis, Wartl. J. f. O. 1882, p- 321; id. Abhandl. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 21 nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 321; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 18; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. i. 1886, p. 317, pl. 13. figs. 75,89. Nos. 557, 569. ¢. Kuterma, May 1885. No. 530. 9. Tobbo, May 21, 1883. A perfectly distinct species, of which Emin Pasha sends three fine adult specimens. 9. CossyPHA HEUGLINI, Hartl. _ Bessornis intermedius, Cab. in V. d. Decken’s Reis. ill. p. 32 pl. 12 ay ee Cossypha heuglini, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vi. 1882, p- 187; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 41. No. 211. 2. Kibiro, Oct. 11, 1886. 10. CossyeHA VERTICALIS, Hartl. Cossypha verticalis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 45 ; Hartl, Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 313. No. 822. g. Tamaja, Aug. 17, 1883. This is probably the most eastern locality known for this West- African species. 11. ErRyTHROPYGIA RUFICAUDA, Sharpe. Erythropygia ruficauda, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 78 ; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. 11. 1886, p. 316. Nos. 182, 188, 206. ¢. Kibero, Oct. 1886. 12. Eminta LEPipA, Hartl. Eminia lepida, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 625, pl. 60. fig. 1; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 91; id. Zool. Jabrb. ii. 186, p. 334. Apalis lepida, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vil. p. 140. No. 95. ¢. Wadelai, Aug. 17, 1885. No. 190. Q. Kibero, Oct. 8, 1886. The sexes are similar in plumage. P g 13. DrymocicHua IncANA, Hartl. Drymocichla incana, Hart]. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 626, pl. 69. fig. 2 ; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. p. 91; Sharpe, Cat. B. Bnt. Mus. vil. p. 149. Nos. 88, 89. 6 2. Wadelai, Aug. 15, 1885. No. 171. 9. Wadelai, Oct. 18, 1885. The sexes are similar in plumage. Neither this species nor the last have been recorded from north of Wadelai. 14. PHYLLOLAIS PULCHELLA (Riipp.). Phyllolais pulchella, Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 90; viii. 1882, p. 190; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 501; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 149. No. 481. ¢. Lado, Nov. 20, 1884. 22 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 15. SytvrELLA MicrouRA (Riipp.). Oligocercus rufescens, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 92. Oligura microura, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 144; xxxii. 1882, p. 502. Sylviella microura, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 154. No. 938. ¢. Gondokoro, Nov. 15, 1883. 16. EREMoMELA ELEGANS (Heugl.). Tricholuis elegans, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. pp. 144, 609; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 190. Eremomela elegans, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 163. No. 338. ¢. Lado, April 23, 1884. Nos. 345, 356. g. Redjaf, May 1884. No. 975. g$. Redjaf, Dec. 17, 1885. a, d. Wadelai, July 7, 1885. 17. CAMAROPTERA BREVICAUDATA (Riipp.). Camaroptera brevicaudata, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 90; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 144; xxxii. 1882, p. 502; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 168. No. 409. g. Lado, Aug. 30, 1884. 18. Printa MysTAceA, Riipp. Cisticola tenella, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 89; vill. 1882, p. 189. Drymeca mystacea, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 501. Prinia mystacea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vil. p. 19). No. 338. Lado, March 28, 1883. No. 405. Lado, Aug. 27, 1884. No. 85. 2. Wadelai, Aug. 15, 1885. No. 21. ¢. Tingasi, July 19, 1583. 19. BuRNFSIA LEUCOPOGON (Cab.). Burnesia leucopogon, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 207. Nos. 704, 797. 62. July 1883. The sexes are similar in plumage. This species was formerly only known from the Congo region in W. Africa, from which country there are two specimens in the British Museum. 20. ORTHOTOMUS ERYTHROPTERUS (Jard.). Cisticola iodoptera, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 247. Orthotomus erythropterus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 228. No. 16. g¢. Tingasi, July 17, 1883. 21. CisticoLa MENTALIS (Fras.). Melocichla mentalis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 93; vill. 1882, p. 191. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 23 Cisticola mentalis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 241. No. 152. 2. Risuo, Oct. 3, 1882. This specimen agrees perfectly with others from the Gold Coast in the British Museum. 22. CISTICOLA CINERASCENS, Heugl. Drymeca concolor, Heugl. Ibis, 1869, p. 97, pl. 2. fig. 1. Cisticola concolor, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 253. Cisticola cinerascens, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 248. No. 25. g. Tingasi, July 19, 1883. 23. CrsTICOLA LATERALIs (Fraser). Cisticola lateralis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 251. No. 775. g. Abiambana, July 28, 1883. This species appears hitherto to have been met with only on the west coast of Africa. 24. CisricoLa RuFA (Fraser). Cisticola hypowantha, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 624; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 89; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 332. Cisticola rufa, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 252. No. 186. g. Tobbo, May 19, 1883. This specimen agrees perfectly with others in the British Museum from the Gold Coast. 25. CisTICOLA FERRUGINEA, Heugl. Cisticola ferruginea, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 265; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 257. No. 28. 2. Wadelai, July 28, 1885. Nos. 121, 122,123. ¢ 2. Wadelai, Sept. 13, 1885. No. 55. Q. Wadelai, Feb. 2, 1886. The British Museum here receives for the first time a remarkably fine series of this striking little Grass-Warbler. 26. CisTICOLA MARGINALIs (Heugl.). Cisticola marginalis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 89; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 258. Cisticola marginata, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 501. No. 287. ¢. Lado, March 31, 1884. 27. C1sTICOLA CisTIcoLa (Temm.). Cisticola cursitans, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 266. Cisticola cisticola, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 259. No. 113. ¢. Wadelai, June 17, 1886. 24 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 28. CisTIcoLa sTRANGII (Fraser). Cisticola ladoensis, Hartl. op. cit. viii. 1882, p. 189. Cisticola strangei et C. natalensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. pp. 276, 278. Nos. 54, 101, 102. ¢ 2. Wadelai, Aug. 1885. No. 148. ¢. Wadelai, Oct. 4, 1885. Nos. 9, 19. Tingasi, July 1883. I have a specimen in my own collection determined by Dr. Hartlaub as C. dadoensis ; it is in the plumage of Drymoica curvi- rostris, Sundey. For the determination of D. strangei, Fras., 1843, and D. natalensis, Smith, 1843, I would refer to the conclusions I drew (Ibis, 1875, pp. 380, 381), which I still believe to be correct. As the first names for this species were published in the same year, 1843, I select Fraser’s as being the most applicable. 29. CisTICOLA LuGuBRIS (Riipp.). Cisticola nevia, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 189; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 333. Cisticola lugubris, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 280. No. 97. g. Wadelai, Aug. 1885. 30. ARGYA RUBIGINOSA (Riipp.). Argya rubiginosa, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 93; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 391. No. 494. g. Lado, Jan. 12, 1884. Iris pale yellow. 31. CRINIGER VERREAUXI, Sharpe. Criniger verreauai, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 73, pl. 4. No. 671. go. Bellima, June 22, 1883. 32. CHLOROCICHLA GRACILIROSTRIS (Strickl.). Chlorocichla gracilirostris, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p- lid. No. 697. 2. Tingasi, July 1, 1883. This species was formerly only known from the west coast of Africa. 33. PHyLLostropuus sHARPII, Shelley. ? Criniger strepitans, Reichen. Orn. Centralbl. 1879, p. 139 (Malindi). Phyllostrephus sharpit, Shelley, Ibis, 1880, p. 334 (Dar-es- Salaam); Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 188. Phyllostrophus strepitans, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 117. Nos. 45, 59, 60,96. ¢ 2. Wadelai, Aug. 1885. This is certainly my P. sharpii, which Dr. Hartlaub considers to be distinct from the P. strepitans (Reichen.), the type of which species neither myself nor Mr. Sharpe have seen. 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. bo oO 34. ANDROPADUS VIRENS, Cass. Andropadus virens, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 109; id. Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 424. No. 18. ¢. Tingasi, July 16, 1883. No. 50. g. Tingasi, Aug. 18, 1883. This species was first discovered in north-east Equatorial Africa by Herr F. Bohndorff, who procured it at Sassa in the Nyam-nyam country. 35. TELEPHONUS SENEGALUS (Linn.). ? Telephonus erythropterus, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 147 ; xxxil. 1882, p. 505. Telephonus senegalus, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viil. p. 124. No. 360. 9. Kiri, May 1884. 36. 'TELEPHONUS MINUTUs, Hartl. Telephonus minutus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 94; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 128. No. 30. 2. Wadelai, July 29, 1885. No. 17. Ad. Wadelai, March 1881. 37. Dryoscopus AFFINIS (Gray). Dryoscopus affinis, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 141. No. 754. 3. Bellima, July 15, 1883. 38. LANIARIUS SULFUREIPECTUs (Less.). Dryoscopus sulphureipectus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 464. Laniarius sulfureipectus, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 159. No. 27. go. Wadelai, Jan. 19, 1886. 39. LANIUS GUBERNATOR, Hartl. Lanius gubernator, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 323, pl. 1. fig. 29; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 194. No. 572. Qjuv. Kuterma, May 28, 1882. No. 110. Qad. Kuterma, Sept. 18, 1882. This is quite a distinct species. 40. Graucatus pectoratts, Jard. & Selby. Graucalus pectoralis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 29; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 424. Ad. Tobbo, May 15, 1883. This is the first time Enim Pasha has sent this bird to Europe, although in Nyam-nyam, according to Mr. Bohndorff, it is a common species. 41. ALSEONAX ComiTaTA, Cass. Alseonax comitata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 130. No. 753. Bellima, July 15, 1883. The specimen agrees accurately with others from the Gold Coast 26 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, with which I have compared it. It was formerly only known from the west coast. 42. PaACHYPRORA SENEGALENSIS (Linn.). Batis senegalensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 134. Platystira senegalensis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 197; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1836, p. 336. No. 349. gd. Kedjaf, May 10, 1884. No. 598. ¢. Mundi, June 4, 1883. 43. ARTOMYIAS FULIGINOSUS, J. & E. Verr. Artomyias fuliginosus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 144, fie, jl; No. 760. gd. Ann Nambiri, July 21, 1883. Formerly only known from the Gaboon and Congo districts on the west coast. 44, Puatystira cyanea (P. L. S. Mill.). Platystira cyanea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 145. Platystira senegalensis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 97. No. 788. 9. Tomaja, Aug. 7, 1883. 45. Muscicapa erisoua (Linn.). Muscicapa grisola, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 151; Hart. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. p. 98. Butalis grisola, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 146. No. 174. @. Wadelai, Oct. 10, 1885. No. 198. g. Wadelai, Nov. 12, 1885. No. 208. $. Kabajirdi, Nov. 1, 1882. 46. Muscicapa INFULATA, Hartl. Muscicapa infulata, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 626; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii, 1881, p. 98. Wadelai, four males and four females shot in June, July, and August. The type was obtained at Magungo, on the northern extremity of Lake Albert Nyanza. 47. HyLioTa FLAVIGASTRA, Swains. Hyliota flavigastra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 248; Hartl. J. f.O. 1883, p. 323. Hyliota orientalis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vill. 1882, p- 198. No. 31. 6. Wadelai, Aug. 1, 1885. Nos. 564, 565. gd. Kuterma, May 28, 1883. Nos. 596, 597. g6 2. Hundii, June 4, 1883. The specimens agree perfectly with a Senegal specimen in the British Museum. bo Ni 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 48. ParisoMA PLUMBEUM (Hartl.). Parisoma plumbeum, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 269. Stenostira plumbea, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vill. 1882, p- 197. Gad. Wadelai, July 7, 1885. 49. TERPSIPHONE CrisTATA (Gm.). Terpsiphone cristata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 354 ; id. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xvii. p. 425. Tchitrea melanogastra, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 97; viii. 1882, p. 197. Terpsiphone melanogastra, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 146 ; xxxii. 1882, p. 504. No. 42. djuv. Tingasi, Aug. 1, 1883. 50. ExvMInIA TERESITA, Antin. Elminia longicauda minor, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 446. Elminia teresita, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 364. Ad. Wadelai, Aug. 15, 1885. This species differs from E. longicauda only in having the breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts pure white, not shaded with greyish blue except on the sides of the chest. The outer pair of tail- feathers have a larger amount of white on the margin of the inner web; the inner web of the next feather has a small amount of white. The blackish colouring in front of the eyes is barely perceptible. E. teresita: length 6°5 inches, wing 2°7, tail 3°5, tarsus 0°65. E. longicauda: \ength 7:3 inches, wing 2°65, tail 4°3, tarsus 0°69. 51. MEGABIAS FLAMMULATA, J. & E. Verr. Megabias flammulata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 387. No. 22. go. Tingasi, Aug. 1, 1883. I have little doubt that this is an immature male of this species, as it agrees with an adult female specimen from Fantee in the British Museum. 52. MoraciLta FLAVA, Linn. Budytes flava, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 145, 609. Motacilla flava, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 516, pl. 6. figs. 3-5. No. 849. ¢. Lado, Oct. 2, 1883. 53. ANTHUS PyRRHONOTUS (Vieill.). Anthus gouldi, Hartl. Abbandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 99; viii. 1882, p. 198; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 337. ? Anthus sordidus, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 145. Anthus pyrrhonotus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 555. No. 164. 2. Redjaf, Jan. 26, 1884. 28 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 54. ANTHUS CERVINUS, Pall. Anthus cervinus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 323 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 585. No. 121. 9. Redjaf, Jan. 1, 1884. 55. Macronyx croceus (Vieill.). Macronyx croceus, Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vil. 1881, p- 99; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 145, 609; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 626. No. 359. g¢. Wadelai, May 19, 1884. 56. Mirarra ApraTa (Vieill.). Megalophonus fischeri, Reichen. J. f. O. 1883, p. 202. Mirafra apiata, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 329. No. 132. 9. Wadelai, Aug. 11, 1886. This is the most northern locality yet known for this species, which ranges into South Africa and the Congo region. 57. Mrrarra Buco.ica, Hartl. Mirafra bucolica, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 327. 3 ad. Tobbo, May 16, 1883. In general colouring and size this Lark much resembles the S.-African JZ. sabota, but differs in the colouring of the quills, two pairs of the outer tail-feathers, and in the character of the feet. The following comparison between M. Sucolica and M. sabota will best point out the characters which appear to me to be of specific value. M. bucolica.—Primaries broadly edged with rufous buff, that colouring extending to the quill of the first long primary throughout the greater portion of its length; inner webs broadly edged with rufous buff of the same shade for about half the length of the feathers. Two outer tail-feathers—outer one rufous buff with a diagonal dark portion extending from near the end of the inner web over the basal portion of the outer one, but not reaching to the outer web, and divided near the base of the quill-by the buff colouring, next feather with a broad rufous-buff edge to the outer web. Feet smaller and buffer, hind claw slightly straighter and longer. M. sabota.—Primaries partially and very narrowly edged with buffish white, not perceptible on the first long primary ; inner margin of primaries whitish but nearly obsolete. Two outer tail-feathers—outer one blackish, with only a broad edging of rufous buff over scarcely more than half the width of the outer web and round the end of the feather; next feather with an almost obsolete pale margin to the outer web, widening slightly at the tip. Feet larger and browner, hind claw slightly more curved and shorter. 58. GaLERITA MoDESTA, Heugl. Geocorypha modesta, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 691, pl. 23; Haru. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 328. No. 150. Q. Redjaf, Jan. 17, 1884. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 29 No. 175. 6. Redjaf, Feb. 2, 1884. No. 926. ¢. Redjaf, Nov. 23, 1583. No. 970. ¢. Redjaf, Dee. 15, 1883. This species is new to the British Museum Collection. It belongs apparently to the genus Galerita, being slightly crested, and it has the bastard primary short, only just extending beyond the primary- coverts, while in plumage it much resembles G. cristata. 59. PyRRHULAUDA LEUCOTIS (Stanley). Coraphites leucotis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 669. No. 973. do. Dee. 16, 1883. 60. Parus niGER, Bonn. et Vieill. Parus leucomelas, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 145, 609. Parus niger, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viil. No. 366. ¢. Kiri, May 22, 1884. This is an adult male with no white edges to the tail-feathers ; in this character, and indeed in all other respects, it agrees perfectly with a Damara specimen in the British Museum, so that I cannot admit that there are any constant local races of this species. 61. AigirHAaLus pARvuLUus, Heug). Aigithalus parvulus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 99; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 347, pl. 12. fig. 3. No. 370. 3d. Kiri, May 24, 1884. This species has been well figured by Dr. Hartlaub, and is quite distinct from 4%. capensis, of which it is the northern representative. 62. Aerrnaus muscutus, Hartl. Aigithalus musculus, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 326 ; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 198; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 347. No. 218. @. Lado, Feb. 25, 1884. Nos. 252, 283. ¢ Q@. Lado, March 1884. Like the last, this species is new to the British Museum. It comes nearest to 4. caroli, Sharpe, from which it may be readily dis- tinguished by its hoary white throat and chest, and the abdomen only tinted with rufous buff. The forehead is uniform with the upper parts, and the sexes are similar in plumage. 63. Puiter£rus ARNAUDI (Bp.). Nigrita arnaudi, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 104; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 130; Xxxli. 1882, p- 207. ( Phileterus arnaudi, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 308. No. 953. Q. Redjaf, Dec. 2, 1883. Iris chestnut ; bill black ; legs dusky flesh-colour. 30 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 64. AmMaprina FascraTa (Gm.). Sporothlastes fasciatus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 203; Pelz. Verh. Wieu, xxxii. 1882, p. 509. Amadina fasciata, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p- 313. No. 976. 3. Redjaf, Dec. 17, 1882. 65. PyRENESTES OSTRINUS (Vieill.). Pyrenestes osirinus, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p- 314. No. 717. S. Tingasi, July 4, 1883. Iris dusky brown; bill black ; legs yellowish. This specimen is small and entirely black and red. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°65, tail 2°15, tarsus 0°7. There isa very similar specimen in the British Museum from the Gold Coast. 66. SPERMOSPIZA RUFICAPILLA, Sp. 0. Entire head, throat, front and sides of the chest uniform scarlet ; back of the neck, back, wings and tail when closed, dusky slate- colour; upper tail-coverts red, slightly darker than the head; re- mainder of the breast black, thickly spotted with white on the chest and barred on the abdomen and under tail-coverts. Under surtace of the wings and tail dusky black, mottled or barred with white on the under wing-coverts. Iris dusky brown; bill metallic blue with the end ecarmine, and the cutting-edges shaded with that colour ; legs dusky brown. Total length 6-2 inches, culmen 0°63, wing 2-9, tail 2°6, tarsus 0:95. No. 752. 9. Bellima, July 15, 1883. This species is closely allied to S. hematina and S. guttata, but may be readily recognized, at least in the female, by its having the entire head uniform scarlet. In the colouring of the bill it agrees best with S. guttata. 67. Hypareus monTerrRi (Hartl.). Pytelia monteiri, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, . 203. ‘ Hypargus monteiri, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 318. dg juv. Lado, Nov. 1, 1885. No. 59. g. Tanjimoro, Sept. 23, 1883. No. 179. Tanjimoro, Oct. 5, 1886. The young bird from Lado differs from the adult in having the throat uniform grey, and in there being no white spots on the breast, which is chestnut fading into white on the abdomen. The under tail-coverts are broadly barred with chestnut and white. 68. Pyrevia MELBa (Linn.). Pytelia _melba, Uartl.. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 104; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 509 ; Shelley, Lbis, 1886, p. 319. Pytelia citerior, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p- 614. No. 208. ¢.. Kibiro, Oct. 11, 1836. 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 31 Iris and bill red, culmen blackish ; legs flesh-brown. In the British Museum are apparently typical specimens of both sexes of P. cinereigula ; the female is a female of this species and the male is P. afra (Gm.). 69. PyTeELIA PHQ@NICOPTERA, Swains. Pytelia pheenicoptera, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 203; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 323. Zonogustris erythroptera, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 509. No. 385. ¢. Lado, Aug. 16, 1884. Iris red; bill black ; legs pale brown. 70. LAGoNOSTICTA SENEGALA (Linn.). Lagonosticta minima, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 606. Lagonosticta senegala, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 323. No. 182. ¢. Kaubero, Oct. 7, 1886. 71. Laconosticra RARA (Antin.). Rhodopyga hypomelas, Heugl. J. f. O. 1868, p. 13, pl. 1. fig. 4. ” Habropyga hypomelena, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 611. Habropyga enochroa, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 322; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 203. Lagonosticta rara, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 323. Lagonosticta cnochroa, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 322, pl. 138. fig. 6. Ad. Lado, Oct. 24, 1885. No. 15. ¢. Tingasi, Aug. 9, 1883. No. 175. 2. Tingasi, July 3, 1883. I have referred this species to LZ. rara (Autin.), although I have not examined a typical specimen; but it appears to me to be un- doubtedly the same as L. enochroa, Hartl., which, under the im- pression that it was the type I had examined, I wrongly referred to L. rhodopareia (Ibis, 1886, p. 324). 4. rara has been badly figured by Heuglin under the name of Rhodopyga hypomelus, but the sides of the body have been painted black instead of red as described, and this appears to be the only character upon which LZ. enochroa, Hartl., has been separated. The real characters for this species appear to be:—the pale patch on the lower mandible, most strongly marked in specimens 15 and 175, and the absence of white spots on the sides of the chest in adult males. To this species should undoubtedly be referred the ZL. melano- gastra of my paper in ‘ The Ibis,’ 1883, p. 153, from Lukoja on the Niger. 72. EsTRELDA NONNULA, Hartl. Astrilda nonnula, Hartl. J. f. O. 1883, p. 425; id. Zool. Jahrb. i, 1886, p. 321, pl. 13. fig. 5. 32 CAPT. G. E, SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, Habropyga tenerrima, Reichen. J. f. O. 1887, p. 213, Stanley Falls. No. 58. gd. Kubbi, July 1881. No. 654. g. Bellima, June 21, 1883. 36 @. Foda, Oct. 27, 1885. The males have the bill black, with a red patch on the sides of the culmen and base of the lower mandible, also a pateh of scarlet on the sides of the body, of much less extent than in HZ. atricapilla. It is the Habropyga tenerrima of Reichenow. The female differs in having the entire bill dusky black and no red on the sides of the body. This is the Astri/da nonnula, Hartl. 73. EsTRELDA PALUDICOLA, Heugl. Estrelda paludicola, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 331; Hart]. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 321. No. 706. 9. Tingasi, July 3, 1883. New to the British Museum. 74. EsTRELDA ASTRILD (Linn.). . Estrelda astrild, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 322. No. 288. @. Lado, March 30, 1884. A variety entirely white, with a red band round the eye. 75. ESTRELDA RHODOPYGA, Sundev. Estrelda rhodopyga, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 333; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 322. Nos. 135, 138. ¢. 136,139. 9. Wadelai, Sept. 18, 1885. No. 154. ¢. Wadelai, Oct. 6, 1885. 76. EsTRELDA CINEREA (Vieill.). Astrilda cinerea, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 103; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. p. 614; xxxii. 1882, p. 505; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 333. Nos. 39, 40. 6 2. Wadelai, Aug. 3, 1885. 77. EsTRELDA SUBFLAVA (Vieill.). Habropyga subflava, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 609. Estrelda subflava, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 334. Nos. 235, 236, 243. g. Nos. 234, 242, 248, 253. 9. Lado, March 1884. 78. ORTYGOSPIZA ATRICOLLIS (Vieill.). Ortygospiza atricollis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 598; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 338. No. 150. g. Redjaf, Jan. 19, 1884. Nos. 945, 946. ¢ 2. Redjaf, Nov. 30, 1883. 79. ViIDUA PRINCIPALIs (Linn.). Vidua principalis, Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, 1888.] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 33 p- 102; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 151, 613; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 426; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 341. No. 46. 2. Tingasi, Aug. 14, 1883. 80. CoLrusPAssER MACRURUS (Gm.). Penthetria macroura, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vili. 1882, p- 202; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 606, 613; xxxii. 1882, p- 508; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 426. Coliuspasser macrurus, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 348. g ad. Tobbo, May 19, 1883. 81. CoLIUSPASSER AXILLARIS (Smith). Urobrachya axillaris, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 102; viii. 1882, p. 221; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 151; xxxil. 1882, p. 508. Coliuspasser axillaris, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 348. Penthetria avillaris, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 325. No. 285. ¢. Lado, March 31, 1884. No. 56. 2. Lado, July 25, 1883. 82. PyROMELANA FLAMMICEPS (Swains.). Pyromelana flammiceps, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 150, 613; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 352. Euplectes flammiceps, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 201. Nos. 34, 54,72. S. Tingasi, Aug. 1883. No. 45. Kubbi, July 1881. 83. PyROMELANA LADOENSIs (Reichen.). Euplectes taha, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 103; viii. 1882, p. 201; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 506. Euplectes ladoensis, Reichen. J. f. O. 1885, p. 218; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 339. Pyromelana sticta, Shelley (nec Heugl.), Ibis, 1886, p. 354. No. 408. ¢. Lado, Aug. 30, 1884. 84. QuELEA ERYTHROPS (Hartl.). Hyphantica hematocephala, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 545, pl. 19a. Quelea erythrops, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 356. od. Kiubiro, June 3, 1886. 85. QUELEA CARDINALIs (Hartl.). Hyphantica cardinalis, Hartl. J. f. O. 1880, p. 325; id. Abhandl. Nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 102; viii. 1882, p. 201; J. f. O. 1881, pl. i. figs. 1, 2; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 508. Quelea cardinalis, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 357. Nos. 25, 26, 29. g. Lado, July 1885. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—18838, No. III. 3 34 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 86. QuELEA QUELEA (Linn.). Quelea quelea, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 357. do. Kaubiro, June 5, 1886. Forehead black, flanks and thighs striped. The occurrence of the black-fronted Quelea quelea on the shores of Lake Albert Nyanza shows, in my opinion, the affinity of the fauna of this part of Africa with that of the Congo on the West Coast; _ but the view may be entertained that Q. quelea and Q. ethiopica are not distinct species, but only local and not positively definable forms, and this may be supported by the great similarity of their females and by the form P. russi, Finsch, with no black on the head, being common to both, as also are the peculiar brown and pink shaded varieties. 87. PLroceus MELANOTIS, Lafr. Sycobius melanotis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 101. Anaplectes melanotis, Pelz. Ver. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 150; xxxii. 1882, p. 506 ; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 337. Calyphantria erythogenys, Fisch. & Reichen. J. f. O. 1884, p- 181. Ploceus melanotis, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 18. No. 122. g. Redjaf, Jan. §, 1884. 88. PLoceus BAGLAFECT, Vieill. Hyphantornis guerini, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 562, pl. 11. fig. 3. Ploceus baglafect, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 20. ©. Kibiro, Oct. 8, 1886. 89. PLoceus NiGRICOLLIs (Vieill.). Ploceus nigricollis, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 22. No. 678. ¢. Wadelai, June 23, i883. Iris straw-colour; bill black ; legs dusky red. This species has previously only been recorded from the West Coast. Its near ally P. melanowanthus (Cab.) is fairly abundant on the East Coast, near Lamu and Mombas. 90. Proceus ocuxLarius, Smith. Hyphantornis crocata, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881. Hyphantornis ocvlarius, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 200. Symplectes ocularius, var. crocata, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p- 341, pl. 14. fig. 11. Ploceus ocularius, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 23. Nos. 175, 176. ¢ 2. Tanjimoro, Oct. 5, 1886. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 35 91. PLocEUS CASTANOPS, Sp. Nn. Male.—Head and underparts bright golden yellow, shading into chestnut on the forehead ; cheeks, front of the ear-coverts, chin, and throat chestnut, shading into black in frent of the eyes, and with a narrow black edging to the chin; the brown of the throat narrow almost to a point towards the lower neck ; back of the neck, back, ard scapulars uniform yellowish olive, slightly more yellow on the rump; wings brown, with all the feathers broadly edged with pale olive-yellow; tail olive-brown, with narrow yellowish edges to the feathers; under surface of the wings brown, the coverts pale rufous buff, with a golden shade, and the inner margins of the quills yellow. Bill black; legs reddish brown. Total length 5°6 inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2°8, tail 2, tarsus 0°9. Female.—Crown and nape nearly uniform dusky brown; back and scapulars more buffish brown, with large dark centres to the feathers ; wings, rump, and tail as in the male, but not so bright ; underparts brownish buff, paler on the centre of the abdomen. Bill dark above, pale beneath. Total length 5:3 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°5, tail 1:8, tarsus 0-9. In form and size this new species much resembles P. ocularius, but in no stage of plumage can it be confounded with that bird, ag it has no black stripes through the eye, and the broad pale edges of the wing-feathers contrast strongly with the dark portion. From P. xanthopterus it differs in its smaller size, in the more olive colour- ing of the back and edges of the wing-feathers, and in the brown of the forehead. 92. PLocrevs VITELLINUS (Licht.). Hyphantornis vitellinus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1882, p. 200. Ploceus vitellinus, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 27. No. 156. ¢. Wadelai, Oct. 7, 1885. Ins bright yellow. 93. PLoceus LuTEotus (Licht.). Hyphantornis luteola, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 100; vii. 1882, p. 200. Sitagra luteola, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 6125 xxxil. 1882, p. 506. Ploceus luteolus, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 31. Nos. 346, 347. ¢ Q. Redjaf, May 8, 1884. Nos. 358, 367, 368. 9. Kiri, May 1884. 94. PLocrus PELZELNI (Hartl.). Ieteropsis crocata, Pelz. (nec Hartl.) Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p- 149. Sitagra pelzelni, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 348, pl. 14. figs. 9, 10. Four males and five females, from Wadelai (May). In the adult of both sexes the bill is black. In the immature 3% 36 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS (Jan. 17, the bill is dusky brown above, pale beneath. In immature specimens, two of which are indicated as males, there is no trace of black on the head. As this species is but little known, I shall describe the male in full plumage; the female is well figured by Dr. Hartlaub (J. ¢.). Very similar to P. /uteolus, but rather larger, and the bill consider- ably longer. The black of the head is very similar, only it extends slightly further back ; remainder of the head, nape, and sides of the neck bright yellow, like the breast, with no olive shade; remainder of the upper parts as in P. luteolus. ' P. pelzelni, $ ad. Total length 5°25 inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2°35, tail 1°8, tarsus 0°75. P. luteolus, g ad. Total length 4°7 inches, culmen 0:5, wing 2°35, tail 1°7, tarsus 0°7. 95. PLoceus pimrp1atus (Salvad.). Hyphantornis dimidiata, Salvad. & Antin. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1873, p. 384, pl. 3; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, . 199. 2 Ploceus dimidiatus, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 34. Fifteen specimens of both sexes from Wadelai, procured in June, July, and August. Iris umber-brown. 96. PLocrus AByYssINIcUS (Gm.). Hyphantornis habessinica, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 99. Hyphantornis abyssinica, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 612; xxxll. 1882, p. 505. No. 265. g. May 22, 1884. No. 38. ¢. Kiri, Sept. 12, 1883. The second specimen is recorded as being in the winter plumage ; it closely resembles the figure of Textor flavirostris, Riipp. (Syst. Uebers. pi. 29). 97. PAssER RUFOCINCTUS, Fisch. & Reichen. Passer motitensis, Heugl. (nec Smith) Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 634. Passer rufocinctus, Fisch. & Reichen. J. f. O. 1884, p. 55. No. 30. ¢. Lado, April 9, 1884. 98. SoRELLA EMINI, Hartl. Sorella emini, Hartl. J. f.O. 1880, p. 211; J. f. O. 1881, pl. 1. figs. 3,4; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 104; viii. 1882, p. 201; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi, 1881, p. 150; xxxii. 1882, p. 507; Fisch. J. f. O. 1885, p. 136; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p- 340. Passer emini, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 332 (1887). No. 881. Lado, Nov. 2, 1883. Nos. 204, 205. Lado, Feb. 18, 1884. Nos. 120, 175. g. Redjaf, Jan. 31, 1884. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 37 99. CrITHAGRA BARBATA, Heugl. Crithagra barbata, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 629 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 204. Gad. Tobbo, May 17, 1883. 100. FRINGILLARIA ORIENTALIS, Shelley. Fringillaria orientalis, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 308 (Mamboio). No. 109. 9. Tingasi, Aug. 1, 1883. Iris dusky, bill brown, legs pale brown. There is a specimen of this species in the British Museum, labelled by Dr. Reichenow “ Fringillaria major,” from Leopoldville on the Congo. 101. FrinGILLaria FoRBEsI, Hartl. Fringillaria capensis, Swains. (nec Linn.) B. W. Aft. i. p. 211, pl. 18. Fringillaria forbesi, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 324; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vil. p. 204. Ad. Kuterma, May 26, 1883. Iris dusky; bill blackish, paler on the lower mandible ; legs greyish horn-colour. 102. LaMPROCOLIUS SPLENDIDUS (Vieill.). Lamprocolius splendidus, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 426. No. 135. Tingasi, Sept. 1881. This Gaboon species was first met with in Central Africa by Mr. Bohndorff in the Niam-niam couutry. 103. BUPHAGA AFRICANA, Linn. Buphaga africana, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 311. No. 189. 9. Kibiro, Oct. 8, 1886. 104. SaLpoRNIs SALVADORII, Bocage. Hylipsornis salvadorii, Bocage, Orn. Angola, p. 289, pl. 10. fig. 2 Salpornis salvadorit, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 330. Salpornis emini, Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 415, pl. 37; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 312. No. 539. ¢. Tobbo, May 22, 1884. This is, no doubt, the S. emini, Hartl., but I can detect no character by which it can be separated from 8S. salvadorii after comparing it with three specimens of the latter, two from Benguela and one from Mashoona land. The British Museum, since the’ acquisition of Mr. Hume’s valuable collection, contains a large series of S. spilonata, from which the present species is barely separable, the Asiatic form having the two centre tail-feathers generally much paler, and the throat and sides of the head of a rather purer white. 38 CAPT. G, E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS (Jan. 17, 105. NEcCTARINIA PULCHELLA (Linn.). Nectarinia pulchella, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 9, pl. 4; Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 107; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 609 ; xxxii. 1882, p. 501. No. 340. Lado, April 23, 1884. A partially white variety. 106. Crnnyris cuprREA (Shaw). Cinnyris cuprea, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 191, pl. 58 ; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 428. Nectarinia cuprea, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 609 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 168; viii. 1882, p. 205. No. 584. ¢. Mundri, June 1, 1883. 107. CINNYRIS SUPERBA (Shaw). Cinnyris superba, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 197, pl. 60; id. Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 428. No. 751. ¢. Bellima, July 15, 1883. This species was only known from the west coast, until it was recently procured in the Niam-niam country by Mr. Bohndorff. 108. CinNyRIS ERYTHROCERIA (Heugl.). Cinnyris erythrocerius, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 209, pl. 64. fig. 2. Nectarinia erythroceria, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 108; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 144. No. 68. g. Wadelai, Aug. 9, 1883. 109. CrnnyriIs cHLOROPYGIA (Jard.). Cinnyris chloropygius, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 257, pl. 79. No. 736. $. Tingasi, July 7, 1883. Previously only known from the west coast. 110. Crnnyris actk (Antin.). Cinnyris acik, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 295, pl. 82; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vii. p. 428. Nectarinia azic, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 108; viii. 1882, p. 206. Nectariniu acik, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 143, 609. No. 14. 2. Tingasi, Aug. 10, 1883. 111. Crnnyris opscurA (Jard.). Cinnyris obscurus, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 391, pl. 92. No. 20, 3g. Tingasi, Oct. 23, 1883. Formerly only known from West Africa. 112. Cynnyris veRTIcALIS (Lath.). Cinnyris verticalis, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 301, pl. 97. Nectarinia cyanocephala, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 206. No. 718. 3. Tingasi, July 4, 1883. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 39 Nos. 79, 808. 2. Tomaja, Aug. 1883. 2 g. Foda, Nov. 1, 1885. The specimens show that Latham described the female as Certhia verticalis, Shaw, the male as Certhia cyanocephala. 113. ANTHREPTES LONGUEMARII (Less.). Anthreptes longuemarii, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 335, pl. 108. Anthreptes orientalis, Hartl. J. f. O. 1880, p. 213 ; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 109 ; viii. 1882, p. 205; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 609; xxxil. 1882, p. 501; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 429. No. 765. S. Bongereh, July 22, 1883. The British Museum contains eight specimens, which I have compared with two of my own from Lado. My adult male has the lesser wing-coverts brilliant metallic green, which I cannot at all match in any of the other specimens, although a trace of green may be observed in all of them, often’ so slight as to be easily over- looked. It appears that in my monograph of this family (/.¢.) I rightly depicted the adult male and female. The immature male, as shown by Emin Pasha’s specimen in this collection, has a rather bright yellow abdomen, and has assumed the metallic purple colour- ing of the head and back before getting the metallic throat or discarding the white eyebrow. This proves, I presume, that Mr. Bohndorff’s second specimen from Sassa was a young male, and not a female as Mr. Sharpe records it. With regard to size, the following measurements of the culmen and wings of ten specimens will show that no importance can be attached to them :— Gambia, ¢ 2 : culmen 0°6, 0°65; wing 2°95, 2°6. Cassamanse, ¢ 2 2 : culmen 0°65; wing 2°95, 2°65, 2°55. Sassa, gad. and probably ¢ juv.: culmen 0°6, 0°65; wing 2°9, 2°05. Bongerch, ¢ juv.: culmen 0°6 ; wing 2°75. Lado, 2 ¢ : culmen 0°6, 0°55; wing 2°6, 2°4. 114. ANTHREPTES TEPHROLAMA (Jard. & Selby). Anthreptes tephrolema, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 333, pl. 72. fig 2. Nos. 24, 27. ¢. Tingasi, Oct. 1883. This is another of the species hitherto only known from the west coast. 115. ANTHREPTES HYPODILA (Fraser). Anthreptes hypodila, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 345, pl. 111. figs. 1, 2. No. 272. go. Lado, Oct. 23, 1885. No. 30. g. Tingasi, July 15, 1883. These birds agree perfectly with the West-African specimens, and have no metallic green on the outer webs of their primaries and greater wing-coverts. 40 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS (Jan. 17, 116. CoriLe crNncTA. Cotile cincta, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 164; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 101. No. 155. 2. Wadelai, Oct. 7, 1885. No. 64. 2. Wadelai, Feb. 9, 1886. & 117. Hirunpo rustica, Linn. Hirundo rustica, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 109; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 128. ©. Lado, Oct. 30, 1885. No. 145. go. Wadelai, Sept. 30, 1885. 118. Hirunpo smirut, Leach. Hirundo filifera, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 155. Hirundo smithi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 150. Nos. 115, 124. Wadelai, Sept. 1885. 119. HrruNDO SEMIRUFA, Sundev. Hirundo semirufa and H. gordoni, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. pp- 167, 168. ©. Wadelai, Oct. 12, 1885. Total length 8-2 inches, wing 4°8. H. semirufa from South Africa is said to be slightly larger than H. gordoni from West Africa, but I believe that the distinctness of these races cannot be maintained. 120. PsaALIDOPROCNE ALBICEPS, Sclat. Psalidoproene albiceps, Sclat. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 108, pl. xiv. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 206. do. Wadelai, June 28, 1885. Q. Wadelai, July 5, 1885. No. 116. ¢ juv. Wadelai, Sept. 12, 1885. This is only the second time this interesting species has been sent home. The former specimen, the type, was received in spirits from Uzinza, where it was procured by the expedition of Speke and Grant. II. PICARIA. 121. COSMETORNIS VEXILLARIUS (Gould). Cosmetornis vewillarius, Sclat. Ibis, 1864, p. 115, pl. 2; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vii. 1884, p. 434. Nos. 700, 701. 3g. Tingasi, July 2, 1883. 122. DENDROPICUS LAFRESNAYI, Malh. Dendropicus lafresnayii, Hargitt, Ibis, 1883, p. 425. No. 168. ¢. Tobbo, May 16, 1883. This species was previously known only from the west coast. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 41 123. CAMPOTHERA NUBICA (Gm.). Picus nubicus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 109 ; Pelz. Verh. Wien, 1882, p. 510. Campothera nubica, Hargitt, Ibis, 1883, p. 451. No. 148. Qjuv. Redjaf, Jan. 17, 1884. 124. CaMpoTHERA MACULOSA (Valenc.). Campothera maculosa, Hargitt, Ibis, 1883, p. 475. No. 11. Q. Tingasi, July 28, 1883. Formerly only known from the west coast. I have compared it with Gold-Coast specimens in the British Museum and find that it agrees perfectly. 125. Isprptna pricra (Bodd.). Ispidina picta, Sharpe, Mon. Alcid. p. 141, pl. 51; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 143; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 207 ; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 435. No. 119. 2. Wadelai, July 16, 1886. 126. LorpHoceros Fascratus (Shaw). Tockus fasciatus, Elliot, Mon. Bucerot. pl. 50; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 435. Lophoceros fasciatus, Shelley, Ibis, 1888, p. 59. No.1. 9. ‘Tingasi, Aug. 22, 1883. “ Noe it Oo Sept. La, Lo8ae Nosh t2 FeO ee daly 16; 1883: No. 62. Kubbi, July 1881. 127. PoGONORHYNCHUS BIDENTATUS (Shaw). Pogonorhynchus bidentatus, Marshall, Mon. Capit. p. 11, pl. 6 ; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 432. Pogonias bidentatus, Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 112. Nos. 69,70. ¢ 2. Umparu, Feb. 16, 1885. 128. PoGoNORHYNCHUS LEUCOCEPHALUs (Defil.). Pogonorhynchus leucocephalus, Marshall, Mon. Capit. p. 15, pl. 8; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 151; xxxii. 1882, p. 510; Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 209. Pogonias leucocephalus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 112. No. 352. 9. Redjaf, May 11, 1884. 129. PoGoONORHYNCHUS DIADEMATUS (Heugl.). Pogonorhynchus diadematus, Marshall, Mon. Cap. p. 29, pl. 14 ; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi, 1881, p. 615; xxxii. 1882, p. 510. Pogonias diadematus, Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. lt2. No. 237. g. lado, March 3, 1884. 42 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 130. PoGonoruyncuvus LAcRYMosus (Cab.). Tricolema lacrymosa, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, pp. 205, 240. Nos. 23, 24. ¢. Wadelai, July 26, 1885. Iris orange-yellow ; bill black ; legs slate-colour. No. 18. 9. Wadelai, July 22, 1885. The sexes are similar in plumage, and the black pearl-shaped marks on the sides of the chest are equally well defined in all the specimens. 131. BARBATULA CHRyYsocoMA (Temm.). Barbatula chrysocoma, Marshall, Mon. Cap. p. 121, pl. 49. fig. 2; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 153; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 209. No. 198. 2. Kibiro, Oct. 1886. 132. BARBATULA LEUCOLAMA, Verr. Barbatula leucolema, Marshall, Mon. Cap. p. 129, pl. 51. fig. 2. Nos. 702, 809, 810, 811, 813. Tomaja, Aug. 1883. Formerly only known from the west coast. 133. CuctLus GuLaARIs, Steph. Cuculus gularis, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 583; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 113; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 432. No. 305. g. Lado, April 10, 1884. Iris yellow; bill orange-yellow with the end black ; gape orange ; eyelids and feet yellow. 134. CucuLus cLAmosus, Lath. Cuculus clamosus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 587 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 210; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xvill. 1884, p. 432. No. 705. Qjuv. Tomaya, Aug. 7, 1883. 135. Curysococcyx cupreus (Bodd.). Cuculus cupreus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 581. Chalcites cupreus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 113; viii. 1882, p. 221. No. 353. g. Redjaf, May 11, 1884. No. 369. 2. Kiri, May 24, 1884. 136. Pacuycoccyx vatipus (Fisch. & Reichen.). Cuculus validus, Fisch. & Reichen. J. f. O. 1879, p. 341, Muniune. Pachycoccyx validus, Cab. J. f. O. 1882, p. 230. No. 107, Q. Tangasi, Aug. 2, 1883. As I only recognized this immature bird by the short note on its plumage given by Dr. Cabanis, /.¢., it may be useful to take this opportunity of describing the interesting specimen before me. Above blackish brown with a faint purple gloss; the crown, back nS 1888.] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 43 of the neck, middle of the rump, upper tail-coverts, some of the lesser wing-coverts, all of the median and greater coverts and the quills broadly tipped with buffish white ; forehead, nape, and sides of the head almost white ; the latter washed on the lores, cheeks, and ear-coverts with dusky grey. Tail with some five or six obsoletely paler bands, the base of the one near the end well defined by trian- gular white marks on the sides of the feathers, the other bands only indicated by smaller white marks confined to their inner webs, base of the tail white. Underparts whitish buff shaded with rufous buff on the sides of the body, thighs, and under tail- coverts, the latter have two broad black bars across them; under surface of the wing-coverts rufous buff ; quills dusky brown, fading into white towards the bases of their inner webs, all the quills broadly tipped with white. Total length 15°2 inches, culmen 0-9, wing 9, tail 8:3, tarsus 1. There is a nestling of this species in the British Museum labelled «° W. Africa, DuChaillu,”’ from which I conclude that it is a Central- African species occasionally extending to the coast both in the east and west. 137. InpicaToR MAJoR, Steph. Indicator major, Sharpe, in Dawson Rowley’s Orn. Miscell. i. p- 204; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 311. No. 131. 9. Wadelai, Sept. 15, 1885. Iris umber-brown ; bare skin on head leaden grey ; bill black ; legs dusky. 138. INDICATOR EMINI, sp. n. (Plate III.) No. 675. $. Wadelai, June 23, 1883. Bill slight. Upper parts uniform dusky brown, very slightly shaded with olive on the crown and back of the neck, slightly more so with deep yellow on the back and scapulars, increasing in amount of yellow on the rump, where a few feathers show white ends; wings dark brown ; the coverts shading into olive-yellow on their edges, the quills edged with deep yellow ; tail, four centre feathers entirely brown, remainder white, with the base only of the next pair to the four centre feathers dusky brown. Underparts, including the under tail-coverts, ashy brown, fading into white on the centre and sides of the abdomen behind the thighs. Total length 4°6 inches, culmen 0:3, wing 2°6, tail 2°1, tarsus 0°5. In its slight bill this species approaches nearest to J. major, and by that character alone it may be readily distinguished from all the other known species of Honey-Guides. It is very distinct from any other member of the genus, and I am pleased to be able to name such a striking species after its celebrated discoverer. 139. MusorHaGa ross&, Gould. Musophaga rosse, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p- 433; Schalow, J. f. O. 1886, p. 14. No. 12. 9. Tingasi, Aug. 10, 1883. 44 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, This appears to be essentially an inland African species, for it has been procured by Mr. Bohndorff at Semmi in Niam-niam, and by Dr. Bohm in Marungu on the western side of Lake Tanyanika. It is also known from the interior of Angola. 140. CoryTHatx LEUcoLopuHus, Heugl. Corythaix leucolophus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 703, pl. 24 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vill. 1882, p. 210; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vii. 1884, p. 433; Schalow, J. f. O. 1886, p. 20. No. 828. Q. Kabajerdi, Aug. 20, 1883. Iris brown ; eyelids pale blood-red; bill yellow, witha greenish base ; legs black. 141. CoryrHeoxa cristata (Vieill.). Turacus giganteus, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 433. Corytheola cristata, Schalow, J. f. O. 1886, p. 55. Nos. 144, 145, 146, 147. Ad. Tingasi, Sept. 1881. Iris red ; bill, basal half yellow, end half red; feet dusky. The red has entirely faded from the bills. 142. Eurystomus AFER (Lath.). Eurystomus afer, Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 274; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 110; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p- 143; xxxii. 1882, p. 500; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 434. No. 110. 9. Tingasi, July 16, 1883. III. PSITTACI. 143. PsirTracus ERITHACUS, Linn. Psittacus erithacus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, Sp2il' : Psittacus rubrovarius, Rochebrune, Faun. Sénégamb., Ois. p. 84, pl. 10. No. 158. @. Mabode Land, June 1884. Tris pale yellow; bili black; bare skin on sides of head pearly Tey. ‘ This is a peculiar red mottled variety of the Grey Parrot, probably due to some particular food to which the bird becomes partial ; for the irregularity of the red marking cannot, I maintain, be of specific value. M. Rochebrune regards it as a good species, and applies to it Brisson’s very characteristic name of rubrovarius. He also gives a good figure, which exactly represents the specimen before me. Emin Pasha writes concerning it to the following effect :—<‘ In habits it is said not to differ from the grey form. It was given to me by one of the chiefs in Monbuttu, where it is known by the name ‘Curingu,’ and the common grey birds by that of ‘Makue.’”” He also gives some interesting notes on the migrations of the Grey 1888.] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 45 Parrot ; this species, to the east of Lake Albert Nyanza, ranges to about 2° N. lat., and to the west of that lake about a degree further north, being only met with as a straggler in the northern part of Monbuttu. Captain Casati informed him that in Unyoro the Grey Parrot passed in flocks eastward from the 24th to the 28th July, 1886, and repassed westward across the Lake from the 6th to the 12th of March, 1887. 144. AGapornis PULLARIA (Linn.). Agapornis pullaria, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 212. Nos. 47, 48. Tingasi, July 30, 1883. IV. COLUMBA. 145. Treron cALvus (Temm.). Treron nudirostris, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. ll7. Treron calvus, Shelley, Ibis, 1883, p. 267; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 436; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. i. 1886, p. 329. No. 816. ¢. Tomaya, Aug. 14, 1883. 146. TurtuR semiroraquatus, Riipp. Turtur semitorquatus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 117; Shelley, Ibis, 1883, p. 303. One specimen, without label. V. ACCIPITRES. 147. PotyBOROIDES TyPIcus, Smith. Polyboroides typicus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 48; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 437. No. 227. 3. Lado, Feb. 26, 1886. Iris dusky brown ; bill horn-blue, with the basal half white ; cere and feet yellow ; skin round the eyes and the lores rough and yellow. This is an immature specimen in pale brown plumage. 148. Circus 2RuGINosus (Linn.). Circus eruginosus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 102; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 69. No. 274. 2. lado, March 19, 1884. 149. Mreierax PoLyzonus (Rupp.). Melierax polyzonus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 88; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 143, 607 ; xxxil. 1882, p.500; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 437. No. 277. ¢ juv. Lado, March 23, 1884. 46 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 150. Mreierax NIGER (Bonn. et Vieill.). Melierax niger, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 91. Nisus niger, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 116. No. 90. @. Gondokoro, Nov. 15, 1883. Iris scarlet; cere, base of mandible, and feet cinnabar-red ; bill black. 151. CrircAETUS CINERASCENS, Mill. Circaetus cinerascens, Heugl. Orn. N. O.-Afr. p. 86, pl. 3; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 285; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p- 306. No. 827. 9. Kabajeudi, Aug. 20, 1883. Iris pale yellow ; bill bluish yellow ; base, cere, and legs yellow. 152. BuTastuR RUFIPENNIs (Sund.). Butastur rufipennis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 299; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 437. Poliornis rufipennis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p- 213. Nos. 269, 270. ¢. No. 282. 2. Lado, March 1884. No. 118. Redjaf, Jan. 8, 1884. 153. Mitvus micrans (Bodd.). Milvus etolius, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 98. Milvus korshun, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 322. No. 314. ¢. Lado, April 15, 1884. 154. Fauco cuviert, Smith. Falco cuvieri, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 400. No. 337. 2. Lado, April 22, 1884. 155. Fatco RUFICOLLIs, Swains. Falco ruficollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 404; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 115, viii. 1882, p. 221; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 606, xxxii. 1882, p. 499 ; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 438. No. 266. Qjuv. Lado, March 13, 1884. 156. TINNUNCULUS TINNUNCULUs (Linn.). Cerchneis tinnunculus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 425 ; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 438. Tinnunculus alaudarius, Pelz. Verh. Wein, xxxi. 1881, pp. 605, 607, xxxii. 1882, p. 500. Nos. 961, 962. ¢ 9. Redjaf, Dec. 12, 1883. No. 171. @. Redjaf, Jan. 29, 1884. 157. TINNUNCULUS ALOPEX (Heugl.). Falco alopex, Heug). Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 41 ; Hartl. Abbandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 115. 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 47 Cerchneis alopex, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 432, pl. 14. ize 1, 2: No. 952. Redjaf, Dec. 2, 1883. No. 167. Redjaf, Jan. 28, 1884. The male is slightly darker and more strongly streaked. 158. DissopecTEs ARpeEs1ACcus (Bonn. & Vieill.). Cerchneis ardesiaca, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 4463 id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 438. Faleo ardesiacus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vil. 1881, p- 15; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 143, 606. No. 290. 2. Lado, April 2, 1884. 159. Buso CINERASCENS, Gueér. Bubo cinerascens, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 32; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 215; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 438. No. 172. 9. Redjaf, Jan. 30, 1884. Iris dusky ; bill blackish ; feet beneath the feathers dusky. Compared with the S.-African B. maculosus (Sharpe, Cat. 11. p. 13), I do not see much difference in plumage, and do not think much of the feathering of the toes; but in B. maculosus the iris is yellow, which apparently settles the question of the difference in the two species. 160. Scors carEensts, Smith. Scops zorea africana, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 117. Scops capensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 52, pl. 3. fig. 1. Nos. 37, 38. Wadelai, Aug. 2, 1885. Iris sulphur-yellow ; bill horn-colour ; feet dusky. This specimen certainly belongs to the 8. capensis as understood by Mr. Sharpe, and those collected by Mr. Bohndorff (Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 439) in the Niam-niam country to S. giu. To say that they are really specifically distinct requires more research than I have given to the subject. 161. GuavucipIuM PERLATUM (Vieill.). Glaucidium perlatum, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 209; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 439. Athene perlata, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 143; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Verh. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 215. No. 364. gS. Kiri, May 21, 1884. 6. 2. [No locality.] March 16, 1883. 162. Srrrx FLAMMEA, Linn. Stria flammea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 291; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 440. No. 63. Tingasi, May 1882. Small; wing only 9:4 inches, but of the ordinary typical colouring. 48 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS (Jan. 17, VI. PTEROCLETES. 163. PreROCLES TRICINCTUS, Swains. Pterocles tricinctus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p- 216. Nos. 296, 299, 306. 3 Qad.; gd juv. Lado, April 1884. Skin round the eye and feet yellow. dad., bill orange; ¢juv., bill orange, tipped with black; 9, bill dusky black, fading into orange at the base. VII. GALLINA. 164. NumipA pTILORHYNCBHA, Licht. Numida ptilorhyncha, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 102, pl. 29; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 116. Nos. 114,115. 92. Tingasi, Aug. 1883. 165. FRANCOLINUs ICTERORHYNCHUS, Heugl. Francolinus icterornynchus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 894, pl. 29 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 118. No. 113. g. Tingasi, Aug. 20, 1883. No. 131, 134. ¢ Q. Tingasi, Sept. 1881. Iris and legs yellow; bill yellow, with the culmen black. 166. FRANCOLINUS GRANTI, Hartl. Francolinus granti, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 665, pl. 39. fig. 1. Francolinus shoanus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Atr. p. 891, pl. 29. fig. 2. Francolinus pileatus, Hartl. (nec Smith), Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 118. Francolinus ochrogaster, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 327; id. Ab- handl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 218. No. 256. 2. Lado, March 1884. Nos. 298, 303. ¢ 2. Lado, April 1884. Iris brown ; legs blood-red ; bill blackish. VIII. GRALLATORES. 167. PLATALEA TENUIROSTRIS, Temm. Platalea tenuirostris, F. & H. Vog. Ostafr. p. 718; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1126. No. 262. gjuv. Lado, March 12, 1884. 168. Oris MELANOGASTER, Riipp. Otis melanogaster, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 951. No. 375. 9. Redjaf, June 2, 1884. 169. GipIcNEMUS SENEGALENSIS, Swains. Edicnemus inornatus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 989 ; Hartl. Ab- handl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 120; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 616. No. 268. 2. Lado, March 15, i884. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 49 170. GEpicNEMUs AFFINIs, Riipp. Gdienemus affinis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 990. No. 310. @. April 14, 1834. 171. Hoptorrerus spinosus (Linn.). Hoplopterus spinosus, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 441 5 Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 332. No. 852. 9. Lado, Oct. 5, 1883. 172. ANGIALITIS TRICOLLARIS (Vieill.). Charadrius tricollaris, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1027, pl. 34. fig. 5. Nos. 174, 182. ¢ Q. Kibiro, June 1886. 173. ASeraLiTis MINOR (Meyer & Wolf). Charadius fluviatilis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1029; Pelz. Verh. Wien, 1881, p. 155. No. 297. g. Lado, April 8, 1884. 174. ASGIALITIS PecUARIUS (Temm.). Charadrius pecuarius, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1033, pl. 34. fig. 7. Nos. 296, 297. 3 Q. Kibiro, June 1886. 175. ANGIALITIS ASIATICUS (Pall.). Charadrius damarensis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1018. Eudromias asiaticus, Pelz. Verh. Wien, 1881, p. 155. Nos. 284, 285. ¢. Lado, March 30, 1884. 176. GLAREOLA EMINI, Sp, 0. @. Lado, Oct. 18, 1884. Iris umber-brown; culmen and end of bill black, base of bill and legs vermilion. This species is closely allied to G. megapoda, Gray, and G. nuchalis, Gray. From the former it differs in having the nuchal collar white instead of chestnut-buff, from the latter in being much larger and in not having any white on the outer webs of the secondaries. G. emini: total length 7-9 inches, wing 6°1, tail 2°8, tarsus 0°8. G. nuchalis: total length 5°6 inches, wing 5°5, tail 2°4, tarsus 0°8. I have compared the specimen from Lado with three adults and an immature of G. megapoda and with the type of G. nuchalis. 177. CORYTHURA CINNAMOMEA (Less.). Corythura cinnamomea, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p- 441. No. 710. Tingasi, July 3, 1883. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. IV. 4 50 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS [Jan. 17, IX. NATATORES. 178. PLorus LEVAILLANTI, Licht. Plotus levaillanti, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1475; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 606, 618. No. 844. 2. Lado, Sept. 29, 1883. 179. QUERQUEDULA HARTLAUBI, Cass. Querquedula hartlaubi, Oust. Bull. N. Arch. Mus. Paris, 1879, pl. 6. No. 4. d. Tingasi, July 20, 1883. ; Iris yellowish brown ; bill black, with a broad subterminal yellow band ; legs brown. 3. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians sent by Emin Pasha from Monbuttu, Upper Congo. By Dr. A. Gintuer, F.R.S. [Received January 10, 1888.] The specimens, 27 in number, belong to the following species :— TORTOISES. 1. PELOMEDUSA SUBRUFA,, Lac. LIZARDS. 2. Varanus niLoticus, L.—Two young specimens. 3. HEMIDACTYLUS BROOKII, Gray. 4. LyGoDACTYLUS GUTTURALIS, Bocage. 5. CHAMALEON SENEGALENSIS, var. LEVIGATA, Gray.—Three specimens. Although I adopt Mr. Boulenger’s view that C. Jevigatus of Gray should not be specifically distinguished from C. senegalensis, still the former may be readily recognized by its conspicuously finer granulation of the skin, and especially the smaller size of the scutella of the side of the head. The type of C. levigatus came from the Soudan ; and the three specimens sent by Emin Pasha agree in the characters mentioned with this geographically not very remote form of Chameleon. SNAKES. 6, TypHiops EscuricuTn, Schleg.—Three specimens. 7. TyrHLops LIBERIENsIS, Hallow.—Two specimens. 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA, 51 8. NervusTEROPHIS ATRATUS, Ptrs. (1877).—This example possesses one anteocular only. The species is new to the collection of the British Museum. 9. AHAETULLA EMINI, sp. n.— Ventral shields without keels, 151 ; anal bifid ; upper labials 9, the 4th, 5th, and 6th entering the orbit ; 1 anteocular, 2 postoculars ; 6 of the lower labials are in contact with the chin-shields ; loreal not twice as long as broad ; temporal shields 1+2; scales smooth, in 15 rows. Head of moderate size, not elongate or depressed ; body and tail moderately slender. Uniform green ; skin between the scales black, each scale with a white spot on the basal half of its outer margin. The specimen measures 29 inches, the head being #, and the tail 10 long. 10. DasyPELtis scaBRaA, L. 11. Psammoruis siB1Lans, L.—Three specimens. 12. ATRACTASPIS IRREGULARIS, Reinh.—This species has invari- ably the subcaudals divided into “scutella”—a term which evidently has been misunderstood by Peters, who persisted in applying it to undivided subcaudal shields, properly ‘“‘scuta,” Peters using the term of squame for the former, A renewed study of the species of this genus has also shown me that the doubts which Peters cast upon them ean only have arisen from the incomplete materials at his disposal. 13. ATRACTASPIS ATERRIMA, Gthr.—The specimen is very much shrunk and possesses 299 ventral shields, the type having 274. FROGS. 14. Rana occipiratis, Gthr. 15. Rana mascarEntEnsIs, D, B.—Two specimens. 16. Buro rEGULARIS, Reuss.—Two specimens. 17. RAppia CINCTIVENTRIS, Cope. Of these 17 Reptiles and Frogs, 9 are almost generally distributed over the African Region; of the remainder 7 are known from various parts of West Africa, whilst not a single species known to be peculiar to East Africa is included in this collection. Although it might thus appear that the Reptilian Fauna of the Upper Congo is rather West-African than East-African in its character, we must not lose sight of the fact that many species extend right across from the West to the East Coast, and that if in the end the Eastern and Western Reptilian Faunas should prove to be sufficiently distinct to call for the establishment of two or more separate zoo-geographical districts, our knowledge of the Reptiles of the central parts is at present much too fragmentary to assist in fixing the boundary line between such districts. 4* 52 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS (Jan. 17 4. On the Shells of the Albert Nyanza, Central Africa, obtained by Dr. Emin Pasha. By Epear A. Smita. [Received December 5, 1887.] Among the valuable collections of Natural History recently received from Dr. Emin Pasha are a few shells which he collected in the Albert Nyanza, probably from the eastern side of the Lake. They are referable to :— 1. Melania tuberculata, Miller. 2. Melania liricincta, n. sp. 3. Paludina unicolor, var. 4. Bythinia alberti, n. sp. 5. Planorbis stanleyi, n. sp. It is not surprising that three out of these five species should be undescribed, as, with one exception, no collections of shells have ever reached this country from this particular region. In 1866 Mr. Henry Adams gave a list, in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (p. 375), of a collection of shells made in Central Africa by Sir Samuel Baker, the discoverer of the lake. I am informed by that gentleman that all the shells mentioned by Mr. Adams, and which he has presented to the British Museum, came from the Albert Nyanza. Through the kindness of the Rev. Horace Waller I have had the opportunity of examining a series of shells from the same locality, which he also received from Dr. Emin. Among them are examples of two new species, a Cleopatra and a Bythinia, which are not repre- sented in the two other collections. Altogether fifteen species are now known from this particular lake, and of these seven appear at present to be peculiar to it. The remaining eight have all been recorded from different parts of the Nile, and one species, Melania tuberculata, is also known from three of the other large Central African lakes, namely Nyassa, Tanganyika, and Victoria Nyanza. The Planorbis sudanicus also occurs in Lake Tanganyika. The following is a complete list of the known species from the Albert Nyanza. 1. MevaniA TUBERCULATA, Miller. A large series of this remarkably distributed species has been sent by Dr. Emin Pasha. A dark purplish brown or black is the pre- vailing tint of most of the specimens, with only slight indications of the spotting which is characteristic of the species. Some of the examples, however, possess the usual style of colouring, being pale olive or dirty white and dotted and spotted with red. 2. MELANIA LIRICINCTA, N. sp. Testa elongata, turrita, sub epidermide nigro-fusca albida ; anfractus persistentes 5, parum convexi, interdum inferne leviter tumidi, 1888. ] FROM THE ALBERT NYANZA. 53 liris spiralibus 2-3 circa partem inferiorem instructi, sutura sub- profunda, obliqua sejuncti; ultimus circa medium et basim liris paucis cinctus ; apertura pyriformis, intus c@rulescens ; peris- toma tenue, marginibus callo tenui junctis. Longit. anfractuum quinque 26, diam. 94 millim.; apertura 94 longa, 53 lata. Fig. 1. Melania liricincta, On removing the thickish epidermis the shell has a dirty whitish appearance. ‘The spiral ridges are usually rather strong and vary in number to some extent. Two specimens have four round the middle part of the body-whorl and four at the base, the two sets being separated by a smooth blank space. Two or three of the upper series usually revolve up the spire upon the lower portion of the upper whorls. M., victorie, Dohrn, from the Victoria Falls, Zambesi River, is an allied form. 3. AMPULLARIA WERNEI. Amp. wernei, Philippi, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 19, pl. 5. f. 4, pl. 17. f. 2; Martens, Novit. Conch. vol. iv. p. 22, pl. 114. figs. 1-5. Lanistes, sp.?, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 376. Hab. White Nile (Philippi) ; Gazelle River (v. Martens) ; Albert Nyanza (Baker). The two young shells referred to the genus Lanistes by Adams appear to be the early stages of this species. 4, PALUDINA UNICOLOR, var. There are in the British Museum twelve specimens from the Albert Nyanza, received from the late General Gordon and Sir Samuel Baker, which are precisely similar to those just obtained from Emin Pasha. They may be regarded as a well-marked variety of P. unicolor, Oliver, although differing considerably in outline from the typical form. They appear to be smaller and narrower ; the whorls are more rounded and without any indication of angulation at the upper parts, and exhibit more spiral striation. The colour seems to vary considerably : some are entirely of a pale rosy tint ; others are nearly white ; one or two specimens belonging to Mr. Waller are of a pur- plish-brown colour, a few are olive-yellow, and the majority exhibit a more or less distinct pale zone at the periphery, which sometimes has a dark band below it. 54 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [Jan. 17, 5. CLEOPATRA EMINI, 0. sp. Testa ovato-acuminata, anguste umbilicata, mediocriter tenuis, sordide albida, lutea vel purpureo-fusca, interdum rufo bi- vel trizonata ; anfractus 7-8, superne decliviter tabulati, angulati, carinis duobus instructi, lineis incrementi parum obliquis, distincte striati ; apertura ovalis, parva, longit. totius 3 haud equans ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari leviter expanso et reflexo. Longit. 114 millim., diam. 6 ; apertura 5 longa, 3% lata. Fig. 2. Cleopatra emini. This pretty species is remarkable for the angulation and cari- nation of the whorls. In five of the specimens at hand there are two keels upon the whorls, whereof the upper and rather stronger one is at the angle, the other being around the middle of the last volution and revolving up the spire just above the sutural line. In one example there is a third slight lira or keel upon the upper part of the whorl between the suture and the angle ; and in another specimen the peripherial carina has become obsolete upon the body-whorl and is represented by a colour-band. C. bulimoides, Olivier, if keeled and angulated, would closely resemble this species. The operculum in both species is the same. It is spiral at first with a raised edge, and increases afterwards concentrically. Three specimens of this species have been liberally presented to the Museum by the Rev. H. Waller. 6. ByTHINIA ALBERTI, 0. sp. Testa parva, subglobosa, brevis, anguste umbilicata, alba, epidermide tenut lutescente induta ; anfractus 4, perconvezi, lineis incrementi striati, ultimus haud elongatus ; apertura submagna, fere ovalis, longit. totius } paulo superans; peristoma continuum, leviter incrassatum, margine columellari anguste reflexo. Longit. 4; diam. maj. fere 4 millim. The chief distinguishing features of this little species are its short stumpy growth and the narrow umbilicus. Of the known African species, B. badiella, received by the British Muscum from Parreyss with the locality “ Egypt,” is the nearest ally of the present form. It is, however, of a somewhat different shape, has a smaller aperture, and is more narrowly perforate. 7. BYTHINIA WALLERI, ND. sp. Testa parva, albido-pellucida, nitida, perforata; anfractus 43-5, perconveai, striis incrementi tenuissimis sculpti ; apertura rotunde 1888. ] FROM THE ALBERT NYANZA. 55 ovata, longit. totius 5 haud equans ; peristoma tenue, conti- nuum, marginibus externi et basali levissime expansis. Longit. 5 millim., diam. 3; apertnra 24 X 2. Fig. 3. Bythinia wallert. This is very different in form from B. alberti, having a much higher spire and smaller aperture, The single specimen is at present in the possession of the Rev. H. Waller. 8. PLANORBIS SUDANICUS. Pl. sudanicus, v. Martens, Mal. Blit. 1870, vol. xvil. p.35; 1874, p. 41; Pfeiffer, Novit. Conch. vol. iv. p. 23, pl. 114. f. 6-9 ; Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 349. Hab. White Nile (Consul Petherick in Brit. Mus.); Gazelle River (Bahr-el-Ghasal) (v. Martens) ; Albert Nyanza (Baker and Emin) ; Tanganyika (Smith). It is interesting to note the distribution of this species as dimly indicating a connection between the two lakes, which at present is but a matter of conjecture. 9. PLANORBIS STANLEYI, 2D. sp. Testa mediocriter depressa, utrinque subequaliter concava, nitida, oblique striata, vix semipellucida, cornea, inferne pallida; anfrac- tus 4, celeriter accrescentes, rotundati, ultimus magnus, antice paulo inflatus, sutura profunda sejunctus ; apertura magna, obliqua, plerumque supra anfr. penultimum elevata ; perist. tenue, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari leviter incrassato et reflero. Diam. 9, alt. 43; apertura 43 longa, 3% millim. lata. This species is remarkable for the rapid enlargement of the last whorl, which ends in a very open aperture and usually is produced above the penultimate whorl ; in some specimens, however, it descends somewhat. 10. CorsicuLa rapraTa, Philippi. Cyrena radiata (Parreyss, MS.), Philippi, Abbild. vol. i. p. 78, Bit. 4.8. Hab. White Nile (Bahr-el-Abiad) (Philippi); Albert Nyanza (Baker and Emin) ; Lake Nyassa (Smith, P. Z. S. 1877 p. 718). 11. CorgicuLa pusILx, Philippi. Cyrena pusilla (Parreyss, MS.), Philippi, Abbild. vol. ii. p. 78, Bela. 7: Hab. Upper part of the Nile (Philippi) ; Syene or Assouan on the Nile (Parreyss in Brit. Mus.). 56 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, 12. Unio aeyprtracus, Caillaud. Hab. Various parts of the Nile; Albert Nyanza (Baker). 13. Unio cartuaAunt, Férussac. Hab. Same as preceding. 14. UNIO BAKERI. Unio bakeri, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 376. Hab. Albert Nyanza (Baker and Emin). Only one fresh and two dead valves without the epidermis were obtained by Sir Samuel Baker. Five odd valves, which have been presented by Mr. Waller to the Museum and are in geod cendition, show that this species, like most others of the genus, is very variable in form, and that the extent and coarseness of the zigzag wrinkling of the surface is very inconstant. A number of so-called species of Unio described by Bourguignat! from the Victoria Nyanza approach very closely to U. bakeri, and indeed I should be surprised if several of them on comparison might not satisfactorily be classed with it. 15. Unio ACUMINATUS. Unio acuminatus, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 376. The two valves collected by Sir S. Baker are all that is known of this species. It is of a more slender form than the preceding, and has down the posterior dorsal area two subparallel shallow grooves or impressed rays with a raised space between them. This feature is represented in U. bakeri by two divergent colour-rays in the same part, but rather more remote from one another. 5. On the Lepidoptera received from Dr. Emin Pasha. By Arruur G. Burier, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. [Received December 5, 1887.] The Lepidoptera received from Dr. Emin Pasha are referable to no less than 156 species, of which thirteen Butterflies and two Moths are new to science ; one or two of these are extremely variable and, had the extremes only been obtained, might fairly have been regarded as distinct species. The collection contains a combination of South-western and North-eastern forms, by far the greater number, especially of those obtained at Wadelai in 1887, being identical with Abyssinian species; a few more southerly forms, identical with species from Kilma-njaro, crop up here and there, such as Junonia infracta, Teracolus aurigineus, and others, 1 Moll. fluvy. du Nyanza Oukéréwé (Victoria Nyanza), Paris, 1883, pp. 3-15. 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA, 57 RHOPALOCERA. NYMPHALID&. EUPL@IN. 1, Limnas CHRYSIPPUS. Papilio chrysippus, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764). 3 @. Kangasi, 7th and 20th July; 2. Féda, 26th November, 1885, Stazione Gadda, 20th February, 1886; ¢ 9. Monbuttu, July and August (1886 ?); Wadelai, 12th January, 5th and 11th March, 1887. From this form to its variety L. alcippoides there is a perfect tran- sitional series commencing with a mere whitening of the median branches of the secondaries and gradually increasing to a well-defined white patch. Var. ALcrpporDEs, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 238, pl. xxxi. fig. 1. 3 2. Kangasi, 17th and 25th July and 21st November, 1883 ; d . Stazione Gadda, 7th May, 1884; ¢ 2. Fdéda, 23rd November, 1885 ; Monbuttu, July and August ; Wadelai, 12th and 13th Jan- uary, 1887. This is also linked by intermediate steps to L. alcippus: the latter therefore, though a good constant species on the West Coast from Sierra Leone northwards, can here, as at Aden, be only regarded as a variety of L. chrysippus. Var. aLcippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exxvii. E, F (1779). 3 Q. Tobbo, 21st May; Kangasi, 14th, 17th, 20th, 22nd, 25th, and 27th July ; 12th and 17th October; 14th, 18th, and 21st No- vember; Stazione Bauri, September 1883; Stazione Gadda, 26th January, 1884; Fdéda, 1st November, 1885; Wadelai, 13th and 27th January, 1887; Monbuttu in July and August. 2. LiIMNAS KLUGII. Limnas klugii, Butler, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 758. n. 2. @. Féda, 17th and 23rd November, 1885. Three examples of this species were obtained at Fdéda; none elsewhere. No intermediates tending to link it to L. chrysippus exist in the collection, so that probably it does not interbreed with the latter in any of the localities visited. 3. TIRUMALA PETIVERANA. Danais limniace, var. petiverana, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 93, pl. 12. fig. 1 (1847). Stazione Bauri, September 1883 ; Kangasi, 27th July and 14th November, 1883 ; Monbuttu, in July and August. This is a common South-western torm. 4. AMAURIS HYALITES. Amauris hyalites, Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 209 (1874). 3 9. Kangasi, 17th and 27th July, 1883. 58 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, Originally described from a specimen taken at Ambriz by the late Mr. Monteiro. SATYRINZ. 5. GNOPHODES DIVERSA. Gnophodes diversa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p- 333 (1880). Féda, 28th October and 10th November, 1885. Smaller than Natal specimens, but otherwise identical. 6. MxrLANITIS SOLANDRA, var. Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500. n. 244 (1775). Q . Stazione Bauri, July 1883; ¢. Féda, 23rd October, 1885. This is the Congo type of the species ; whether it is distinct from the M. helena of Westwood or even from the true M. Jeda of Linnzeus can only be shown by careful breeding ; that it is distinct from my M. determinata (the M. /eda of Indian authors) may be safely taken for granted, since the red-brown, rufous, and russet types do not occur in India. It is true that in 1867, as Mr. Trimen says, I communicated a paper to the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ in which I described the whole of the olive-brown and rufous types, all the simple-winged and faleated types, all the ocellated and non-ocellated types as varieties of M. leda; but I must confess that after the lapse of 20 years I feel considerable doubt as to the correctness of my then untrained opinion ; as a matter of fact, nobody has conclu- sively proved the identity or non-identity of the many named types which have been associated under the name of MW. leda. This being the case I prefer, when naming a collection, to quote the description or figure which fits the specimens before me, though at the same time I abstain from adding to the series of names which may have to be abolished. 7. MYCALESIS INJUSTA. : Mycalesis injusta, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 33. n. 1 (1857). Féda, 22nd and 23rd October, 1885; Monbuttu, July and August. 8. MyYcALEsIS EUSIRUS. Mycalesis eusirus, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 641. te Sy 3. Tobbo, 21st May, 1883. 9. MycCALESIs CAFFRA. Mycalesis caffra, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 34. n. 2 (1857). Kangasi, 22nd July, 1883 ; Fdéda, 26th November, 1885. The three preceding forms have been regarded as varieties of one 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 59 species, but the arguments brought forward in favour of their identity are not conclusive. Mr. Trimen regards all three as varieties of M. safitza, and adduces the fact that Hopffer himself marked his M. eusirus as synonymous with M. safitza, as conclusive evidence ; unfortunately naturalists are but human, and it is astonishing what a difference abundant material will make in a man’s views as to the distinctness of species. 10. SAMANTA PERSPICUA. Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. London, 1873, p- 104, pl. 1. fig. 3. Tobbo, 21st May, 1883. 11. YeTHIMA PUPILLARIS, Sp. 0. Allied to Y. doleta ; smoky brown ; wings above with pale external borders bounded internally by a darker stripe and traversed by two slender marginal lines ; primaries with a large oval bipupillated ocellus, with blue pupils and yellow (dead-golden) iris, beyond the cell; secondaries with a smaller unipupillated ocellus on first median interspace and a very small double ocellus near anal angle: Under surface apparently similarly coloured but greyer, but actually (when seen through a lens) sandy brown, densely striated with dark olive- brown, with a stripe towards outer margin and a submarginal line dark brown; a marginal black line ; fringe tipped with dark brown ; ocellus of primaries rather brighter than above: secondaries with three ocelli, the first subcostal near apex ; the second and third small, rounded, answering to those of the upper surface, but more equal in size and shape; the subanal ocellus, however, is bipupillated. Ex- panse of wings, ¢ 38 millim., 2 36 millim. @. “On the River Dangu,” 14th June; 3. “Ganyese Tambu (Sandel),”’ 15th June, 1883. The female is a little paler and greyer than the male. 12. YpTHIMA SIMPLICIA. Ypthima simplicia, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. Xvill. p. 481 (1876). Wadelai, 30th July, 1885; 9th April, 1887. Originally received from Abyssinia. 13. YPTHIMA ITONIA. Ypthima itonia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 287. n. 11, pl. 18. fig. 13 (1865). Kangasi, 17th July ; Stazione Bauri, September 1883. Only two much-damaged examples were obtained. 14. YPTHIMA ALBIDA, Sp. n. Wings above silvery white; primaries with the base, costa, apical area, and external border suffused with smoky greyish brown; a partially obscured oval bipupillated subapical ocellus of the ordinary type: secondaries with a rather broad brown external border tapering 60 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, from anal angle to apex; an indication of a small ocellus near the outer margin on the first median interspace: under surface dark smoky brown, sparsely transversely striated with white; primaries with one and secondaries with three ocelli arranged as in Y. pupillaris. Expanse of wings 39 millim. do. Féda, 20th October, 1885. A rather worn male of this remarkable species was obtained ; unlike all the other species in the genus, it resembles Zuptychia ocirrhoé on the upper surface. NyYMPHALINZ. 15. CHARAXES LUCRETIUS. Papilio lucretius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 82. F, G (1779). @. Monbuttu, July or August. 16. CHARAXES POLLUX. Papilio pollux, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 37. E, F (1776). 3. Monbuttu, July or August. 17. CHARAXES KIRKI. 2. Charazes kirkii, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xvii. p. 105 (1881). 3. Toro, Féda, 27th October, 1885. The male is velvety blue-black; the primaries with a narrow bronze-greenish border, divided by dusky veins; the base shot with steel-blue ; a blue spot within the anterior angle of the cell, three opaline white spots (only the central one large) at one third the distance from discoidal cell to apex, two similarly coloured spots and a dot at two thirds: secondaries with a bronze-greenish marginal lunulated stripe, followed by a black fringe, the first four divisions enclosing dark red curved dashes, the remainder more or less golden ; a submarginal series of more or less lunate spots, separated from the greenish border by black curved dashes or semicircular spots ; this series consists of white-edged spots, all, excepting two confluent ones at the anal angle (which are violet), being blue-green; a short distance from the submarginal series is a discal lunulate green line ; on the under surface the male much resembles the female, differing just as the other black males do from their respective females. 18. PALuA VARANES. Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 160. D, E (1779). A fragment of this species was captured at Faro on the 7th November, 1885. 19. HyPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS. Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764). 6. Stazione Bauri, September; ¢ 9. Kangasi, 2nd, 16th, and 17th October and 21st November, 1883; Monbuttu in July and August. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 61 20. HypPoLIMNAS INARIA. Papilio inaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 214. A, B (1782). Wadelai: ¢ Q. 13th and 27th January; ¢. 29th and 31st March; 8th and 9th April, 1887. This local form of H. misippus is chiefly distinguishable in the female sex, which resembles Limaas klugii; it can hardly be called a variety of H. misippus, inasmuch as it replaces it in the same localities in which L. Alugii replaces L. chrysippus; yet the males of H. misippus and H. inaria seem almost, if not absolutely, iden- tical in character. 21. HypoLIMNAS SALMACIS. Papilio salmacis, Drury, Ul. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. 8. figs. 1, 2 (1773). A worn example was taken at Monbuttu in July or August. 22. PANOPEA LUCRETIA. Papilio lucretia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 45. C, D (1779). A good male example. Monbuttu, July or August. 23. CyMOTHO# CENIS. Papilio cenis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. 19. figs. 1, 2 (1779). Kangasi, 13th November, 1883 ; Monbuttu, July and August. 24. EURYPHENE PLISTONAX. Euryphene plistonax, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. v. Zur. pl. 9. figs. 38, 39 (1871). ©. Kangasi, 11th August, 1883. Originally received from Angola. 25. EupHZDRA ELEUS. Papilio eleus, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. iii. pl. 12. figs. 1, 2 (1782). @. Kangasi, 24th July, 1883. 26. ATERICA CUPAVIA. Papilio cupavia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 183. E, F (1780). ¢. Foéda, 3rd November, 1885. 27. ATERICA VERONICA, var. Papilio veronica, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 325. C, D (1782). 3. Stazione Bauri, September 1883. The single example obtained is of a rich rufous-chocolate colour below, but does not differ in markings from the typical form. 28. HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS. Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482. n. 174 (1775). Stazione Bauri, September 1883 ; Fdda, 22nd, 23rd, 26th, 28th, and 31st October, and 25th November, 1885 ; Wadelai, 16th January, 1887 ; Monbuttu in July or August. 62 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, 29. JUNONIA WESTERMANNI. Junonia westermanni, Westwood, Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 278 (1870). 3. Monbuttu, July or August. 30. JUNONIA CLELIA. Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 21. E, F (1775). 3 2. Stazione Bauri, September 1883; Féda, 20th November, 1885 ; Monbuttu in July and August; Wadelai, 11th, 13th, 20th, 27th, and 31st January, 1887. 31. JUNONIA CEBRENE. Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353. 3. Monbuttu; 3g 2. Wadelai, 27th January, 5th February, 1887. 32. JUNONIA BOOPIS. Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331. do. Stazione Bauri, September; 92. Kangasi, 18th November, 1883; Monbuttu. Mr. Trimen appears to me to have been unfortunate in defining the distinctive characters between this form and J. orithyia; so far as I can judge, he must have had either the Malayan J. wallacei or the Javan J. ocyale before him when making his comparison. The width of the subapical bar on the primaries is very variable ; indeed it varies quite one third in the three examples above enumerated: the adjacent yellow markings also vary not a little; the black streak intersecting the lower part of the bar between the two ocelli is want- ing in J. wallacei, slightly indicated in J. ocyale and J. orithyia, rather stronger in the Indian J. swinhoei, still stronger in the Aus- tralian J. albicincta, strongest in J. here and J. bodpis, but it is not absolutely constant ; the blue of the hind wings is slightly more re- stricted than in any of the other forms, and thisis, I think, a reliable character, but the tint is variable im all the forms, and therefore is valueless as a distinctive character ; the colour of the white spots is also untrustworthy, but the border of the secondaries in all our specimens is greyish, especially in male examples, hardly a trace of white appearing between the black lines in specimens of this sex ; indeed, the hind marginal strie hardly merit the term “ whitish ” used in Mr. Trimen’s description. The example figured on his plate seems unusually large for a male, and the form of its primaries is that of a female; but for Mr. Trimen’s declaration that it is a male, I should have suspected it to be hermaphrodite. The colouring of the under surface in typical J. orithyia, from China, is browner (more argillaceous, in fact) than in any of the allied forms. I would therefore define J. bodpis as differing from J. orithyia in the four following characters :— 1. Subapical white bar of primaries, always in the male aad 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 63 generally in the female, crossed by black veins as in J. here and J. albicincta. 2. Blue area of secondaries in the male more restricted towards the costal margin. 3. Hind marginal pale striz in the male grey instead of pure white or bone-white. 4. Under-surface coloration decidedly paler, almost as pale as in J. here and J. swinhoei. I have made the above observations because I believe J. Lodpis to be a good species, and because I feel satisfied that in the present instance my usually most reliable friend has failed, from want of sufficient material, to indicate its real distinctive characters. 33. JUNONIA INFRACTA, Sp. 0. Allied to J. sophia; the males of the same colours, only slightly redder above ; the female before me white instead of fulvous; the yellow belt immediately beyond the basal area of primaries unbroken, forming a regular curved band, divided by the nervures; in the female the basal area is black ; on the under surface the black-edged brown oblique band halfway between the cell and apex of primaries is considerably narrower than in J. sophia; and the angular band, which in that species runs from the inferior angle of the cell to the external angle (partly bounding the whitish postmedian patch), is absent ; in other respects the two species are almost identical. Ex- panse of wings, ¢ 45 millim., Q 50 millim. 3. Tobbo, 22nd May, Védada, 16th June, 1883. ©. Forests of Tiveta, Kilima-njaro, March 1885 (Bishop Hannington). Speaking of the white variety of the male of J. sophia, which looks like a small Panopea lueretia, Mr. Trimen calls attention to the fact that whilst M. Oberthiir mentions it, “he does not say whether the variety in question obtains in the female as well as in the male.” The only female of the allied J. infracta in our pos- session being black and white, it is highly probable that a similar form of the female occurs in J. sophia; so far as my experience goes, melanism is much commoner in the female than in the male sex. 34. JUNONIA AMESTRIS. Papilio amestris, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. iii. pl. 20. figs. 3, 4 (1782). Stazione Gadda, 14th and 16th January, 1884. Seven examples of this pretty species were obtained, exhibiting very little variation in colouring and none in pattern. 35. JUNONIA CLOANTHA. Papilio cloantha, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 338. A, B (1782). Wadelai, 5th and 12th March, 1887. 36. JUNONIA CUAMA. Junonia cuama, Wewitson, Exot, Butt, iii. Jun. pl. 1. figs. 4, 5 (1864). Wadelai, 27th January, 1887. 64 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA (Jan. 17, 37. JUNONIA MICROMERA. Junonia micromera, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. xvii. p. 482 (1876). 3 2. Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. Originally described from Abyssinian examples. 38. JUNONIA PELARGA. Papilio pelarga, Fabricius, Syst. Ent, p. 513. n. 296 (1775). 3. Kangasi, 21st November, 1883; 2. Wadelai, 27th January, 1887. 39. JUNONIA GALAMI. Vanessa galami, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 46 (1833). 3. Kangasi, 20th November, 1883. 40. JUNONIA TEREA. : Papilio terea, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 18. figs. 3, 4 (1773). 3. Védada, 16th June; Kangasi, 23rd July; Stazione Bauri, September 1883; 92. Fdéda, 28th October, 1885. 41. JUNONIA CHORIMENE. Vanessa chorimene, Guérin, Icon. Réegne Anim., Ins. texte, p. 476 (1844). Q. Féda, 27th October, 1885; ¢ 2. Wadelai, 8th and 9th April, 1887. 42. PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII. Papilio anacardii, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764). 3. Monbuttu, July or August. 43. ATELLA COLUMBINA. Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 238. A, B (1782). 6. Stazione Gadda, 6th January, 1886. One headless example. 44. Hypanis ILITHYIA. Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. 17. figs. 1, 2 (1773). 6. Wadelai, 24th January, 1887. 45. HypaNnis GOETZIUS. Papilio goetzius, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. ix. pl. 258. figs. 1-4 (1798). Q. Fdéda, 20th October, 1885; ¢. Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. It is difficult to comprehend the reluctance of lepidopterists to recognize the species of this genus; they are better defined than any of the species of Melita, and therefore far more easy to distinguish. The present species is the Western and Eastern form of the more Southern H. acheloia. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 65 46. NEpTIS AGATHA. Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 327. A, B (1782). Gaynese Tambu (Sandel), 15th June; Kangasi, 17th July, 14th and 20th November, 1883; Stazione Gadda, 16th January, 1884; Féda, 22nd, 27th, and 31st October, 3rd, 4th, and 26th November, 1885; Wadelai, 12th and 20th January, and 31st March, 1887. 47. NEPTIS MARPESSA. Neptis marpessa, Hopffer, in Peters’s Reise n. Mo. Wadelai, 9th, 16th, 19th, and 31st March, 1887. teats in Upper Egypt, Nubia, Aden, and Somali-land. 92. TERACOLUS PUNICEUS, Sp. n. 3. Allied to 7. hetera, but smaller, the magenta-coloured apical patch triangular, terminating at the third median branch; the blackish border narrower ; a minute black dot at end of cell; the secondaries immaculate: under surface of primaries white with cream-coloured apical patch, of secondaries cream-coloured, crossed beyond the middle from costal to third median branch by an oblique interrupted narrow brown line, beyond which there is a single spot on second median interspace. Expanse of wings 64 millim. Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 73 The female is in the Museum from the Victoria Nyanza, and I formerly supposed it to be that sex of T. hetera; it is somewhat like a large edition of T'. jobina 9, but has a few scales of magenta-red in each of the white spots towards apex of primaries. This species should stand between 7’. eunoma and T’. hetera. 93. TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS. Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 431. n. 3, pl. 25. figs. 3, 3a. 6. Wadelai, 16th January, 1887. 94. TERACOLUS BACCHUS, Sp. n. og. Size of T. ione or slightly smaller. Wings above white ; primaries with narrow black costal margin ; the base sprinkled with black scales ; apical area blue-black, with dentate-sinuate inner edge, and crossed by a wide belt of brilliant changeable purple (wider and bluer than in 7. ione) ; the spot at end of cell scarcely visible, reduced to two or three scales; secondaries white, witi blackish veins terminating in minute black spots on the outer margin. Wings below white, the apex of primaries and whole of secondaries very pale sulphur-yellow, crossed by well-defined black veins terminating in small subconfluent black spots on the outer margin; costal margin of primaries black ; a black dot at the end of the cell: secondaries with the basal half of the costal margin yellow ; a black transverse dash from costal to subcostal vein, forming the commence- ment of an ill-defined oblique stripe, indicated by scattered black scales as far as the third median branch. Expanse of wings 57 millim. Q. White above; the base rather broadly irrorated with blackish scales ; primaries with the costal margin black ; a broad external blackish border crossed by black veins, widest at costa, gradually diminishing in width from costa to first median branch, to which point it is internally dentate-sinuate and traversed by six white spots in av arched series, narrow and internally widely sinuated from first median branch to submedian vein; a black spot at the end of the cell; a transverse blackish spot at external third of interno-median area: secondaries with a marginal series of large subconfluent blackish spots crossed by black veins ; a blackish subapical oblique stripe from costa, connected with the macular border by black veins : body quite normal. Primaries below white, the costa and apical area pale yellow; veins towards outer margin dark brown ; a sub- apical series of angulated brown dashes ; a black spot at the end of the cell ; two small black spots on intervo-median area and three brown triangular spots at end of first median branch, interno-median fold, and submedian vein: secondaries pale yellow, base of costal margin and a spot at the end of the cell bright yellow; veins, an elbowed stripe beyond the middle, and the fringe excepting at the extremity of the internervular folds, dark brown: body below white. Expanse of wings 55 millim. 9. Lado, 20th August, 1884; ¢. Wadelai, 27th January, 1887. 74 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, This species is readily distinguished from all its allies by the well- defined dark-coloured veins on the under surface. 95. TERACOLUS PHENIUS. 3. Teracolus phenius, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 488 (1876). 3 2. Wadelai, 8th December, 1885; 13th and 16th January, 31st March, and 8th April, 1887. The female originally described as belonging to this species proves to be the pale form of the female of 7’. anéewpompe; the true female of 7’. phenius is of a pale sulphur-yellow colour and is much less heavily suffused with grey at the base than in 7. anteupompe ; the veins on the apical area are also much less prominent and the disco- cellular spot is smaller; below, the wings are also sulphur-yellow, the primaries only being crossed by an oblique white belt ; the veins towards the outer margin are black, widening towards outer margin in the characteristic manner noticeable in the male. It is always a mistake to conclude too hastily that Indian and African species are identical; now that the sexes of this species are finally determined, it becomes evident that Col. Swinhoe’s decision as to the identity of 7. phenius with T. dirus of Sind is incorrect. The female, which I at first supposed to be that sex of 7. phenius, does indeed bear a considerable superficial resemblance to some of the pale females of 7. dirus, just as the many pale females of Colias greatly resemble one another; but when we compare the two red- tipped females of 7. anteupompe and dirus, we see at a glance that they are utterly distinct :—the former has two-fifths of the wing red, crossed by black veins and interrupted by an angular series of small black spots ; the latter has the red area much more confined, usually only forming an oblique band, but occasionally extending a short distance beyond the black macular bar; the outer margin is also heavily bordered with black. 96. TERACOLUS PSEUDACASTE. Teracolus pseudacaste, Butler, P.Z.S. 1876, p. 156. n. 103, pl. 6. fig. 11. 6. Wadelai, 16th January and 9th March, 1887. 97. TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPE. Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 572. n. 18, pl. 18. fig. 3 (1836). 3. Wadelai, 19th March, 1887. 98. TERACOLUS HELLE. Teracolus helle, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 149. n. 75. Q@. Foéda, 5th November, 1885 ; ¢. Wadelai, 31st March, 1887. 99, TERACOLUS EIONE. Anthocharis eione, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 578. n. 29 (1836). 2. Wadelai, 31st March, 1887. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 75 100. TERACOLUS EVARNE. Pontia evarne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 1-4 (1829). 3. Wadelai, 13th January ; 2. 28th March, 1887. There are evidently large and small forms of this species, as in the allied 7’. phillipsii from Somali-land : hitherto we have received male examples equal in size to that figured by Klug ; the male now received is much smaller and has lost the marginal spots on secondaries; on the other hand, the female figured by Klug is small and evidently belongs to our small male, whilst the female just received is large and heavily marked and belongs to Klug’s male. It is probable that the small type is the winter form of the species; but, after all, conjectures are valueless in these questions. 101. CaTopsILIA PYRENE. Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. 51 (1820-1821). $ Q. Kangasi, 17th, 20th, 23rd, 24th, and 27th July, 2nd October; Stazione Bauri, September 1883; Stazione Gadda, 17th, 26th, 27th, and 28th January, 10th February and 6th June; Lado, 20th August, 1884 ; Féda, 27th October, 1885 ; Monbuttu in July and August ; Wadelai, 9th March, 1887. 102. GLUTOPHRISSA CONTRACTA, Sp. n. Intermediate in some respects between G. saba of West Africa and G. malatha of Madagascar. The male differs from both species in the slightly narrower black border to the primaries above, the creamy colour of the apical area and secondaries, and total absence of all black spots on the under surface ; the female differs from both in having the white belt of primaries above contracted to a narrow oblique spot at the end of the cell, though from the median vein to the inner margin it remains as wide as usual ; on the under surface the yellow colour at the base is duller and more saffron- tinted ; the apex is as white as in the Madagascar form. Expanse of wings, ¢ 56-58 millim., 2 49-58 millim. Wadelai, ¢ 13th, 16th, 20th, and 27th January ; 2 19th March; 3 @ 8th April, 1887. Nine examples were obtained; the male most nearly resembles M. Mabille’s figure of G. epaphia g,a form which I have never seen from Madagascar. The true G. epaphia is the Pieris matuta of Doubleday and is the male of G. saba. The male of G. malatha (the Madagascar form) has similar black spots below, but is yellower in tint ; it does not agree with M. Mabille’s narrow-bordered males. 103. PINACOPTERYX PIGEA. Pieris pigea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 523, n. 134 (1836). 3 9. Féda, 20th October and 25th November, 1885. The female is a singularly beautiful example, the whole of the ground-colour being of a bright sulphur-yellow. 76 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA {Jan. 17, 104. PrnacorprERYX ORTYGNA. Pieris ortygna, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 985, 986 (1832). o. Féda, 23rd, 28th, and 31st October; 20th and 23rd November, 1885. The female of this species is unknown to me, but there is no doubt that it somewhat resembles the female of Ganoris rape. Mr. Doubleday identified this species with the Pieris orbona of Boisduval’s ‘ Lepidoptera of Madagascar,’ and thus led me into error: the latter is a Glutophrissa. 105. PurisSURA SYLVIA, var. Papilio sylvia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 470. n. 115 (1775). 3. Kangasi, 20th November, 1883; Stazione Gadda, 3lst January, 1884; Monbuttu in July and August. 106. BELENOIS INSTABILIS, sp. 0. A very variable species, allied to B. calypso; much smaller. The male above milk-white ; primaries with narrow costal margin black excepting at base where it is grey; a black wedge-shaped costal dash extending in a thin line along the upper discocellular veinlet ; a large black spot on the lower discocellular ; apical area and external border black, wider than in B. ca/ypso, but with the same white spots upon it: secondaries with a minute: black dash on the lower discocellular; an arched series of black spots, the first three in an oblique subapical series, the last three submarginal, connected by a grey nebulous streak ; a marginal series of six large triangular black spots, united externally by a black marginal line ; body normal. Primaries below nearly as in B. calypso, but the subapical angulated black band more regular, not so much broken up, an additional blackish spot on the first median interspace; the apical area creamy white divided by black veins, which are less widely black-bordered than in B. calypso: secondaries sulphur- yellow, with brown veins terminating in triangular marginal spots ; a dark brown spot at the end of the cell and seven submarginal spots: body below white. Expanse of wings 64 millim. @. Darker than the darkest females of B. calypso; resembling, in fact, the female of B. clytie, but without the subapical white spots, with the basal area heavily suffused with grey, and with the oblique bar at the end of the discoidal cell of primaries imperfectly separated from the broad blackish external area: on the under surface it differs from the darkest females of B. calypso in having the macular subapical band of the primaries widened into a broad black belt, almost touching the oblique discocellular bar, the lower submarginal spots small and the basal area yellower ; the secondaries with the veins blackened from the middle outwards, the submarginal black spots united into a blackish belt, and the last five yellow marginal spots rounded and smaller. Expanse of wings 58 millim. 3 2. Foda, 23rd, 27th, and 28th October; 17th and 26th November, 1885. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 77 Var. a. &. Slightly smaller, the black cuneiform costal dash of primaries replaced by an oblique black line ; all the black markings more sharply defined ; the white apical dashes narrower, the black spots of the subapical and submarginal series of secondaries smaller ; below the oblique black dash at end of cell of primaries interrupted, the apical area of primaries and ground-colour of secondaries clear sulphur-yellow ; the veins less distinctly black, the costa, two abdominal streaks, and the pale spots of the external border saffron- yellow. Expanse of wings 55 millim. @. Above with the black external area much narrower (about one half the width of the typical form), but the veins blackened from the middle ; the black spots better defined, owing to their not being obscured by the wide border ; the basal area also less suffused with blackish. Primaries below with narrower discocellular bar and discal belt ; the veins towards apex and on secondaries less broadly black-bordered: secondaries chrome-yellow, the submarginal spots smaller and only connected by grey scales ; the marginal spots of the ground-colour shaped more nearly as in B. calypso. Expanse of wings 55 millim. Q. Féda, 20th October, 1885; 3. Wadelai, 29th March, 1887. Var 6. o. Above with the black markiugs less strongly defined, the oblique discocellular line of primaries sometimes obliterated ; the apical area of primaries and the ground-colour of secondaries creamy whitish, the saffron-coloured markings replaced by pale yellow; the veins only blackened at their outer extremities. Expanse of wings 57 millim. @. Above white, not obscured at the base ; black markings nearly as in B. calypso Q, but with grey-bordered white dashes on the apical area of primaries, and the marginal spots of secondaries obscured with grey towards anal angle: apical area of primaries below creamy white, the veins across it very slenderly black; the subapical black belt narrow; secondaries slightly pearly, the black spots small, the other characters as in the male. Expanse of wings 56 millim. ¢. Kangasi, 18th November, 1883; ¢ 2. Wadelai, 16th January, 1887. Apart from all less constant characters, the whole of the varieties of this species can be at once distinguished from B. calypso by the six subapical and submarginal black spots on the upper surface of the secondaries, which are perfectly defined in both sexes, by the regular and unbroken character of the subapical bar or belt on the under surface of the primaries, aud by the more or less developed black borders to the veins on the under surface of the secondaries. 107. BeLEeNotrs CALyerso, var. ? Papilio calypso, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 17. figs. 3, 4 (1773). 3. Kangasi, 24th March, 1883. One injured male only was obtained: we have a similar male from the Congo. It differs from typical B. calypso in the white 78 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, under surface of the secondaries, the costal border and an interno- median streak from the base only being saffron-yellow. Though this may perhaps be a distinct species, there is not at present sufficient material to warrant its separation on mere colour-characters apart from marking. 108. BELENOIS DENTIGERA, Sp. n. 3. Belongs to the B. calypso group; above white: the primaries with blackish costal edge; the subcostal furea widely blackish- bordered ; five other blackish triangular marginal spots in a de- creasing series ; three widely separated greyish dots in an angular subapical series ; secondaries with four small black marginal spots; thorax greyish, abdomen white. Wings below white; primaries with black costal edge, a black dot on the lower discocellular veinlet ; five unequal black spots in an angular subapical series; seven black marginal spots at the extremities of the veins: secondaries very faintly rose-tinted ; costal border orange on basal and apical thirds ; an ill-defined orange basi-abdominal streak ; a black dot at end of cell ; a submarginal series of seven unequal black spots and a mar- ginal series of six. Expanse of wings 60 millim. Stazione Gadda, 10th February, 1884. Only one male of this very distinct species was obtained ; it comes nearest to an unnamed male in the Museum collection from Angola. 109. BELENOIS GIDICA. Pieris gidica, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 131. n. 37 (1819). dg. Féda, lst November, 1885; 2. Wadelai, 31st March, 1887. 110. BELENOIS SEVERINA. Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 338. G, H (1782). 111. BELENOIS INFIDA, sp. n. do. Above like B. severina, excepting that it is a little smaller, and has a distinct black bar, commencing with a cuneiform black costal spot, at the end of the discoidal cell of primaries ; the border of secondaries narrower and interrupted by larger white spots. Below, the costal border of primaries is not yellowish, the ground- colour of the apical area is considerably browner, this border narrows abruptly from the second, instead of remaining wide to the first median branch ; the secondaries have a whitish abdominal border and all the veins and the outer border are widely rufous-brown, the latter interrupted by the usual yellow spots. Expanse of wings 46 millim. Q. Extremely variable, the primaries either pinky white or chrome-yellow with a black external border occupying from one third to more than half the wing; a broad oblique black bar across the end of the cell, connected by black veins with the outer border, or, in some examples, perfectly lost in it, a small costal spot of the ground-colour alone remaining to show the point of union; three, 1888.] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 79 two, or no subapical spots of the ground-colour, when three are present they form an oblique series ; secondaries sulphur- or chrome- yellow, the external black border broad, sometimes like that of ‘B. severina, excepting that it is connected with a discocellular triangular spot by black veins (median and radial), but more frequently occupying half the wing, so as entirely to obliterate the subapical costal spots; fringe spotted with white. Below always yellower than in B. severina, the primaries with broad black oblique bar at the end of the cell, either connected by black veins or confluent with a more or less broad external border as above, this border, however, never stops short at first median branch as in B. severina, but is continued to the inner margin; the secondaries below always have a wider external border than in B. severina, frequently almost extending to the cell, and the veins are all widely bordered with brown. Expanse of wings 50-51 millim. gd. Wadelai, 16th January; 2. 28th, 29th and 31st March; 8th and 9th April, 1887. Of this well-marked species thirteen examples were collected ; unfortunately, twelve of these are females, and therefore it is impos- sible to say whether the extraordinary variability in the width of the black border extends to the male sex; of the females no two specimens are quite alike. This is what I understand by a variable species; many Lepi- dopterists confound the idea of a variety or sport with that of a fixed local form (which I regard as the only species in Lepidoptera), and this leads them into such a perplexed condition of mind that they have some difficulty in deciding as to whether a new form shall be called a new species or a variety. In Mr. Semper’s recently published ‘Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen,’ 2nd part, p. 84, the difficulty is thus met—“ 105 a. var. Huripus lucasioides, n. sp.” 112. BELENOIS AGRIPPINA. Pieris agrippina, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 173. n. 159 (1865). 3 Q. Wadelai, 13th and 16th January; 19th and 29th March; 8th April. I doubt very much whether the distinction between this species and B. lordaca can be maintained, the difference (chiefly in size) appears to be more and more unsatisfactory as additional specimens are received. PAPILIONIN<. 113. PAPILIO POLICENES. Papilio policenes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 37. A, B (1776). Kangasi, 20th August, 1883; Monbuttu in July or August. Only three imperfect specimens were obtained. 114. PapILio ANTHEUS. Papilio antheus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii, pl. 234. B, C (1782). Stazione Gadda, 19th January, 1884. 80 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA (Jan. 17, Only one male was obtained ; the species appears to be somewhat rare. 115. PAPILIO PYLADES. Papilio pylades, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. $4. n. 100 (1793). Tobbo, 22nd May; Kangasi, 27th and 29th July, 6th, 7th, 12th, 16th October, 16th, 20th, and 22nd November ; Stazione Bauri, in September 1883; Stazione Gadda, 17th, 19th, 26th, and 28th January, 10th February, 1884; Féda, 31st October and 25th November, 1885; Monbuttu in July and August. 116. PapiLio TYNDERZUS. Papilio tyndereus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 35. n. 104 (1793). Monbuttu in July and August. 117. PapPILio LEONIDAS. Papilio leonidas, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 35.n. 103 (1793). Kangasi, 3rd November, 1883. 118. PAPILio RIDLEYANUS. Papilio ridleyanus, White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 262 (1843). Kangasi, 20th July, 1883. 119. PaprLio DEMOLEUS. Papilio demoleus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 214 (1764). Stazione Bauri, September ; Kangasi, 20th, 24th, 25th, 29th, and 3lst July, 9th October, 20th and 2lst November; Ladd, 20th December, 1883 ; Stazione Gadda, 17th and 19th January and Ist April, 1884; Monbuttu in July or August; Wadelai, 16th January and 9th April, 1887. A much-worn example of an apparently new species of Papilio allied to P. cynorta was obtained at Monbuttu ; it is unfortunately not sufficiently perfect to be worth describing. 120. PApILio ERINUS. Papilio erinus, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. 1. p. 35. n. 127 (1865). Kangasi, 17th July and 2nd October, 1883 ; Monbuttu, in July or August. 121. ParrLio BROMIUs. Papilio bromius, Doubleday, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 176 (1845). Stazione Bauri, September 1883; Stazione Gadda, 6th June, 1884; Monbuttu in July or August. — 1888.] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 81 122. PapILIo HESPERUS. Papilio hesperus, Westwood, Are. Entom. i. pl. 48 (1843). Monbuttu in July or August. Only one damaged example was taken. HESPERIIDS. 123. HESPERIA FORESTAN. Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 391. E, F (1782). Monbuttu, in July or August. Two fragmentary specimens. 124. CHAPRA MATHIAS. Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Supp. p. 433 (1798). Kangasi, 22nd July, 1883; Wadelai, 9th April, 1887. 125. PARNARA INCONSPICUA. Hesperia inconspicua, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bon. 1849, p. 15. Wadelai, 3rd and 8th April, 1887. 126. GoMALIA ELMA. Pyrgus elma, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 288 (1862). Gomelia albofasciata, Moore, P. Z.S. 1879, p. 144. Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. 127. PARDALEODES EDIPUS. Papilio edipus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 366. E, F (1782). 2. Védada, 16th June, 1883. 128. THANAOS DJZLELA. Pterygospidea djelele, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54 (1857). @. Wadelai, 29th and 31st March, 8th April, 1887. The females show no trace of the ochraceous colouring on the under surface which characterizes the male specimens. HETEROCERA. AGARISTIDZ&. 129. EuseM1IA EUPHEMIA. Phalena euphemia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 345. A (1782). Wadelai, 4th January and 31st March, 1887. 130. AAGOCERA TRICOLOR. Aigocera tricolor, Druce, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 155 (1883). Wadelai, 2, 16th March; g, 3rd April, 1887. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. VI. 6 82 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, 131. ASGoceERA MAGNA. Atyocera magna, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 56. n. 3 (1854). Kangasi, 29th July, 1883; Wadelai, 8th and 28th March, 1887. 132. AEGOCERA RECTILINEA. Asgocera rectilinea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép.i. pl. 14. fig. 5 (1836). Wadelai, 9th and 11th March and 8th Aprii, 1887. ARCTIID&. 133. EvcaRoMIA FULVIDA. Euchromia fulvida, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, pl. iv. fig. 9. Euchromia sperchius (part.), Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 220. n. 24 (1854). Kangasi, 27th July, 1883; Monbuttu in July and August. 134, ALPENUS HQUALIS. Alpenus equalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. il. p. 686. n. 1 (1855). Wadelai, 11th March, 1887. 135. T#NIOPYGA SYLVINA. Phalena-Noetua sylvina, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Exot. pl. 40. fig. 4(1791). @. Stazione Gadda, 23rd April, 1884. 136. PLERETES PACTOLICUS, sp. n. Bright orange, with black-bordered steel-blue markings ; primaries with two subconfluent spots placed obliquely close to the base (in the female they are confluent and form a short oblique bar); three nearly straight bands, nearly equidistant on the costal margin, crossing the wing to inner margin, the outer edges of these bands are slightly convex, and the outermost band tapers (in the male especially) towards its inferior extremity ; a short subapical bar or blotch, and two large spots, the upper one discal, ovate or pyriform, the lower quadrate or triangular and placed at external angle; a large apical spot and five or six (in the female) marginal spots ; the apical and three first marginal spots confluent in the female: secon- daries of male with a small costal spot before the middle; a tolerably wide external border, widest at apex, where it is interrupted by an externally bisinuated spot of the ground-colour, interrupted on the third median branch by a square excavation, near to which is a yellow spot on the fringe: secondaries of female with a clavate patch commencing in a large costal spot and crossing the cell; a narrow curved bar at the end of the cell and a tolerably broad un- interrupted external border: face, tips of palpi, antennze, two spots on the collar, a large spot on each tegula, a large dorsal spot on the female, a second (metathoracic) dorsal spot on both sexes, and in the female the anal segment, blue-black ; body below transversely barred with black ; legs black. Expanse of wings, ¢ 70 millim., 2 71. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 83 Wadelai, 11th and 12th January, 1887. Nearest to P. thelwallii, Druce, but differing from it in the nar- rower border to the secondaries, and from all the three described species— P. thelwallii, P. bellatrix, and P. tigris—in the straignt in- stead of angulated bands on the primaries; the orange of the male is paler than in the female but is quite uniform; in P. tiyris the primaries are decidedly paler than the secondaries. LITHOSIID4. 137. ARGINA CINGULIFERA. Deiopeia cingulifera, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii, p. 569. n. 7 (1854). @. Wadelai, 18th March, 1887. 138. DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA. Tinea pulchella, Linneeus, Syst. Ent. i. 2, p. 884. n, 349 (1766). Wadelai, 13th and 20th January, 8th and 9th February, and 11th March, 1887. NYCTEMERID4. 139. LeprosOMA LEUCONOE, var. Nyctemera leuconoé, Hopffer in Peters’s Reise, pl. 28. fig. 3. Fodda, 3rd and 20th November, 1887. LIPARID4. 140. CROPERA TESTACEA. Cropera testacea, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 826. n. 1 (1855). @. Monbuttu, in July or August. One much worn example. The species was originally described from Natal. LASIOCAMPID4. 141. JANA GRACILIS. Jana gracilis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 913. n. 8 (1855). Kangasi, 3rd October, 1883. One very much-worn male. 142. JANA STRIGINA. Jana strigina, Westwood, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 37. @. Stazione Bauri, September 1883. The description of this species was taken from an example received from Sierra Leone ; it is rather vague, but agrees in so many respects with the specimen now obtained that I have no hesitation in identi- fying the latter with it; the basal half of the secondaries is not strictly speaking black, for the costal third is of a pale brown colour, crossed by the white belt before basal third; this belt also is very wide in front, so that towards the costa it occupies quite a third of 6* 84 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, the basal half; then, again, the whole of the brown stripes on the primaries cross these wings from costal vein to inner margin; but the primaries of the type may have been somewhat rubbed, which would account for this discrepancy. SATURNIID4. 143. HENUCHA DELEGORGUEI. Saturnia delegorguei, Boisduval, Voy. de Deless. ii. p. 601 (1847). 3 Q@. Monbuttu. One much-worn pair. 144. ATTACUS BAUHINIA. Bombyx (Saturnia) bauhinie, Boisduval in Guérin’s Régne Anim., Ins. p. 506, pl. 86. fig. 1. o.- “ Vusterma,” 26th May, 1883. 145. ANTHERZA EMINI, Sp. 0. Q. Nearest to A. gueinzit and A. wahlbergit; bright chrome- yellow, the central belt across the wings formed as in A. gueinzit; the bands limiting this belt rufous-brown, irrorated with grey and pink scales, the centre rather densely irrorated with dull ferruginous scales ; the ocellusat the extremity of the discoidal cell of primaries D-shaped, its outer edge dark plum-colour, its iris orange, its pupil hyaline- white ; the ocellus of the secondaries almost exactly as in A. gueinzi, a broad submarginal zigzag rusty brown squamose band, which, how- ever, is wanting on the apical half of secondaries ; outer margin orange-tinted, fringe brown: antennze and face somewhat rufous ; abdomen with ill-defined rust-brownish dorsal region; underside with markings less defined than above ; the inner band of the central belt wanting, the whole basal area of secondaries flesh-tinted, the zigzag submarginal band replaced by a series of triangular rufous- brown spots. Expanse of wings 148 millim. Stazione Gadda, Ist June, 1884. This magnificent species is considerably larger than either of the allied forms with which I have compared it. APAMIID2. 146. AMYNA UNDULIFERA. 3. Amyna undulifera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 403 (1875). @. Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. One worn example, apparently referable to this species. OPHIDERID&. 147. OPHIDERES MATERNA. Phalena-Noctua materna, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840. n. 117 (1766). Q. Wadelai, 15th March, 1887 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 85 OMMATOPHORIDA4. 148. CyLIGRAMMA LATONA. Phalena-Noctua latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 13, B (1779). Wadelai, 12th March, 1887. We have this species from Western and Eastern Africa; it is abundant, and occurs in nearly every African collection received. OPrHIUSID4. 149. SPHINGOMORPHA MONTEIRONIS. Sphingomorpha monteironis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 406. n. 81 (1875). Wadelai, 15th March and 12th April, 1887. 150. OpHrusA ANGULARIS. Ophiusa angularis, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. pl. 13. fig. 2 (1833). Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. 151. GRAMMODES GEOMETRICA. Phalena-Noctua geometrica, Rossi, Fauna Etr. il. p. 179. Wadelai, 11th March, 1887. 152. TRIGONODES ACUTATA. Trigonodes acutata, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 283. n. 1728 (1852). Wadelai, 15th March, 1887. REMIGIID4. 153. REMIGIA PELLITA. Remigia pellita, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 318. n. 1780 (1852). Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. PoLYDESMID&4. 154. PoLyDESMA BOARMIOIDES. Polydesma boarmioides, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 442. n. 1315 (1852). Wadelai, 10th March, 1887. MaAcaARIID&. 155. TEPHRINA DEFECTARIA ? Tephrina defectaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 962. n. 29 (1862). Wadelai, 15th March, 1887. FIpDoONIID4. 156. STERRHA SACRARIA. Phalena-Geometra sacraria, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 863 (1766). Wadelai, 27th January and 29th March, 1887. $6 ON COLEOPTERA FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. [Jan. 17, 6. On some Coleoptera from Eastern Equatorial Africa, received from Emin Pasha. By Cuarues O. WareEr- House, F.E.S. [Received January 6, 1888. ] The small series of Coleoptera received from Emin Pasha is inter- esting as containing examples of one species new to science, and of six which had previously been received at the British Museum from West Africa only, as indicated in the following list. The localities from which the other species have been recorded are also here given, 1. TEFFLUS HACQUARDI, Chaudoir. Zanzibar. 2. TEFFLUS CARINATUS, Klug. Mozambique. 3. CATHARSIUS SESosTRIS, Dej. (in litt.). Egypt. A single male example which agrees well with one from Egypt from Dejean’s collection and labelled by him ‘ sesostris.’ CO. sesostris, Dej., according to Gemminger and Harold’s Catalogue of Coleoptera, is the same as C. pithecius, Fabr., and has the habitat Tropical Africa placed to it. Scarabeus pithecius, Fabr. (Syst. Ent. p. 21), however, is an Indian species (as Fabricius correctly states), and the type in the British Museum collection is simply an immature spe- cimen of Scarabeus sabeus, Fabr. (Spec. Ins. i. p. 23), the type of which is also in the British Museum. The African species differs from the true saeus in having the sides of the thorax less rounded anteriorly, and the anterior angles are punctured all over, whereas in C. sabeus they are impunctate’. 4. CORYPHOCERA AFRICANA, Drury. W. Africa. 5. STERNOCERA KLUGII, Thomson. Nubia. 6. TETRALOBUS SUBSULCaTUs, Guérin. Abyssinia. 7. TETRALOBUS DUFOURI, Candéze. Senegal. 8. TETRALOBUS CRIBRICOLLIS, N. sp. Piceo-niger, parum nitidus, subtiliter griseo-pubescens ; capitis Sronte antice modice angustata, medio fovea elongata impressa, vertice carina brevi munito; thorace nigro, bene convexo, confertim sat fortiter rugoso-punctato ; elytris creberrime subtiliter punc- tatis, striis dorsalilus obsoletis, striis duahus abbreviatis prope humeros distinctis. Long. 13-164, lat 43-53 lin. Allied to 1. rotundifrons, but narrower, less shining, and with the thorax rugosely punctured. Frontal plate distinctly uarrowed in 1¢, eribricollis, Walker, placed as a synonym of C. sabeus in Gemminger’s Catalogue, differs from that species in being less shining and in having only the outer half of the anterior angles of the thorax punctured, 1888. ] MR. LODER ON THE TUSK OF AN ELEPHANT. 87 front, closely and coarsely punctured, the front margin scarcely reflexed, interrupted in the middle. Lamellee of the antenne not very long. Thorax very convex, one-fifth broader than long, with a trace of an impression on each side of the disk, rounded anteriorly, parallel at the sides in the middle, very slightly constricted before the diverging posterior angles. ‘The surface is densely and very coarsely punctured and rugulose, except on each side of the base, where it is even and much less coarsely punctured. The punctuation of the elytra (as compared with allied species) is rather strong and very dense at the sides and humeral region. There are no distinct strize except at the base, and two short ones at the side, near the shoulder. The posterior cox are concave for about half their length. Punctures on the prosternum large and deep, moderately close to- gether, but very irregular. 9. Ruyriponota puicatTa, Kraatz. Nubia. 10. AsPIDOSTERNUM METALLICUM, Fabr. W. Africa. 11. STeRNOTOMIS BOHNDOREFI, Waterhouse. E. Africa. 12. QUIMALANCA REGALIS, Fabr. W. Africa. 13. CERATITES JASPIDEUS, Serville. W. Africa. Has been received from most parts of Africa. 14. PerroGnatua Gicas, Fabr. W. Africa. 15. DiAPROMORPHA TRIFASCIATA, Oliv. Pt. Natal. February 7, 1888. Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1888 :— The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January were 64 in number. Of these 38 were acquired by presentation, 1 by exchange, and 25 by birth. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 147. Mr. E. G. Loder, F.Z.S., exhibited a tusk of an African Elephant, and made the following remarks :-— The Elephant-tusk exhibited this evening is (as far asI can ascer- tain) the heaviest that has ever been seen in this country. Its weight is 1 ewt. 2 qrs. 16 lbs. =184 lbs., as will be seen by the accompanying “ weight account” signed by the warehouse- keeper of the London and St. Katherine Docks. The length of the tusk along the curve is 9 ft. 5 in., the maximum circumference 224 inches. lt was shipped from Bombay to London, so that it probably came from the east coast of Africa, possibly from Zanzibar. 88 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE HERPETOLOGY [Feb. 7, Mr. A. Thomson exhibited a living specimen of the larval form of a Stick-insect from Southern France (Hmpusa egena), from the Society’s Insect-house, and spoke of its manner of catching flies. The following papers were read :— 1. Third Contribution to the Herpetology of the Solomon Islands!. By G. A. Boutenesr, F.Z.S. [Received January 11, 1888.] Mr. C. M. Woodford has brought home a large series of Reptiles and Batrachians obtained during his visit to the Islands of Guadal- canar and New Georgia. The fact that, in spite of the extent of the collection (over 200 specimens) and the special attention paid by the collector to this group of animals, only four species are thereby added to the herpetological list of the Solomons, shows that our know- ledge of this part of the fauna approaches completion. Dendrophis calligaster, Gthr., and Cornufer corrugatus, A. Dum., are recorded for the first time from the Solomon Islands, and two new snakes are described further on. The following is a list of the species obtained :— Guadaleanar :—Crocodilus porosus, Schn., Gehyra oceanica, Less., Varanus indicus, Daud., Lygosoma cyanurum, Less., L. nigrum, H. & J., L. albofasciatum, Gthr., Coructa zebrata®, Gray, Enygrus carinatus, Schn., Dendrophis calligaster, Gthr., Dipsas irregularis, Merr., Hoplocephalus melanurus, sp. n., Rana guppyi, Bler.*, R. hrefftii, Blgr., Cornufer solomonis, Blgr., C. corrugatus, A. Dum., Ceratobatrachus guentheri, Blgr., and Hyla macrops, Blgr. Rubiana, New Georgia :—Lygosoma cyanurum, Less., L. eyano- gaster, Less., ZL. nigrum, H. & J., Enygrus carinatus, Schn., Dendrophis solomonis, Gthr. (a variety with uniform green upper parts), Dipsas irregularis, Merr., Hoplocephalus woodfordi, sp. n., Rana guppyi, Blgr., Cornufer corrugatus, A. Dum., and Cerato- batrachus guentheri, Blgr. HopLocrEPHALUS MELANURWS, Sp. 0. Body rather stout. H-ad depressed, slightly widened posteriorly ; snout short, without canthus rostralis; eye moderate ; no superci- liary ridge ; rostral considerably broader than deep, its upper border forming a very open angle; internasals half as long as the pre- frontals, which are a little shorter than the frontal; latter shield 1 P.Z.S. 1887, p. 333. 2 Mr. Woodford confirms from actual observation the statement made by me that the tail is a prehensile organ. This Lizard was seen to suspend itself to branches of trees by means of the tail. 3 The largest female specimen measures 21 centim., from snout to yent, the largest male only 10; the male is characterized by the presence of a small external vocal sac on each side of the throat. These frogs feed chiefly upon large crustaceans (Sesarma lafordit and Cardiosoma carnifex, fide Pocock). | 1888. ] OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 89 pentagonal, only a little longer than broad, and broader than the supraocular ; parietals as long as the prefcontals and_ frontal together ; nasal forming a short suture with the preocular ; two postoculars, lower largest; seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye, first smaliest, sixth largest; seven lower labials, four in contact with the chin-shields, fourth and sixth largest; one temporal in the first row, two in the second, three in the third. Seales in 15 or 17 rows; ventrals 165 to 171; anal divided; sub- caudals single, 38 to 48. Upper surface of tail with a more or less complete series of transversely enlarged scales. Head and sides usually reddish, dorsal region dark brown ; some or all of the scales with a black border; tail black; some specimens nearly entirely black, others with traces of black transverse bands; veutrals yellow, on the hind part of the body with dark brown or black margin. Numerous specimens; the largest measures one metre, in which the tail enters for 14 centim. HopPLocerHaLus WOODFORDI, Sp. nl. This species agrees in every respect with the preceding, save that the scales are somewhat longer, and the subcaudals (with the exception of the first and third) double. Scales 17; ventrals 166; anal divided; subcaudals 45. Head dark brown; body brownish white, each scale with a blackish-brown border, forming a reticulate pattern ; lower parts white, subcaudals with dark brown border. Total length 67 centim., in which the tail enters for 10. A single specimen. Considering that this species, in spite of its divided subcaudals, is extremely closely allied to the preceding, as well as to H. par’ and Pseudechis porphyriaca, I have not the slightest hesitation in referring it to the genus Hoplocephalus. It is clear to me that, in these elapoid forms, the character of divided or single subcaudals cannot be employed in defining genera, not more than in the genus Bothrops. Nor can I regard the division or non-division of the anal as a generic character. A complete list of the Reptiles and Batrachians of the Solomon Group is appended to this note, with a table showing their distribu- tion in the various islands which have been explored, their presence being indicated by a*. An asterisk prefixed to the name, signifies that a species is, according to present information, restricted to this group of islands. The table well shows the considerable difference between the fauna of the two extreme islands, viz. Faro and San Christoval, the former exhibiting, chiefly in the abundance and variety of Batrachian life, a more Papuasian, the latter a more Polynesian character. 1 The statement in my description (Tr. Z. 8. xii. p. 46), that the subcaudals are in pairs, is a lapsus; they are all simple. 90 ON THE HERPEfOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. [Feb. 7, 33 Be «x |a we : a 3 \/= B= | B\e| P| 8 ez. .|s|2/8\s gas £/5/3)/°| 3 es Bl|ala|a|s was REPTILIA. CrocopiLta. 1. Crocodilus porosus, Schn. ........--.-++. 7 ae eee | ae epee: * LaAcERTILIA. 2. Gymnodactylus pelagicus, Gir.......... * | # 3. Gehyra oceanica, Less. ......scssce.e---- Se ee mee ¥ *4. Lepidodactylus guppyi, Blgr. ........- * SE. woodfordi, Blgr. .....-2....-s00++- | * 6. Gecko vittatus, Houtt. .........-.0.0205- A MD sc taste * 7. Gonyocephalus godeffroyi, Pzrs. ...... iees|e acct | oe * 8. Varanus indicus, Dawd.............+-2++- 1) se Was SS * * *9. Corucia zebrata, Gray. .......0.eseeee sf :| tees * * *10. Lygosoma solomonis, Blgr. .......-...- * aul. WOOULOTd: IGT: nen-s- sen scemnas * *12. —— concinnatum, Blgr. ...........-..- * 13. smaragdinum, Less. ...........-.+. Sd eso Vi *14, ANOLIB; ESLGT Sila deen cree -teee: oot AN Gee aera! + 15. —— cyanurum, Less.............+0.000++- * * = * * * 16. cyanogaster, Less, ......:.....+++++- coe meee |e oe |e * 17. —— nigrum, 7. § J...........2.-2.0200-+ * |... | * |] # | * * 18. albofasciolatum, Gthr. ...........- | pl |e sel Le a be OpHipia. *19. Typhlops aluensis, Blgr..............0++- ss | 20. Enygrus carinatus, Scha. ...........00+ ww | x | «| # | # * 21. pibronw ee QI s.r. 222-0e5 P. Z.8. 1861, p. 109. 1888.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON A NEW SPECIES OF ELAINEA. 107 (4) These facts necessitate the separation of the Varanidze from the true Lacertilia into a group equivalent to that of, e. g., Khyncho- cephalia. (5) Tt is probable, as generally believed, that the Lacertilia more nearly represent the primitive Reptilian stock than any other Sauropsida. (6) The particular resemblance between the Varanidee and the Crocodilia renders it probable that some Reptilian type existed in early Mesozoic or late Palzeozoic times, which in many points, especially those enumerated in (1), resembled the existing Varanide. From this type originated the Crocodilia, Dinosauria, and Aves. 4. Ona new Species of Elainea from the Island of Fernando Norohna. By R. Bowpier Sarre, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. [Received January 18, 1888.] My colleague Mr. H. N. Ridley, during his recent visit to the island of Fernando Norohna, procured several specimens of a Tyrant- bird, which is evidently undescribed. I propose therefore to call it ELAINEA RIDLEYANA, Sp. 0. Adult male. General colour above dusky olive-brown, slightly paler brown on the lower back and rump; lesser wing-coverts olive- brown, the lower ones edged with white ; median and greater coverts dark sepia-brown, tipped with white, forming wing-bars; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dark brown, the latter edged with whity brown, the inner secondaries with white like the greater coverts, broad- ening towards the ends of the outer web; upper tail-coverts and tail-feathers dark brown; crown of head crested, a little more dusky in colour than the back, with a concealed white streak in the centre; lores duil ashy; feathers round eve and ear-coverts dark olive-brown ; cheeks ashy grey, with an olive tinge; throat ashy whitish ; fore neck and chest ashy grey, with an olive tinge ; breast and abdomen pale sulphur-yellow; sides of body and flanks ashy, washed with olive ; thighs yellowish, with brown bases ; under tail- coverts pale sulphur-yellow ; under wing-coverts and axillaries pale sulphur-yellow ; quills below dusky, pale ashy olive along the inner edge. Total length 6-7 inches, culmen 0°6, wing 3°25, tail 2°9, tarsus 0°8. Hab. island of Fernando Norohna (fidley). This species approaches Hlainea pagana (Licht.) in general ap- pearance, but isa much darker bird, with dusky brown head and ear-coverts, and is at ouce to be recognized by its conspicuously longer bill. 108 MR. D. D. DALY ON THE CAVES CONTAINING [Feb. 7, 5. On the Caves containing Edible Birds’-nests in British North Borneo. By D. D. Daty, Assistant Resident, British North Borneo’. [Received February 2, 1888.] The increasing attention to valuable products of trade in new countries has led me to prepare the following notes on the Birds’- nest Caves of Northern Borneo gathered during a residence of nearly five years in that country. The number of caves that are known to be in existence up to date are referred to in the order of their size, wealth, value, and importance both as regards the quantity and quality of the nests. Many of these mountain-caves have been visited by Europeans since the establishment of British North Borneo as a Colony under Royal Charter in November, 1881; but there are a few that are so inaccessible amid inland mountains and among semi-hostile tribes that they have not yet been explored, and are only alluded to from native information. The edible nests of the Swift (Collocalia fuciphaga) are valued in China only ; to the European palate birds’-nest soup has an insipid taste. Many theories, some of them absurd, have been propounded with respect to the mode of formation of the nests ; it may, however, be laid down as indisputably proved by experts that the nests are made by the Swifts of their own inspissated saliva*. The nests have been carefully analyzed by chemical experts, and no traces of vege- table matter have been discovered. The thready mucus is worked up by the Swift from the salivary glands in its neck. The strings of mucus are plainly visible in the nests which I have the pleasure of exhibiting at this meeting, and which were brought 1 Tn the discussion which followed the reading of this paper, Mr. W. H. Treacher (late Governor of British North Borneo) pointed out, in reference to Mr. Daly’s explanation of the differences in the colour and value of the nests, that Sir Hugh Low, writing on Sarawak about 40 years ago, maintained that two distinct varieties of birds formed the white and the black nests respectively, the latter being a smaller dull-coloured bird, generally found in the inland caves, and the former a large bird, of livelier colour, with a white belly, and found in the caves near the sea-shore ; and that the natives of whom he had inquired, correborated Sir Hugh’s statement; he also pointed out that the Sigalong caves yielded almost entirely white nests, while those of Madai, close by, were almost all black ones. In the Gomanton series some of the cayes always yielded black nests, and others always white ones, although the nests in all were collected with equal regularity. The Hon. Ralph Abercromby said that when he visited the Gomanton caves the natives showed him three different-sized eggs, and said the largest was the egg always found in the white nests; he added that a German naturalist, who had resided in Palawan, had, however, given him an explanation similar to Mr. Daly’s. Mr. Sclater said that only one kind of Swift had been sent to him from Borneo for identification, and that that, as determined by Mr. Sharpe (see P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 54), was Collocalia fuciphaga ; he suggested that the Company’s officers might easily settle the question by procuring specimens and sending them home for determination, and urged them to adopt this plan. ? See Mr. H. Pryer’s paper on this subject, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 532 and the accompanying footnote. 1888.] EDIBLE BIRDS’-NESTS IN BRITISH NORTH BORNEO. 109 by me last July from North Borneo. They were taken from the Tatalahan Caves on the west coast. The later geological formation of British North Borneo, superin- cumbent'on the granitic and older rocks is a slate composed of sandy and muddy sediments with occasional intercalated zones of limestone. In the caves found in these limestone deposits the Swifts make their homes, and build the nests so much coveted by the Chinese. The demand for these ingredients of gelatinous soup is constant among the wealthier Chinese, and the supply is extremely limited ; the pro- duct is consequently of increasing value as a luxury. There are three qualities of these nests :— 1. The white nests, which are gathered before the bird has com- menced to lay any eggs, and which are composed of a clear trans- parent mucilaginous matter, with very few feathers mixed with them. 2. The red or grey nests’ which are partly mixed with feathers, in which eggs are sometimes found, and which have to be cleared of much extraneous matter. The part of the nest adhering to the limestone is sometimes tinged with pink. 3. The black nests, which are much mixed with feathers. Some- times fledglings may be found therein. These nests have been over- looked at the previous gathering, and-have darkened or deteriorated from exposure to water and to the atmosphere of the caves. The partial decomposition of the mucous matter renders them the least valuable. The following market-quotations of the birds’-nests are taken from the ‘ British North Borneo Herald,’ of 1st December, 1887. White birds’-nests, best, per catty $16 to $12 ys me 2nd quality Fe 9 i 7 ” ” red ” yi ” 4) a en common ss 1°80cts. ,, 2; Black birds’-nests, best, per picul $80 5 35 2nd quality m 50 = ee 3rd quality 4 40 The following are the names of the principal mountains contain- ing caves to which the Edible Swift resorts for the purpose of breeding, so far as they are yet known :— No. 1. Gomanton. No. 10. Butong. »» 2. Madai. » 11. Bukit Malingai. » 3. Sigalong. » 12. Pigton. » 4. Baturong. », 13. Bahalla. 5, 0. Batu Timbang. », 14. Ulu Sembakong. ,, 6. Senobang. » 15. Waleigh-waleigh, Kin- » 7+ Obang Obang. oram River. ,, 8. Tatalahan. » 16. Mantanani. » 9. Bod Narkiow. 1 When the nests are left untaken for too long a period after they have been built, the part or hinge adhering to the limestone first turns red, then black, and finally the nest drops to the ground, oftentimes with young 119 MR. D. D. DALY ON THE CAVES CONTAINING [Feb.7, No. 1. Toe Gomanton Caves, near Sandakan, Hast Coast, are by far the most extensive and rich in quantity and quality of birds’- nests. These limestone caves are reached from Sandakan, the capital of British North Borneo, by ascending the Sapagaya River, which flows into the vast harbour of Sandakan, and from the head of the navigation of the Sapagaya by a jungle-track, 77 miles in length, to the Gomanton caves. These caves can therefore easily be reached in half a day from Sandakan. Marching along the narrow track, between green walls of tropical jungle, the traveller at times takes breath to notice ferns, lycopodiums, pitcher-plants, and orchids that love the shade of valuable hard-wood forest trees. The crow of the Argus Pheasant frequently breaks the stillness, and the monster ape, the “Orang utan” (in Malay ‘‘Mias”) looks down with surprise at the passing wayfarer from lofty branches overhead. As the caves are approached, half a mile off, the air is strongly impregnated with the odour of guano, of which there are valuable deposits; then slippery, moss-grown limestone boulders are scaled until the entrance, ‘‘Simud Putech”’ (Malay for ‘ white entrance’’), is reached. This porch is situated at an altitude of 570 feet, by aneroid, above the sea, and being 30 feet high by 50 feet wide, presents a noble entrance. Leaving this, a further climb of 500 feet brings the traveller to the summit of the Gomanton Caves. Peering down a small aperture, a magnificent cavern variously estimated at 850 to 900 feet in depth, or upwards of twice the height of St. Paul’s, London, is disclosed. The native climbers descend from this hole, holding on to a network of rattan ladders that spread over the limestone roof of the vaults; as seen from the floor of the cave, the collectors appear like flies as they clamber about in their perilous work. Here, on the summit, there are some cocoa-nut trees, lime trees, and a plateau of grass. A grand panoramic view is unfolded, Sandakan harbour and distant cloud- capped ranges being prominent. Looking down from the plateau, there is a precipitous cliff inviting the weary mind with suicidal intent. Let us descend again to the Simud Putech entrance. It is very steep and slippery work ; suddenly a vast dome-shaped cham- ber is entered. This dome is honeycombed with other domes, all of which have their native names, as precise as the nomenclature of the leading thoroughfares into Trafalgar Square. The vaulted cor- ridors leading to this dome are about 150 feet high. Let no man enter these caves without torch or candle, as there are dangerous fissures. In this, the Simud Putech cave, looking to the left, a dark abyss, known as the Simud Itam (Malay for ‘‘ black entrance ”’) Cave, is pointed out by the guide; its depth is estimated at 400 feet. The Simud Putech Cave is coated with a layer of Swifts’ guano from 5 to 15 feet in depth ; it is less valuable than the Bats’ guano in the Simud Itam and other caves. Swiftletsinthem. These nests having been overlooked or being inaccessible to the inexpert climber, are used by the birds for laying their eggs and rearing young ones year after year, until they turn black and worthless. 1888.] EDIBLE BIRDS’-NESTS IN BRITISH NORTH BORNEO. 111 No. 2. Tue Manat Caves, Darvel Bay, East Coast. In July 1884 I visited these caves in company with Governor Treacher. The approach to the shore in a steam-launch was intricate work, as many coral patches obstructed the entrance. Having anchored at the mouth of the Tucgabuah River, we paddled up for about an hour and landed. A three-mile jungle-track, much broken up by Elephants, Rhinoceroses, wild Cattle, and wild Pigs, brought us to the entrance of the caves, which is on a level with the surrounding country. The limestone walls rose rugged and precipitous, and glittered in the light of the morning sun. As we entered, there were flights of Swifts whizzing and flitting past our heads, and we found many of the young birds, tied together by the wings, lying on the floor ready to be carried away for food by the collectors. These men belong to the Erahan tribe, and we found some twenty of them living on stages inside the caves. They handed to us torches and bees’-wax tapers, which were most welcome as we clambered in the murky darkness over the slippery limestone boulders. In the hollows cf the floor there were thick layers of guano, which was saturated with the rain-water that percolated through the limestone ceiling; the result was that we were fre- quently immersed up to our middle in these offensive deposits. Unlike Gomanton, which boasts one monster cave, Madai pre- sents a series of chambers, about 150 feet in height, connected with each other by narrow passages. There are very few Bats, the Swifts having taken possession of the most advantageous nest-building sites and being evidently too numerous for the unremunerative mammalia to lead a peaceable existence. As we walked through the six caves, the collectors pointed out to us 23 ‘lobangs,”’ as they are called by the natives. These are domes or vaults, each one of which is owned by a separate pro- prietor. The natives say that 20 of these vaults contain black nests only, and that three vaults only hold white nests. This would denote, as native information frequently asserts, that there are two kinds of Swifts, viz., one that builds black nests and the other white nests. In fact some natives maintain that there are as many as four different kinds of Swifts. Further investigation is required to clear up this question. There are three collecting-seasons in one year; the last season yields nests of an inferior quality to the other two. The total harvests of both black and white nests are valued at $15,000 per annum. No. 3. Tue Sieatone Caves, Darvel Bay, East Coast, are situated about 21 miles S.E. from the Madai Caves, and are approached through coral reefs. The chambers are low, and the openings are small and difficult to enter for Europeans. The native collectors enter some of these limestone caves by loop- holes from the summit, which is about 250 feet above the surrounding country. There is a preponderance of Bats over Swifts, but the depo- sit of guano is not so large as in the Gomanton and Madai Caves. I 112 MR. D. D. DALY ON THE CAVES CONTAINING [Feb. 7, was only able, owing to darkness coming on, to visit a few of these caves; the Erahan collectors said that there were 14 of them, and gave us the names of the proprietors and the yield of nests of each cave. The Sigalong caves have all white nests, and the harvest is valued at $12,500 per annum. No. 4. Tar Barurone Caves, near the Madai Caves, Darvel Bay, East Coast, were first visited by Mr. F. G. Callaghan, the Assistant Resident of Darvel Bay, in July 1887, and the following extract from his official report will be of interest :— “‘ The next morning we started for Madai, but, only being able to get four Ehrans as baggage-carriers, the greater portion of our stores was left in the boats. “Reaching Madai at about 10 o’clock, I obtained a party of fifteen Ehrans, and started for Baturong at 12. The track lies at the back of Madai and passes close underneath the high hill called Pigtong, and also near another range of the name of Gelass. This latter hill used to produce birds’-nests, but for some reason has not been worked for thirty seasons (?). The nests were of both kinds, black and white. The track lay through flat and rather swampy ground with outcropping of limestone in several places. We halted for the night at the Kiten River. Sri Rajah, who accompanied us, followed as a guide. *‘ Leaving the next morning at daybreak, we ascended a gradual slope for nearly an hour, the jungle full of durians, langssats, and other fruit-trees. For about another hour we continued along this range, called Bukit Telang, of about 400 to 500 feet high, direction E. by S. ee On leaving the hill, we met the following tributaries of the Tinkayu River—the Bitaspalino, Natunde-Batas, Segas, and Binnan rivers, all of which are of fair size. The Tinkayu isa fine river, but is not navi- gable to this point, owing to large rapids and falls. The natives say it is about six days’ paddle up from the mouth to the first rapids, the noise of which we heard. «*The country is very flat between these rivers, and, owing to the heavy rains, a good deal inundated, making travelling very difficult. «We reached the Baturong Caves at 2.30 and found the Tedong people had all left, probably four or five days before. Baturong is a hill about 2000 feet high, nearly perpendicular ; it appears to be all of white glistening limestone. It contains fifteen ‘lobangs’ or holes, out of which Suggin and Selagas appear to be the most valu- able, producing seven and four catties of white nests yearly respec- tively. These two holes are worked three times a year, but the remainder only once. The estimate in the ‘ Herald,’ of Septem- ber 1884, gives the out-turn at one picul yearly, but I do not believe that more than twenty catties or so.are gathered. ‘The entrance to the cave is about 40 feet from the ground, a large tree growing up alongside the rock affording a kind of ladder, and from the branches of the tree a kind of suspension-bridge to the cave has been made. I did not attempt therefore to enter the caves, which, I 1888.] EDIBLE BIRDS’-NESTS IN BRITISH NORTH BORNEO. 113 was informed, are nearly twice as high as Madai. A stream of good water flows just below the cave, No. 5. Tue Batu Timpane Caves are situated at the head of the Quarmote River, a branch of the Kinabatangan River, East Coast, and are almost inaccessible when the Quarmote River is in flood, on account of dangerous rapids. During other seasons the journey from the Kinabatangan to the caves can be accomplished there and back in a fortnight. | When I visited the Quarmote in September 1884 it was impossible to stem the flood. The chief, Rajah Tuah Dorkas, concurred that a road would be a great advantage, inas- much as three seasons for gathering the nests would then be avail- able, and the nests would all be in good order and of higher value. At present there are two seasons—one dry, when the nests are picked and in fair order; the other when the rains are on, which, percolating the limestone vaults, trickle into and damage the nests. When the rainy season lasts an unusually long time and the caves cannot be reached, the nests are left on the walls for too long a period and become black and nearly worthless. Men are fre- quently drowned over the cataracts. There are many vaults in these caves, and the chief told me that he had gathered 15 catties (= 20 lbs. avoirdupois) of white nests, and one picul (= 1333 lbs.) of black nests from one vault alone during the last season. The expenses of collecting are considerable. When the collecting-season has arrived, a fleet of flat-bottomed boats start from the Kinaba- tangan River ; sometimes there are as many as 90 boats, and allowing five men to each boat, the force would number 450 men. As there is no currency in silver or copper, all these people are paid in birds’- nests, which come into the traders’ hands and find their way to Sandakan. The Batu Timbang Caves had been abandoned for some years until the British North-Borneo Company proclaimed the Royal Charter in 1881. There are powerful tribes in the interior, the principal one being the Tingallans, who are head-hunters, and the collectors were decimated year after year. Since the advent of the British North-Borneo Company, the people have been able to work the caves without molestation. No. 6. Tue Senospane Caves are situated on the Upper Penun- gah River, a tributary of the Kinabatangan River, East Coast. The late much-lamented Mr. Frank Hatton, in 1882, made a gallant attempt, in the face of hostility from the ‘Tungara tribe, to visit them. The savages were conciliated, chiefly by his pluck and tact ; but the floods swept away and destroyed some of his boats over the rapids, and he was most unwillingly compelled to do that which explorers are so loath to do, viz., turn back. In October 1884 I made two attempts to reach these caves, but was overpowered by the heavy rains which swelled the river, and over a cataract I lost part of my provisions, a rifle, and all my cooking-utensils. The time will come when roads laid out by the Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. VIII. 8 114 MR. D. D- DALY ON THE CAVES CONTAINING [Feb. 7, British North-Borneo Company will give access to the Batu Tim- bang, Senobang, Ulu Sembakong, and Obang Obang Caves, which are all situated to the south of the Kinabatangan River, and then the real output of the caves will be ascertained, and the harvests of birds’-nests, collected, as in Java, under European supervision in proper seasons, will be enhanced in value. No. 7. Tue Ospane Oxsane Caves are situated on the Melikop River, a tributary of the Kinabatangan River, East Coast, about the centre of British North Borneo, and connecting the east and west coasts by the palzozoic zone of insular limestone mountains. The aneroid, at the mouths of the caves, gave a reading of one thousand eight hundred and ten feet above sea-level. The last half- hour’s walk was over limestone boulders, and the air was strongly impregnated with the odour of Bats’ guano. The first cave is the most valuable, but it can only be entered by experts in climbing. The entrance is a small hole, about four feet by four, which is closed with a wooden grating, for the purpose of attracting atten- tion to the spot. Every two months this doorway is opened, and the climbers let themselves down into the caves by means of rattans, and gather all nests, both large and small. The ‘‘take” or collection varies much in different seasons, this principal cave yielding from eighty to two hundred and fifty white nests, worth $16 a catty, per season. One season lasts only two months, making six seasons in the year, the same periods of seasons are also observed at the Senobang cavern, Ulu Penungah. This is quite different from the duration of the seasons at Gomanton, Batu Timbang (river Quarmote), Madai, and Sigalong Caves, where there are only two or, at most, three seasons in the twelve months. The ‘Tungaras agree that by collecting fre- quently they procure white nests in first-rate order, though some of the nests fetch a higher price from the Sulu traders than those of Batu Timbang. I noticed a great scarcity of Swifts; this may be attributed to these frequent takings of nests, which prevent the birds from breeding, whereas in the other caves of North Borneo where the collections are less frequent, an immense number of birds are found. On the other hand, where there are only two collections per annum, and especially during the rainy season, many of the nests are found to be half rotten, particularly that part of the nests that adheres to the wall, and full of feathers and containing eggs, from having been left too long on the walls before collection. The “ Obang Obang” range, which contains the caves of that name, runs about north and south and is half a mile in length. There are seven entrances (“lobang”’) from the top of the hill, and they are all close together. Five of the caves do not contain any nests, no Swifts, but only Bats, inhabiting them. The first I have already alluded to, and the last was the only one 1888.] EDIBLE BIRDS’-NESTS IN BRITISH NORTH BORNEO. 115 that could be entered. ‘This is a small cave, the chamber itself only about fifty feet high, and containing both Bats’ and Swifts’ nests. I visited these caves in October 1854 and found that only ten Swifts’ nests had been gathered that season. The Bats’ nests are similar in form to those of the Swifts, but are made of moss ouly, which the Bats pick off the limestone boulders outside. I had Malini with me, the man who had successfully scaled the interior of the Gomanton Caves; he went down to No. | of these Obang caves, but unfortunately could only find a few young nests just being formed in the crannies and cracks of the vault, the season’s nests having already been gathered. The tribes who inhabit this part of Borneo have a certain specified law of succession as to the gatherers of the nests, and the honour is taken in turn by the chiefs and their several relatives. It is probable that, with a little rest and freedom from intrusion, the Obang Caves might become very valuable to the colony. I was, I must own, somewhat disappointed with these caves after what I had heard about them. I proposed to the people that, inasmuch as the Government afforded them protection on the Kinabatangan River, which enabled them to trade and live in security, they should in return pay a tribute of one third of all birds’-nests taken out of the caves. This was cheerfully assented to. I found the yield of the month previous to my visiting the district had been 150 nests, and of these 50 were at once handed over to me. No. 8. Tae TaTaLtauan Caves, onthe Padas River, West Coast, are as yet unvisited by Europeans; but I have seen white birds’- nests of the best quality brought to Mempakol, the capital of Pro- vince Dent. No. 9. Bop Narxrow Caves. This paper, relating, as it does, chiefly to the edible birds’-nest caves on the Kinabatangan River, will show that that river is very rich in caves. Amongst others I may briefly allude to those reported at Bod Narkiow. Though I did not visit them, there is every reason to suppose they exist. The formation of the country is favourable to the supposition, and the folklore of the natives alludes to the fact that at Narkiow such eaves are found. No. 10. Burone Caves. Much the same kind of obscurity hangs over the history of the Butong Hill Caves. Time would not allow me to explore the district in their neighbourhood. So I contented myself with offering $100 to anyone who would bring me reliable information about them. No. 11. Buxir Matineat, a sandstone mountain, holds birds’- nest caves, but an entrance to them has not yet been discovered. There is a strong smell of guano near the summit. No. 12. Pieron, a limestone hill, Darvel Bay, is as yet un- visited. gt 116 MR. QO. SALVIN ON ORNITHOPTERA VICTORIE. [Feb. 7, No. 13. Banatta Istanp, off Sandakan Harbour, contains both black and white nests, the collection of them being farmed out by Government. The apertures are in the face of a precipitous sand- stone cliff, some 600 feet high, and are entered from the summit, the climbers being lowered down from the top by ropes. No. 14. Utu SempBaxone Caves. Natives informed me of some valuable caves on the Sembakong River, which empties itself into Sebuco Bay, East Coast; these could only be visited by going through the country with an armed force, as some of the head- hunting tribes are hostile. No. 15. Some caves at WALEIGH-wALEIGM, Kinoram River, a tributary of the Bongon River, a part of the northern Kinabalu watershed ; these were visited some years ago by the late Mr. Frank Hatton. No. 16. Manranant. These caves are situated in a group of uninhabited islands of that name, about 20 miles off the north-west coast of Borneo. Both white and black nests are taken, the collec- tion being in the hands of two Borneo tribes who collect in alternate seasons. I have now enumerated all those caves that are known at present. Doubtless this vast territory contains others perhaps richer than these, and in the course of time, when the country is more fully explored, we shall be able to fix their position definitely on the map of British North Borneo. 6. A Note on Ornithoptera victoria, Gray. By Ossrrt Satvin, M.A., F.R.S. [Received February 7, 1888. ] (Plate IV.) At the meeting of the Society held on the Ist of March last I had the pleasure of exhibiting a male specimen of an Ornithoptera, from the island of Maleita, one of the Solomon group. This specimen Mr. Godman and I considered to belong to the male of the long- known 0. victoria, the description of which was based upon a female example obtained by J. Macgillivray, but of which the locality was not recorded. The females, of which specimens were also exhibited, from Maleita Island agree with the type, hence our determination of the male. The male and the underside of the female have since been figured by Mr. Henley G. Smith, on the first plate of his new work ‘Rhopalocera Exotica, the male having been described in the June number of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist.’ of last year (1887). Mr. Woodford, the enterprising naturalist who captured these specimens, has since returned to England, bringing with him a large duz: 7aeuuey “WIMYOLOIIA Ved LdOHLINYO UII SSAA A, gL Te OB OL SZ. 1888. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON ORNITHOPTERA VICTORI4. 117 collection from the Solomon Islands, made almost exclusively in the island of Guadaleanar. In it are examples of both sexes of an Orni- thoptera closely allied to the Maleita insect ; but on comparison we find that the males differ in several points, so much so that we con- sidered it desirable that the Maleita and Guadalcanar forms should bear different names. The differences are not great, it is true; but that there should be any is only in conformity with what we find in a very considerable number of other species of Butterflies, all of which go to prove that the productions of Guadaleanar and Maleita are, to a large extent, modifications of one another. These differ- ences I have pointed out below. The females from each island hardly differ appreciably from one another, though the submarginal spots of both wings are perhaps larger in the Maleita form ; it therefore becomes an important ques- tion where the typical female was obtained. Mr. Gray gave us little help upon this point, stating that it came from one of the islands of the South Pacific, mentioning the Solomon Islands as one of the places where it might have been taken. John Macgillivray was the naturalist who sailed in H.M.SS. ‘ Rattlesnake’ and ‘ Herald,’ and it was by him that the type was sent to the British Museum. The ‘Rattlesnake’ did not visit the Solomon Islands, but the ‘Herald,’ commanded by Capt. Denham, was there in 1854-55. Through the kindness of Capt. Wharton, the Hydrographer to the Admiralty, I have had an opportunity of seeing the chart prepared by Capt. Denham on which the route of the ‘ Herald’ is laid down. From this it appears that the ship touched at Wanderer Bay on the south coast of Guadaleanar, and at Makira on the south coast of San Cristoval, and that she never approached Maleita at all. Now, so far as we know, ro species of Ornithoptera, not even the wide-ranging O. urvilliana, occurs on San Cristoval; hence it becomes practically certain that Macgillivray obtained the type of O. victoria at Wanderer Bay, Guadalcanar. It thus follows that the males now brought us from Aola, on the north side of this island, are males of the true O. victorie, and that the Maleita form is the one requiring another name. The two forms may be described as follows :— 1. ORNITHOPTERA REGIN, Sp. 0. Ornithoptera victoria, Salv. & Godm. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 190 (Ist March), ¢; H.G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, xix. p. 445, ¢; id. Rhop. Ex. Ornithopt. pl. i. ¢ Q (nec G. R. Gray). g. Wings deep black; base of the primaries, except the costa, with a large patch of golden green, the outer margin of which is irre- gular and ill defined and reaches to within a quarter of an inch of the end of the cell ; towards the apex is a large subtriangular golden patch ; parallel to the inner margin and near the anal angle is an elongated stigma similar to that of O. priamus and its allies. The secondaries, almost from the costal margin to beyond the cell, are rich golden green, the distal part of the cell being black, though the nervures closing it are green. There are also three contiguous 118 MR. O. SALVIN ON ORNITHOPTERA VICTORIZ. [Feb. 7, submarginal golden-green spots, whereof the two nearest the anal angle have a large central patch of golden yellow. Beneath, the wings are shining golden green, with the nervures, margins, a large subtriangular patch over the end of the cell of the primaries, a series of submarginal spots at the end of each secondary nervure, and two lunate spots on either side of the lower radial of the primaries black. The antennz and prothorax are black ; the abdomen ochraceous grey, with a double row of spots on either side and a ventral median line black. The primaries are narrow, with hardly any perceptible anal angle, the outer and inner margins meeting in a continuous regular curve. The secondaries are elongated and narrow, and the inner margin deeply incised; the elongated hairs of the inner margin are pale yellow. ©. Like that of O. victorie, the submarginal spots on both wings, especially those of the secondaries, being apparently rather larger, rounder, and not so lunate. Egg: nearly spherical, the surface finely rugose, like that of an orange, diam. 4 millim. Hab. N.W. Bay, Maleita Island (Woo/ford), Solomon Group. Mus. Godman & Salvin; H. Grose Smith. The peculiar neurat‘on of the male is described in our former note (P. Z.S. 1887, p. 190). 2. ORNITHOPTERA VICTORIZ. (Plate IV. 3.) Ornithoptera victore, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S8. 1856, p. 7, pl. 39 (2). Similar to O. regine, but the wings of the male broader, the subapical spot of the primaries smaller and divided into three parts by the nervures, and the green of the base of the wings more restricted: the secondaries are almost entirely suffused with green, except the inner and outer margins; on the distal half are a few black scales, where, in O. reging, the wings are chiefly black: beneath, the discal green portion of the primaries is broken up by a series of broad black lunules, of which there are only two in O. regine, and there is a black spot between the subcostal and its fourth branch. Larva (half-grown) dark brown; spines carmine; urticating pro- cess pale yellow. The head bears four spines (two long and two short) ; the first and second segments eight each, 3—3 six each, 6-11 four each, 12 two (Mr. Woodtord’s notes). Hab. Wanderer Bay (Macgillivray), Aola (Woodford), Guadal- canar Island ; Florida Island (Woodford)? : Solomon group. Mr. Woodford’s collection contains a female example from Florida Island, which, in the absence of the male, I am unable to determine with certainty. Judging from the other Butterflies from this island, I notice that their affinity to those of Guadaleanar is great, and it is most probable that the Ornithoptera found there is the same as that of Guadaleanar ; but an examination of the male is necessary to determine the point with certainty. The only difference between 1888.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 119 this female and the series of the same sex from Guadalcanar is that the submarginal spots are very small. Mr. Woodford informs me that both Ornithoptera victorie and O. urvilliana are very fond of frequenting the sweet-smelling white flowers of Cerbera odollam’, a plant common in the Solomon Islands, and also in the Fiji islands. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Ornithoptera victorie, g. Imago, upper and under sides. 2. , half-grown larva; from a drawing by Mr. C. M. Wood- ford. 3. Ornithoptera reging, egg, natural size, and a portion of surface mag- nified. February 21, 1888. Prof. W. H. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Arthur Thomson exhibited a series of Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens during the past year, and read the following Report on the subject :— Report on the Insect-house for 1887. The following is a list of the Insects exhibited in the Insect-house during 1887 :— Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies. Indian. Attacus atlas. Actias selene. pernyi. Antherea mylitta. cynthia. Cricula trifenestrata. American. Samia cecropia. Actias luna. Telea polyphemus. Dirphia tarquinia. * angulifera. Hypochera io. promethea. African. Antherea cytherea. 1 Cerbera odollam, Mr. Hemsley tells me, is closely allied to the Oleander, and similar in aspect. It is common on the sea-shores of India, Ceylon, Malaya, North Australia, and throughout Polynesia, even as far eastwards as Pitcairn Island, though it does not reach the American coast. The seeds will bear long immersion in the sea without injury, and the plant is one of the early inhabi- tants of coral islands. * Bxhibited for the first time. 120 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Feb. 21, Diurnal Lepidoptera. European. Papilio machaon. Vanessa levana. podalirius. Argynnis euphrosyne. Thais polyxena. Limenitis sibylla. Parnassius apollo. Melanargia galathea. Euchloé cardamines. Apatura iris. Vanessa antiopa. Aporia crategi. io. Lycena corydon. African. Papilio porthaon. Papilio nireus. policenes. morania. American. Papilio ajax. Papilio troilus. asterias. turnus. Nocturni. Smerinthus populi. * Philampelus achemon. tilie. *Hemaris cynoglossum. Sphinx ligustri. * Deiopeia pulchella. pinastri. Callimorpha dominula. Deilephila euphorbie. Bombyx quercus. alti. Boarmia repandata. Cherocampa oldenlandie *Demas coryli. (Japan). Notadonta zieczac. elpenor. Eacles imperialis. *Otus myron. *Composia olympia. Of the silk-producing Bombyces, one species, Telea angulifera, was exhibited for the first time. I had, altogether, six cocoons of this interesting species, three belonging to the Society and three to the Hon. Walter Rothschild. All of them produced moths, the Society’s producing two fine males and one poor female, and Mr. Rothschild’s three fine females. It is curious to note that the males of this species so much resemble the females of Telea promethea. Whilst speaking of the silk-producing Moths, I wish to say that on the 8th of September last I received twelve cocoons of a Silk- Moth from Mr. Gerald Dudgeon, of Darjeeling, which he had found wild near that place, but of which he did not know the name. These cocoons, which are very curious and unlike any other cocoons I have seen, I regret to say, have not produced any moths. Mr. Dudgeon, in a letter he wrote at the time he sent the cocoons, gives a description of the larve. Of the cocoons (which I now ex- hibit) he says, the larva “about the middle of June constructs a curious hanging-cocoon, with an aperture all along the top. The lower extremity of the cocoon is pointed and encloses a well-formed drain. This drain consists of a small cell made of hardened silk, * Exhibited for the first time. 1858.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 121 and perforated interiorly with ten or twelve small holes, and having a larger hole outside. “The necessity of this drain is evident, for owing to the aperture at the top, the rain, which falls very heavily here at times, would be apt to fill the cocoon, and thus drown the pupa; therefore the larva con- structs for itself a perfect drain, by which the water runs out as fast as it comes in.” I forwarded two of these cocoons to Mr. F. Moore, asking if he knew them. Mr. Moore, in his letter to me, replied :—* They are, for a certainty, those of the Moth named Rhodia newara, described by me in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 578, from specimens collected in Nepal by the late General Ramsay, who also gave me a description of the cocoon.” The pupz of four species of African Papilios were brought to England in September 1886 by Mrs. Monteiro. Some of these emerged soon after their arrival, and others continued to emerge up to October 15 of that year; the remainder, viz. 13 Papilio porthaon, 5 P. policenes, | P. nireus, and 29 P. morania, passed the winter in the Insect-house, and commenced to emerge again on the 2nd of April last year. The first to appear was Papilio porthaon, followed by P. morania on the 5th and 7th, P. policenes on the 10th, and P. nireus on the 11th. I succeeded in getting a pairing of Papilio ajax, but I am sorry to say that the female died without depositing any eggs, although I procured the food-plant (Asimina triloba). In consequence of the great heat and continued dry weather experienced last summer, I was not able to rear many larvee, although I had fertile ova of most of the silk-producing Moths. Amongst the few that I did rear, it may interest entomolgists to know that I reared easily some larvee of Deopeia pulchella upon the common Forget-me-not (Myosotis arvensis), of which there is an abundant supply growing on the banks of the canal. I wrote to Mr. J. C. arburg in May last, who was at Cannes at the time, asking him if he could send me some living specimens of this insect by post; this he was good enough to do, and, as I anticipated, a few eggs were laid en route, and a few in the case on arrival. These eggs T collected, and reared about sixteen perfect insects from them, and from these ] obtained a second brood, and I have the honour to exhibit specimens of each brood this evening. Two of the larve were taken by Lord Walsingham (who had not before seen them) to add to the collection which he has presented to the Natural History Museum. In August last Mrs. Blake, who had just returned from the Ba- hamas, sent three pupee of a Moth to the Insect-house. Two Moths emerged from these, and proved to be the very beautiful Composia olympia. The larva feeds upon Stephanotis. Mrs. Blake was also good enough to send at the same time a specimen of a Mygale, of which I do not at present know the specific name. This specimen I regret to say died in December, and I ex- hibit it this eveuing set in the position which these creatures assume if irritated. 122 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE AZYGOS [ Feb. 21, In June last Major Cassel presented to the Society two Trap-door Spiders from Natal. These are still living, but up to Saturday last I had not seen either of them out of their cells; on that day I, after some trouble, got one out, and, as well as I was able, made a sketch of it. I wrote to the Rev. O. P. Cambridge respecting these Spiders, asking him if he could tell me anything about them; he replied, saying, that he ‘‘confidently expected the S.-African Trap-door Spiders would be new to science, as he did not, at that moment, re- member anything of the kind of the size I mentioned.” These Spiders have fed principally upon Cockroaches, and the one I had out on Saturday was in splendid condition. The following papers were read :— 1. Note on the Azygos Veins in the Anurous Amphibia. By G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal Sch. of Science and R. Sch. of Mines. [Received February 7, 1888.] It is customary to regard the presence of the vena cava inferior as a special characteristic of the air-breathing Vertebrata, and the view most generally accepted and taught holds this vessel to be a late development, which replaces the posterior-cardinal veins of fishes. Indeed, some authorities would regard its presence and absence as distinctive of the air-breathing and water-breathing series respec- tively. Balfour wrote of it’:—“The venous system of Amphibia and Amniota always differs from that of fishes in the presence of a new vessel, the vena cava inferior, which replaces the posterior car- dinal veins, the latter only being present, in their piscine form, during embryonic life.”’ Chief amongst recent researches into the morphology and develop- ment of the venous system are those of Parker”’, Hochstetter *°, Meyer’. The work of the second-named author will become little short of revolutionary, should his deductions hold good. He claims, as the chief result of his investigations, to have shown that the vena - cava inferior, instead of being throughout its whole extent a primarily independent vessel, is a compound structure—the product of a fusion 1 Comp. Embryology, vol. ii. p. 538. 2 “On the Venous System of the Skate,” Trans. New-Zealand Instit. vol. xi. 1880, p. 49. 3 “On the Blood-vessels of Mustelus antarcticus,” Phil. Trans. vol. 177. 1886, . 685. e 4 “Beitr. zur vergleichend. Anat. und Entwicklungsgesch. d. Venensyst. der Amphib, und Fische,” Morpholog. Jabrb. vol. xiii. 1887, p. 119. 5 “ Ueb. die Bildung d. hinteren Hoblvene b. d. Saugethieren,” Anat. Anzeiger, vol. ii. 1887, p. 517. § «“ Ueb. d. Entwicklung des Herzens und d. grossen Gefassstamme b. d. Sela- chiern,” Naples Mittheilungen, vol. vii. 1887, p. 338. 1888. j VEINS IN THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 123 between a late-formed hepatic vessel and one or both of the posterior cardinal veins. To that portion which is derived from the cardinal veins, and which receives the venx renales revehentes, he applies the term “urniere Abschnitte”; it is represented, in the adults of the higher forms, by all behind and including the renal veins. He further asserts that whereas in Amphibia the two posterior cardinals become confluent to form this, in Mammalia’, on the other hand, the cardinal vein of the right side also gives origin to it. On the completion of the above-named developmental processes the anterior or prerenal portions of the posterior cardinal veins either become modified, to form the azygos and hemi-azygos veins of human anatomy, or, for the most part, disappear. Hochstetter has worked out the steps in the development in Bombinator, Pelobates, Rana, and Salamandra among Amphibia. So far as Bombinator is concerned, he fully confirms the classical researches of Goette, except for the fact that that author failed to observe the persistence of the entire posterior cardinals in the adult. Hochstetter has shown that in Bombinator igneus their anterior portions (morphological azygos veins) not only persist for life, but that with their confluence pos- teriorly, to form the hinder part of the vena cava inferior, their original continuity is not destroyed. There thus result two well- detined veins (c.p. of fig.), which pass upwards and forwards, side by side with the arches of the aorta, putting, as in some Urodeles, the fully formed vena cava inferior into direct communication with the veins of the anterior extremities. In Rana, according to Hochstetter, the anterior segments of the pos- terior cardinals atrophy during metamorphosis. An individual example of the Common Frog (R. temporaria, adult 9 ) has, however, recently come into my hands’, in which the vessel persisted for its entirety on one side (see fig., p. 124)%. Not only so, but its development had con- tinued pari passu with that of other related parts—in excess of that seen even in Bombinator. The drawing speaks for itself as to detail, and it must suffice to point out that, except as concerned the presence and relations of this vein, no noteworthy difference could be detected between the distribution of even the smaller vessels in this animal and those of the ordinary adult. The least normal among the veins were the ovarian ones (ov.), which, as will be seen, were strikingly asymmetrical. There was not the remotest trace of the correspond- ing portion of the right posterior cardinal. The persistence of this vein in one of the Ranide is, in itself, deserving of record; but careful comparison with Bombinator has revealed an interesting difference between the two. Hochstetter con- firms and extends Goette’s discovery that the main trunks of the venze renales advehentes are primarily continuous with the posterior car- dinals, forming trunks (Jacobson’s veins) the lower ends of which, subsequently receiving the iliac veins, become the renal portals 1 Anat. Anz. vol. ii. 1887, p. 519. 2 Thanks to the diligence of my pupil, Mr. W. F. Hume. 3 As these sheets were passing through the press I met with the same con- dition in a male of Bombinator bombinus. 124 PROF. G, B. HOWES ON THE AZYGOS [ Feb: 21; of the adult. In Bombinator, however, despite the persistence of both renal portal and azygos veins, this continuity is eventually lost. In the specimen of the Common Frog under consideration it persisted, Fug. d. Fig.2 The venous system of an adult of Rana temporaria ( 9 ), showing a persistent azygos (posterior cardinal) vein. Fig. 1. Ventral aspect. The vena cava inferior in part removed, and the left kidney turned slightly inwards to display its external dorsal border. Fig. 2. Left kidney, dorsal aspect. Magnified 13 times. a.c, Vena cava superior; ¢.p, azygos (posterior cardinal) vein; d./, dorso- lumbar vein ; i/, iliac vein; od, oviducal veins; ov, ovarian veins; p.c, cut ends of yena cava inferior; 7.a@, vense renales adyehentes; s.v, sinus yenosus; wr, ureter. and the anastomosing trunk received (or gave off) renal branches. This fact is the more surprising, in that in Pelobates the separation takes place before metamorphosis, at a period when the anterior segment of the cardinal vein is but feebly developed’. 1 Hochstetter, iv. p. 162. 1888. ] VEINS IN THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 125 Hochstetter has examined Bombinator, Hyla, Rana, and Bufo, and in none but the former has he found a persistence of the vessels above named. He was not in a position to discuss the morpholo- gical significance of the fact, as a guide to affinity. ‘The researches of Cope’, Boulenger*, and others point to the conclusion that the Discoglosside, rather than the Aglossa, are to be regarded as the least modified of all living Anura. Boulenger writes*, “in the presence of ribs and opisthoccelian vertebree the members of this very natural family closely approach the higher tailed Batrachians.” The retention of the posterior cardinal (azygos) vein in Bombinator can only be regarded as a sign of low affinity, and, mindful of the well-known osteolugical and other characters of this family, I have been led to examine other genera thereof, with the view of ascer- taining if this retention is common to all its members. I find the veins of both sides well developed in two specimens (¢ and @) of Bombinator bombinus. Of five Alytes obstetricans examined (three 3, two 2), four showed no traces; in the fifth, however (a @ ), both veins were fully represented, but small. This was also the case in a 6 of Discoglossus pictus. From this it must be assumed that the character is fairly distinctive of the Discoglosside. Thanks to Prof. Huxley, I have had the opportunity of examining adults of Pipa (¢ ) and Dactylethra( 2). In neither of these could I observe a trace of the vessels in question ; the specimens had been previously very much dissected, but should subsequent investigation upon fresh material (which I hope to carry out) substantiate this, the deductions of the afore-named authors as to the lowliness of the Discoglosside will receive striking confirmation. These facts are, in themselves, sufficient to invest any Anura with a fresh interest, whose affinities with the Discoglosside have been suggested or called into question. Conspicuous among such is Pelodytes; and for an opportunity of examining this and other genera my best thanks are due to Mr. Boulenger, who has, with his customary generosity, afforded me unstinted aid. Pelodytes is held by Ginther and Mivart* to be allied to the Discoglosside, and by others (Cope, Lataste, Boulenger) to the Pelobatide’. As I am unable to find any traces of the vein in two adult males of Pelodytes and one of Pelobates, I can but give my support to the latter view. Finally, Hochstetter, in his earlier paper, describes an anastomosis between the hepatic sinus and the posterior cardinal veins in Elas- mobranchs*, which he holds to he tantamount to the formation of a vena cava inferior. This deduction is far too revolutionary to merit immediate adoption ; the probability of its accuracy is, however, cer- 1 Nat. Hist. Review, 1865; also Journ. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. vi. 1866, p. 67. > Catalogue of Batrachia Salientia, British Museum, 1882. 3 Ibid. p. 444. + P. ZS. 1869, p. 280 et seg. 5 For references, see Cat. Batr. Salientia. 6 Cf. Jourdain, Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1859. series 4, vol. xii. Also quoted by Parker, of whose papers Hochstetter does not appear to have been cognizant. This is to be regretted, as the two differ on } oints of considerable interest. 126 MR. A. S. WOODWARD ON [Feb. 21, tainly not lessened by current advance, for Boas has lately shown most conclusively * that the pulmonary artery is homologous through- out the vertebrate series. 2. Paleontological Contributions to Selachian Morphology. By A. Smrra Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). [Received January 17, 1888.] I. On the Lateral Line of a Cretaceous Species of Scylliide. It has long been known that the canal investing the sense-organs of the ‘“‘lateral lme”’ in Selachian fishes attains, as a rule, to a considerably higher stage of development than. in the Chimeroids. While in the latter the canal is merely an open groove, supported by a series of incomplete ring-like dermal calcifications, in the former it assumes a tubular character, opening externally by a row of small orifices, either in its own roof, or through short secondarily developed diverticula. Only two undoubted exceptions to this rule appear to have hitherto been placed onrecord. The living Hchinorhinus is shown by Solver? to have the lateral line in the form of an open groove, thouzh this apparently is not supported by any minute calcifications ; and very similar is the lateral line of Chlamydoselachus, as described by Gar- man*. ‘The supposed Liassic Selachian, Squaloraja, may also be assumed to have exhibited a similar condition of this organ, the small half-rings originally supporting it being very clearly seen in several fossils recently described before this Society *, and agreeing in every respect with those met with in Ischyodus and Chimera. Both of the first-named genera, however, are of a comparatively primitive cha- racter, and Sqgualoraja shows several other marks of reseinblance to the Chimeeroids, so that the fact is not unexpected. But I have lately observed suggestive traces of a similarly embryonic lateral line in a most specialized modern type of Selachian ; and as this appears to be an unlooked-for novelty, it may be deemed worthy of a brief note. The Shark in question is a small fossil species, discovered in the Upper Cretaceous strata of Mount Lebanon, Syria, and provisionally assigned by Pictet and Humbert’ to the genus Scy/lium, under the ' “Ueb. d. Arterien bogen der Wirbelthiere,” Morpholg. Jahrb. vol. xiii. 1887, p. 115. See also ébid. vol. vii. p. 488, and vol. viii. p. 169. 2 B. Solger, ‘Neue Untersuchungen zur Anatomie der Seitenorgane der Fische,’ Archiv mikr. Anat. vol. xvii. (1880), p. 96. 3 8. Garman, *‘ Chlamydoselachus anguineus, Garm., a living species of Clado- dont Shark,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. vol. xii. no. 1 (1885), p. 3. 4 Smith Woodward, ‘ Note on the Lateral Line of Sgualoraja, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 481. 5 BF. J. Pictet et A. Humbert, ‘Nouy. Rech. Poiss. Foss. Mont Liban,’ p- 111, pl. xviii. figs. 2-4. 1888. ] SELACHIAN MORPHOLOGY. 127 name S. sahel-alme. It is an undoubted member of the Scyl- liide; the vertebral centra are distinctly asterospondylic; the body is much depressed, so that all the fossils display either the dorsal or ventral aspect ; the tail is very long; the teeth are of the ordinary type; and some other distinctive features are shown. In one respect, however, it seems to diff-r from all known Scylliidee. It is destitute of dermal shagreen; and on this account the peculiarity to be here noted is very conspicuous in the impressions upon the limestone. On either side of the trunk and tail, at a short distance from the vertebral column, there is a delicate longitudinal streak, which, upon close examination, is found to consist of a series of minute ringlets, in their crushed state overlapping one another. ‘Though in some parts obscure, these are very distinctly shown to be incomplete half-rings, and they are thus precisely similar to those already described by Leydig in Chimera, and by myself in Squaloraja. They occupy the position of the lateral line in the fossil, and they are of the usual proportions, so that there can be no doubt as to the correctness of their identification. They are especially evident in one specimen in the British Museum, numbered 48107 ; but neither in this, nor in any other, have I observed an extension of the rings upon the cephalic region, a circumstance perhaps indicating that, as in Chimera, the groove of the lateral line was partially closed in its anterior portion. Whatever may be the significance of the facts just detailed, they are worthy the attention of biologists having the opportunity of examining the anatomy of recent Selachians. It is quite possible that the supports of the lateral line of Scyllium sahel-alme@ are a surviving mark of affinity with the Chimeroids; it is equally possible that they may relate only to analogous mechanical contin- gencies. Further observations upon the characters of the ‘ lateral- line” structures in Selachians with naked skins are much to be desired. II. On the Pelvie Cartilage of Cyclobatis. One of the most remarkable endoskeletal structures presented for consideration among extinct Selachians, is the pelvic cartilage of a small Sting-Ray (Cyclobatis), from the prolific Cretaceous fish-beds of Mount Lebanon. This does not appear to have been hitherto correctly interpreted, and as it may eventually prove to have a not unimportant bearing upon certain theoretical considerations, a brief description and separate figure will doubtless be acceptable to biologists. The fish was originally described as a fossil Torpedo by Egerton!, but I have lately determined that it is almost certainly referable to the Trygonidee *. As shown in the accompanying woodcut (p. 128) the transverse 1 Sir P. Egerton, “Description of a Fossil Ray from Mount Lebanon (Cyclobatis oligodactylus),” Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. pp. 442-446, pl. v. 2 Smith Woodward, “‘ Note on the Affinities of the so-called ‘Torpedo’ from the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon,” Geol. Mag. [3] vol. iv. 1887, pp. 508-510. 128 MR. WOODWARD ON SELACHIAN MORPHOLOGY. [Feb. 21, pubic cartilage in its median portion is straight and narrow, but becomes slightly broader and is angularly bent backwards at about one fourth of its total length from either extremity. From each angulation in front there projects forward a very long tapering pre- pubic process, rightly interpreted as such by Sir Philip Egerton in his original description of the fossil; and immediately in advance of the point of attachment of the basal cartilage of the pelvic fin on each side another larger process is seen to extend laterally. This is almost or quite as broad as the median portion of the pubic cartilage itself, and is directed outwards, without apparent tapering, to a distance equal to the entire transverse extent of the complete pubic element, when it bends backwards almost at right angles, and is half Pelvic cartilage of Cyclobatis oligodactylus, from the Chalk of Mount Lebanon, Syria. 6p, basal cartilage of pelvic fin; @/, iliac process; pb, pubic cartilage; p.pb, prepubic process. as long again, though rapidly narrowed to a point. This remarkable process was described by Egerton as the “ proximal digit’ of the pelvic fin, while Mr. J. W. Davis has recently* hazarded the suggestion that it ‘may have been the basal portion of a clasper.”’ As, however, no sutural line can be observed at the origin of the cartilage, and as it is sometimes seen to be dorsa/ly placed with respect to the other structures, there cannot be much doubt that it is the homologue of the well-known process named the iliac. The enormous proportions of these processes in Cyclobatis appears at present inexplicable, the prepubic equalling no less than one sixth the entire length of the disk. No known Selachian, so far as I am aware, exhibits pelvic-arch processes of equal relative size, and in the living Trygon these are comparatively insignificant or absent *. 1 J. W. Davis, “ Fossil Fishes of Chalk of Mount Lebanon,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe. [2], vol. iii. 1887, p. 492. 2 In the figure of the skeleton of Trygon given by Agassiz (‘ Rech. Poiss. Foss.’ vol. iii. pl. m. fig. 1), a large aseending process is shown connecting the pelvic cartilage with the vertebral column. ‘This must be an artist’s error. 1&88. | ON MAMMALS FROM COZUMEL AND RUATAN. 129 Professor Howes, however, has suggested to me that the great iliac prominences may have supported the metapterygium of the pectoral fin in the same manner as the antorbital (post-palatine) cartilage is related to the proptervgium. The reflected tapering extremities are certainly best explained upon this hypothesis ; and although the crushing to which the fossils have been subjected prevents the possibility of decisive proof, I venture to adopt this interpretation of the structures as at present the most plausible. 3. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. G. F. Gaumer on Cozumel and Ruatan Islands, Gulf of Honduras. By OupFieLp THomas. [Received January 26, 1888. ] Mr. Salvin has asked me to put on record the names of the Mammals collected by Mr. G. F. Gaumer, (1) on Cozumel Island, situated off the east coast of Yucatan in 20° 30’ N. lat.; and (2) on the Bay Islands—i .e., Ruatan with its companion Bonacca, off the north coast of Honduras, 16° 25’ N. lat., and 86° 25’ W. long. The specimens have been presented to the Natural History Museum by Messrs. O. Salvin and F. D. Godman, for whom they were collected. I. Cozumel Island. 1. Nasua wasica, L. 2. Nycrivomus Gracitis, Wagn. 3. CHILONYCTEFRIS RUBIGINOSA, Wagn. 4. ARTIBEUS PERSPICILLATUs, L. 5. DipeLpuys MARSUPIALTS, L!. Il. Ruatan and Bonacca Islands. 1. SACCOPTERYX BILINEATA, Temm. Ruatan. 2. Mo.ossus osscurus, Geoffr. Ruatan. 3. GLossopHaGa soricina, Pall. Ruatan. 4. ARTIBEUS PERSPICILLATUS, L. Ruatan. 5. Srigmopon uispipus, 8. & O. Bonacea. §. Dasyprocra puncrata, Gray. Ruatan. A squirrel from the Island of Meco, on the north coast of Yucatan, was also obtained, and proves to be referable to Sczurus hypopyrrhus colliei, Rich. 1 As will be shown elsewhere, I consider this name applicable to all the large, long-haired Opossums hitherto known as D. virginiana, D. cancrivora, D. aurita, &e. Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1888, No. IX. 9 130 MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW GENUS OF MURIDE. [Feb. 21, 4. On a new and interesting Annectant Genus of Muride, with Remarks on the Relations of the Old- and New- World Members of the Family. By Ouprietp Tuomas, Natural History Museum. [Received February 10, 1888.] (Plate V.) By the kindness of Prof. Alphonse Milne-Edwards I have been entrusted with the description of a specimen which has been in the Paris Museum for some years, where it has borne the unpublished name of ‘* Malacomys ferrugineus,’ a name by which it has been incidentally referred to in print, and which therefore, so far as the species is concerned, I now retain in order to avoid confusion. The genus may be termed Dromys’, g. n. General external form as in Mus. Pollex with a narrow nail. Hind feet elongate. © Infraorbital foramen triangular, not narrowed below, its external plate slender, not produced forwards. Upper incisors each with two minute, almost microscopic, grooves; lower incisors smooth. Anterior upper molars with seven distinct and prominent cusps, arranged 2-3-2, the extra one on the middle lamina® placed quite internal to the general series. ‘Second molars not placed obliquely ; with five cusps arranged 3-2, as in Mus, but the antero-internal cusp not pushed forwards in front of the others. Lower molars with the cusps biserially arranged as usual. All the cusps above and below unusually high and distinct, connected with one another by quite low and inconspicuous enamel ridges. DEOMYS FERRUGINEUS, Sp. n. General colour of head and body a clear pale red or reddish fawn- colour, thickly grizzled along the centre of the back with black, but the reddish colour of the cheeks, shoulders, sides, and hips quite clear and unmixed. Face rather duller in general tone; area round eyes black, not sharply defined. Ears very large, oval, rounded ; » éw, I link. 2 To avoid the too frequent use of such terms as the “anterior internal” cusp, or “central cusp of the middle lamina,” it would be useful to have a simple formula for the naming of each cusp. This might be done by calling the three lamin of m! A, B, and C, and their respective cusps 1, 2, and 3, counting from outside inwards. Thus the cusps just quoted would be A3 and B 2 respectively, while one would say of Deomys that the cusp-formula of its ml was A 1,2; B1, 2,3; C1, 2, since it is without the A 3 present in Mus, and possesses the B 3 absent in the Crice¢i. The same formula is of course equally applicable to ™? or any other tooth. The reason for numbering the cusps from the outside inwards is that Deomys shows that the third cusp has been added on the inner side, and therefore that the two cusps of Cricetus are homologous with the two outer cusps of Mus. Peter Smit del.et lith. Mintern Bros. imp. DEOMYS FERRUGINEUS. 1858.] Mk. O. PHOMAS ON A NEW GENUS OF MURIDA. 131 laid forward (in spirit-specimens), they would no doubt reach to or beyond the anterior canthus of the eye. Hairs of back nearly white at their bases, then siate-coloured, their tips reddish, or, along the centre, black. Whole of underside and inner sides of limbs pure sharply defined white, the back of the lower leg, however, slaty grey. Hands and feet white. Feet long and slender; fifth hind toe (without claw) barely reaching to the base of the fourth; hallux reaching about to the level of the middle of the fifth. Soles quite naked, smooth, the pads small, rounded, prominent, only five in number, the postero-external one of the complete Murine set of six absent. Tail very long, slender, finely and distinctly scaled, the scales about 12 or 13 to the centimetre; its proximal half almost naked, with just a few minute hairs between the scales; these gradually increase in numbers, the terminal half being sufficiently thickly clothed for the scales to be nearly or quite hidden; colour of tail sharply bicolor from base to tip, above slaty grey, below white, the hairs and scales both so coloured. Skull (Plate V. figs. 1-5) very light, sleuder, and delicate, with a very long narrow parallel-sided muzzle. Nasals not tapering backwards, but as broad behind as in the middle, their posterior margin directly transverse ; frontal process of premaxilla not reaching to the level of the back of the nasals. Interorbital space broad, smooth, evenly convex, its edges with a slight but distinct beading. Zygomata but little expanded, very thin and weak, their two anterior roots, upper and lower, about equal both in thickness and length; the zygomata, therefore, commencing at a much lower level than in Mus, and the lower root entirely without the broad external pro- jecting plate so characteristic of the typical Mures. Infraorbital foramen large, open, and rounded, not at all narrowed below. Palate narrow, its edges square and sharp-edged, continued behind the level of the last molar for about two millimetres ; palatal fora- mina short, ending some distance in front of m', Lower jaw un- usually low, light, and slender. Incisors orange above, yellow below, the upper ones narrow, flat in front, not bevelled; with two minute vertical grooves down the face of each. Mbolars with their pattern as already described ; their cusps very high, pointed, and sharply defined; m* as long as m° and m’ together. Dimensions of the type, an adult specimen, stuffed :— Head and body 125 millim.; tail 172 (extreme tip imperfect) ; hind foot 33:8; ear (dried) 17; heel to tip of hallux 23, of fifth toe 25°5; to front of last foot-pad 17°8 ; to point between bases of third and fourth toe 26°6. Skull :—basal length (c.) 29°0; greatest breadth 16:0; nasals, length 14-0, greatest breadth 4:0; interorbital breadth 6:7 ; inter- parietal, length (c.) 4°5, breadth 9°2 ; lower anterior zygoma-root, diameter 1°8; infra-orbital foramen, height 3°2, breadth (c.) 1:9; distance from outer corner of one foramen to that of the other 9°6 ; palate, length 18°5, breadth outside m’ 8°1, inside m' 4:1; diastema, length 9°9; palatal foramina, length 5:2; length of whole upper 132 MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW GENUS OF MURID&. [Feb. 21, molar series 5°6, of m’ 3°5, of m? 1:9, of m*’ 1:0; lower jaw, length (bone only) 20:0, (to incisor tips) 22°0 ; vertical diameter of ramus below m’ 3:0, just behind symphysis 1°7; angle to tip of coronoid process 8-(); length of lower molar series 5°6. Hab. Lower Congo (I. Petit). The very special and unusual interest that this new genus possesses lies in the fact that it represents a “ missing link ”’ in the phylogeny of the Muridz, as it is intermediate between the two great groups of that family, the Mures and Criceti*. The distinction between these two groups is, broadly, that the upper molars of the latter have their cusps arranged biserially, while in those of the former they are triserially placed. (Plate V. figs. 9 and 10.) Deomys therefore (Plate V. fig. 7), with its bicuspidate anterior and tricuspidate middle lamina of m’, shows an intermediate condition between the two, and probably represents an early stage in the evo- lution of a triserially from a biserially arranged dentition. That it is, not a later specialization of the Murine group through the loss of the cusp A 3 is shown by the very primitive characters present both in m* and in the formation of the infraorbital foramen. In the complete systematic arrangement of the Muridz, therefore, we shall have to look upon Deomys as forming by itself a special section, the Deomyes, intermediate between the MWures and Criceti. From the distribution of the two latter groups, and the characters of their fossil allies, it has long been recognized by students of the subject that the Criceti, with their comparatively simple teeth, repre- sent the original Muridze, once spread over nearly the whole world’, but now, owing to the competition of the more highly specialized Mures, almost confined to America and Madagascar, in each of which places they still form the only Muride. It has frequently been stated or assumed that they are entirely confined to these two parts of the globe, and on this assumption, without reference to the paleontological history of the group, great and altogether dispro- portionate stress has been laid upon their distribution as affording evidence of the more or less direct connection of the American and Madagascar faune®, Asa poets of fact, no instance can better support Mr. Wallace’s views‘ on the derivation, and especially on the undoubtedly American relationships, of the Madagascar fauna, since the three conditions on which his views are based—viz. : (1) the lowly nature and therefore considerable antiquity of the Madagascar forms, (2) their former wider distribution, and (3) their powerlessness to resist the competition of rival forms now paramount in Africa— are all conspicuously preseut in the Criceti, the group to which the ‘ This group has been called the ‘“‘Sigmodontes” by most English and American authors; but that name should give way to “Criceti” for reasons shown below. See also ee Vid. Medd. 1881, pp. 25 and 54; E Museo the fistete ag region. 3 Cf., for example, Kolbe (SB. Nat. Freund. 1587, p. 147), whose remarks are based on Peters’s account of Nesomys (op. cit. 1870, p. 54). + «Jsland Life, p. 383 e¢ seqg. (1880). 1888.| MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW GENUS OF MURID. 133 Madagascar Muridee wholly belong. Thus Cricetine Murid, now at their highest development in America, were certainly paramount at one time in Africa, where the intermediate Deomys now occurs, as in other parts of the Old World, and have only recently (since the separation of Madagascar) been supplanted by the more highly specialized Mures. This supplanting, however, has never been quite completed, since in the Old World there still survive several Cri- cetine genera, mostly much modified (e. g. Arvicola and its allies), but in some cases with scarcely any appreciable changes at all (e. g. Mystromys, Cricetus, and, so far as its teeth are concerned, Lophiomys). And this brings me to the second part of the subject, a part that for reasons of nomenclature is much to be regretted, but which ob- viously has to be investigated, namely, as to the amount of generic distinction actually existing between the Old-World Cricetus and the New-World Hesperomys. So far as I know, they have hardly ever been properly compared, being always presumed to be distinct in the absence of proof to the contrary. On trying to tabulate the dif- ferences, however, and keeping in mind at the same time the extent of variation found in the American species, I find that one by one they vanish into thin air, leaving no distinctive character whatever. The large cheek-pouches of Cricetus are commonly looked upon as a marked characteristic of the genus, but, although small, they occur, distinct and well developed, in many species of Hesperomys, especially in those from the extreme north?. The teeth of Cricetus, again, are very like those of many of the species of Hesperomys, especially if those of a “ Cricetulus”’ (e. g. C. pheus) be compared with those of some of the species of ‘* Oryzomys’’*, having similarly six paired cusps, while those of ‘ Vesperimus’’° have only five, the cusp A 2 being here obsolete or united with Al. A still closer re-em- blance, amounting in fact almost to identity, exists between the structure of the teeth in Cricetus and in the Dormouse-like sub- genus Rhipidomys*. In the skull the shape of the infraorbital foramen, of the supraorbital ridges, and of the palate may be equally easily matched among the numerous and widely varying species of “« Tesperomys.”’ Finally the peculiar shortness of tail characteristic of Cricetus is almost, it not quite, equalled in the North-American subgenus Onychomys’. The inevitable conclusion is thus forced upon us that the genus Hesperomys must be abolished altogether, and the species united 1 In the widely spread white-footed Field-Mouse of N. America (Cricetus lew- copus, as it will now have to be called), northern specimens have deep and distinct cheek-pouches, while in southern ones they are, at least in spirit-speci- inens, almost inappreciable. See Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. i. p. 229 (1869), and Coues, Mon. N. Am. Rod. p. 67 (1877). 2 E. g. Cricetus palustris or longicaudatus. 8 Among which are included Cricetus leucopus, californicus, aureolus, taylori, michiganensis, truet, aztecus, and mexicanus. ' See, for example, the teeth of Cricetus ( Rhipidomys) leucodactylus, latimanus, sumichrasti, mastacalis, or sclateré. ° Of which the species are Cricefus leucogaster and C. torridus. 134 MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW GENUS OF MURID&. [Feb. 21, with the Old-World Hamsters under the name of Cricetus, the latter group, however, forming itself a subgenus, equal in rank to those now commonly admitted among the American Vesper-Mice. This change, large as it is, will be rendered rather less unaccept- able by the consideration that the name Hesperomys’ has itself, by the strict laws of nomenclature, no possible claim to adoption, being antedated not only by Calomys*, Waterh., and the other earlier names of the same author, and by Lligmodontia, F. Cuv.’, but also by Akodon, Meyen", founded on a now almost unrecognizable specimen belonging to Waterhouse’s subgenus ‘‘ Habrothriz.” ‘That this name would have been brought up and forced into use may be looked upon as certain, and in fact the first step in this direction has been taken by the substitution of dkodon tor Habrothriz in Trouessart’s list of Rodents’. From the point of view of nomenclature, therefore, the junction of Cricetus and Hesperomys is uot so wholly a misfortune as it otherwise might have been. As to changes in specific names, it fortunately happens that those used in the two genera have for the most part been different, the two species mentioned in the subjoined footnote ® representing ap- parently all the necessary alterations. Then as to the geographical distribution of the two forms, nothing is more natural than that a genus ranging all over America, from British Columbia to Cape Horn, should also be found, likethe majority of the most typical North-American genera, in Siberia, China, and the Eastern Palearctic Region generally. With regard to the opinions of other authors on the relations of Cricetus to Hesperomys, it is interesting to find that in Dr. Winge’s, recent careful and elaborate work’ on the Rodents of Lagoa Santa, Brazil (a work in which the whole interrelations of the Rodents are freshly considered and described), the differences between Cricetus and Hesperomys are shown to be almost nil °, and that in the Synopsis of the Muridze he has had to separate the genera merely into those from the Old World and those from the New’. He does not, how- ever, notice the necessity for actually uniting Cricetus with Hes- peromys, no doubt because of the very different standard of generic ravk he adopts. Tht he recognizes the well-known subgenera Habrothriz, Oxymycterus, Scapteromys, Calomys, and Ehipidomys all as full genera, and therefore naturally admits Cricetus also. I l Zool. Voy. ‘ Beagle,’ Mamm. p. 75 (1839). 2 P. Z.8. 1887, p. 21. 3 Ann. Sci. Nat. vi. p. 168 (1837). 4 N. Act. Ac. Leop. xvi. p. 600 (1838). ° Bull. Soe. Sci. Anvers, 1880, p. 140. ® Cricetus obscurus, M.-Edw., nec Hisperomys obscurus, Waterh., niay stand as C. mongolicus. Cricetus longicaudatus, M.-Kdw., nec Hesperomys longicaudatus, Benv., as C. chinensis. Cricetus cinercus, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B.M. p. 172 (1862), appears never to have been described, and does not therefore invalidate the specific name of my Cricetus (Thomasomys) cinereus, P. ZS. 1882, p. 108. 7 ® Museo Lundii, vol. iii. 1887. ibe, (ih Joe Mkts eh ive spl 2h; a ge y eae ON eae 0 an Scrat ae Soe >=} Po 2.55, 1866 Sai A. Stone ad nat del. J. Srut hth. Mintern Bros. imp. PENNATULA BELLISSIMA,spn. aes 1888. | MR. G. H. FOWLER ON A NEW PENNATULA. 135 cannot, however, at all agree that these groups are of generic rank, and prefer for the present to adopt the generally recognized views on the subject. On this point, when critici-ing my own arrangement of the Vesper-Mice’, Dr. Winge writes’: ‘It is not right to recognize Habrothrix, Oxymycterus, and others as subgenera, and yet at the same time to admit genera of such a low grade as Sigmodon and Neotoma®, which might almost be united to the Old- World Cricetus, or as Rheithrodon and Ochetodon, which do not even deserve sub- generic distinction.” In answer to this, I can only say that my error, if error it be, in allowing genera of such a low grade as these quoted, will not be mended by the recognition of more groups, of lower rauk still,—groups which I and all other previous authors have only looked upon as subgenera at most. In fact on this point I feel, with Dr. Coues’*, that the proper way out of the difficulty will be rather by the Jump- ing together of many of the present low-grade genera than by the recognition of more still less strongly marked generic groups. EXPLANATION OF PLATH V. Fie. 1. Skull of Deomys ferrugineus; natural size. 2-5. Ditto, upper, lower, side and front views; twice natural size. 6-7. Left upper molars of ditto; magnified about 7 times. oy 5 Right lower molars of ditto. 10. Left upper molars of one of the Cricetine: (Cricetus frumentarius) and one of the Murine (Mus mettada); magnified about 5 and 7 times respectively. 8 9 5. On a new Pennatula from the Bahamas. By G. Herserr Fow.er, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant to the Jodrell Professor of Zoology, University College, London. [Received February 14, 1888. ] (Plate VI.) A fine example of a new Pennatula, sent by Mr. Blake, the late Governor of the Bahama Islands, to Prof. E. Ray Lankester, has been handed to me for description: I propose for it the name of PENNATULA BELLIsSIMA, sp. n. (Plate VI.) Pennatula with 25-29 autozooids on a mature leaf, each with eight strong marginal spines, arranged in 2-3 rows, and continued on to the dorsal surface of the rachis as a single row of immature 1 P.Z.8. 1884, p. 448. 2 Lic. p. 144. 3 T do not think that Dr. Winge can have had a specimen of Neotoma before him when writing this remark, as of all the groups of American Criceti none is so distinct or so absolutely different from the rest as this is, The form in which his disparagement of Sigmodon and Neotona is put, however, is a singular com- ment on the results of the present paper. » + Mon. N. Am, Rod. p. 52 (1877). 136 MR. G. H. FOWLER ON A NEW PENNATULA. | Feb. 21, autozooids, which are devoid of tentacles. Siphonozooids richly set all over the ventral surface of the rachis except in the median ventral groove, one row running from this surface halfway up the concave borders of the leaves, while a second row passes dorsally and anteriorly between the leaves to meet with the row of immature autozooids on the latero-dorsal surface. Leaves triangular in outline, charged with long, fusiform, salmon-pink spicules. The colony, as is so frequently the case with Pennatulida, is imperfect above, the top presumably having been bitten off and the wound scarred over. ‘The dimensions given below are therefore in some points unreliable. The colour of the greater part of the colony is of a beautiful salmon-pink, shading off to a whitish yellow on much of the stalk and rachis, and also in the centres of the leaves—parts where the spicules, to which the colour is due, are more thinly scattered. The stalk, which expands slightly below, is on its upper third expanded into the bulbous enlargement so constantly met with in the genus, and is here of the same brilliant salmon-pink tint as the polyps and leaves. The rachis is marked both dorsally and ventrally by a deep groove which is entirely free both from siphonozooids and immature autozooids. The siphonozooids (fig. 1) are placed mainly on the ventral surface of the rachis, where they are roughly arranged in oblique ventro-dorsal rows. They are especially massed at the bases of the leaves, from which points start two rows of siphonozooids, the one running about halfway up the concave (lower) border of the leaf itself; while A young leaf showing the triangular shape, the dorsal row of immature auto- zocids, and the yentral row of siphonozooids appearing as small spikes. Natural size. the other passes upwards on the rachis between the leaves, and, bending still further upwards, generally meets the line of immature autozooids at an acute angle on the latero-dorsal surface of the rachis, close to the line of attachment of the leaf next above. The siphono- zooids are not separable into two types by size or other character, and are indistinguishable from the immature autozooids at the point 1888. ] MR. G. H. FOWLER ON A NEW PENNATULA. 137 where the two meet. No lateral stripe of siphonozooids is to be found below the lowermost leaves. In transverse section the siphon- ozooids agree with that figured by Hickson (Phil. Traus. vol. 174, pl. li. fig. 10), and exhibit a strong siphonoglyphbe (ciliated groove) at the abaxial end of the stomatodeeum. The leaves are placed very obliquely on the rachis, the line of attachment being dorso-ventral. They are approximately triangular in outline, the free sides of the triangle being slightly curved in the usual manner. While the lowermost leaves are placed slightly opposite to each other, those in the middle alternate, and the upper- most are again opposite. There are fourteen pairs of leaves in all, in the sole specimen ; of these ouly the two lowest are rudimentary, that on the left side being less advanced in development than the corresponding one on the right. All the leaves are much contorted, a result probably due to death-struggles. The autozooids (fig. 2) are borne on the uppermost (convex) edge, eS SII pe SSE EEE Q Transverse section through an immature autozooid. The leaf is bounded above and below by ectoderm, underneath which lies the thick layer of mesogloea (mesoderm), containing spaces filled by spicules previous to decalcification. The stomatodzum, suspended by the usual eight mesenteries in the cclenteron, is lined internally by invaginated ecto- derm, of which the lower (abaxial) three fifths are formed of long columnar cells, bearing stout cilia, and constituting a siphonoglyphe (vide p. 188), x 210. and in a well-grown leaf are 25-29 in number, arranged in three rows, 2 median and two lateral. In a less mature leaf, such as that figured, they are fewer in number and form 1-2 rows only. They are 4-7 milliny. in length, richly charged with the characteristic spicules, and surmounted by eight strong marginal spines, which may be 2 millim. long. Along the dorsal end of the convex border of the leaf they are continued as a row of immature autozooids of varying number, of which the foremost are placed on the rachis, and may even extend to the base of the leaf next above. As has been already stated, they generally meet at an acute angle with the row of siphon- ozooids which runs upwards from the ventral surface between the leaves. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. X. 10 138 MR. G. H. FOWLER ON A NEW PENNATULA. ([Feb. 21, The appearances seen in a transverse section of the immature autozooids are of some interest, and bear out the conclusions of Hickson ((oc. cit.) and of Wilson (“ Development of Renilla,” Phil. Trans. vol. 174, p. 723). These immature polyps are not as yet provided with tentacles, but possess stomatodzea and the usual eight mesenteries. Of these latter, the two axial (dorsal) mesenteries, in the youngest autozooids, as in the mature siphonozooids, alone exhibit mesenterial filaments of the characteristic bilobate shape ; the cells of which the lobes are constituted contain deeply staining nuclei, and histologically agree with the ectoderm of the stomato- dzeum from which they are derived. As wasshown by Hickson, no siphonogly phe is recognizable in the mature autczooids of Pennatula ; but in the youngest autozooids, which are much compressed at right angles to the usual direction (7. ¢., in an axial-abaxial plane), I find that the whole of the abaxial side of the stomatodzeum is clothed by very long columnar cells, with numerous deeply staining nuclei, and bearing long stout cilia, these appearances being entirely character- istic of a siphcvoglyphe ; this region is marked ‘off from the remain- ing three fifths of the stomatodzum by a ridge on either side, and constitutes indisputably a true siphonoglyphe. ‘The somewhat o!der autozooids, which are nevertheless hardly mature, exhibit filaments on the lower six, as well as on the axial two, mesenteries ; these filaments are of endodermic origin, and consist merely of an aggrega- tion of pyriform cells, resembling those figured by Wilson (J. e. pl. Ix. figs. 145, 146), but more swollen. Proportionately to their age and development, the siphonoglyphe of the autozooids becomes less and less marked, till in the fully mature polyps no trace of it is to be recognized. This occurrence of a siphonoglyphe in the ontogeny of the auto- zooids is a point of some considerable interest. Knowing so little as we do of the stiniulus that causes a developing ovum to recapitulate its ancestral history, we should hardly be justified in asserting that such recapitulation might not also occur in asexual reproduction. The colonial ancestor of the Octactinize (Aleyonaria) resembled the existing Aleyonium in the absence of dimorphism and the possession of a siphonogly} he; morphological differentiation, correlated with division of labour, resulted, among such descendants as the Penna- tulida, in the production of autczooids (nutritive and sexual polyps, devoid of a siphonoglyphe) and of siphonozooids (circulatory or respiratory polyps, incapable of generation and of nutrition, but previded with a strong sip shonogly phe i in order to effect the cireula- tion of “chylaqueous fluid” through the colony). If then, as appears to me to be the case, the very considerable size and number of the siphonozooids contrasted with the paucity of the immature autozooids, together with the loss of the siphonoglyphe as maturity is attained, point to the functional uselessness of this organ in the young buds, we are driven to the conclusion that we have here to deal with a case in which asexual ontogeny is repeating phylogeny. As was desciibed by Wilson (Mitth. Zool. Sta. Neapel, v.) in the buds of Renilla, the two exial mesenterial filaments appear before 1888. ] MR. G. H. FOWLER ON A NEW PENNATULA. 139 the remaining six, and supply the young polyp with nutritive fluid from below; this possible function of the siphonoglyphe is therefore forestalled. Further observations on similar conditions—gemmation, fission, reproduction of lost parts, &c.—are much to be desired. The spicules in the polyps, leaves, and rachis, are long and fusi- form, and apparently triradiate in section (fig. 3a); they are very long, measuring from *8 to 1°5 millim. Those which colour the bulbous swelling on the stalk (fig. 36) are dumbbell-shaped, and apparently surmounted by a strung ridge; they measure about *14x:0L millim., and are less strongly tinted than those of the feather. The avis, which is less hard than is generally the case, is triangular in section and bent in a hook below. Of Pennatule previously described, the present species comes Fig. 3. 6b a b nN a. Fusiform spicule, distributed over the feather and rachis, x 47; 6, Dumb- bell-shaped spicules from the bulbous swelling of the stalk, x 210. nearest to P. naresii (Kolliker, ‘ Chall.’ Rep. Zool. vol.i. p. 2, pl. i. figs. 1, 2). From this, however, it differs in the number of the rudimentary leaves, the absence of wart-like protuberances on the concave border of the leaf, the freedom of the mid-dorsal line of the rachis, as also in several other points ; wlile the row of immature zooids is characteristic of both forms. At two points easily recognizable on the left-hand side of Plate VI., parts of two leaves have apparently been nibbled away, producing a marked hypertrophy of the remaining polyps. The dimensions are given in tabular form :— millim Potal JéensthGacomplere yee. OF ee te ae 178 eneth OMradhisy Tee Meeks Aas 118 Diameter of rachis......... PY PROS et 9 Breadth ‘oftfeathem: 22.9 P2022) 029 28) A ae 70 Theneth of stalk ten ete oes nets hae Catan 60 Diameter of stalk ..... 722004 SOM Sy 4 140 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 6, millim. Diameter of bulbous swelling .............. 7 Ec] E08 57 1 Ae ale Hin 0 ee ee 45 Width. of lent atybases tel tete ter ciact < + 0,5 ay-)4 12 The specimen will be deposited in the British Museum, for pur- poses of reference. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. The figure, which is about one sixth larger than the specimen, is from the dorsal aspect, except for an intercalated fragment near the base of the feather, which represents a ventral view. For the drawing I am indebted to the skill of Miss Stone. March 6, 1888. Professor Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1888 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of February was 104. Of these 9 were by birth, 74 by presentation, 12 by purchase, 4 by exchange, and 5 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 117. The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 1. A second specimen of Griffith’s Fox (Canis griffithi), from Bussorah, deposited by Mr. H. Hanauer, F.Z.S. This specimen is rather smaller than the example from Afghanistan, received from Sir O. B. St. John in December last (see supra, pu 1s but is otherwise nearly similar. 2. Four examples of a small and very beautiful Finch (Zrythrura psitiacea) from New Caledonia, purchased February 15th. This species is new to the collection, although we have previously had examples of an allied form, the Fire-tailed Finch (Zrythrura prasina) from Java. 3. Five examples (two cocks and three hens) of the fine Pheasant which I have described and figured in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1885, p. 322, pl. xxii.) as Phasianus principalis, presented by Major W. Peacocke, R.E., of the Afghan Frontier Commission, and received February 27. Major Peacocke’s specimens were captured at Akcha in Afghan-Turkestan, on the 25th January last, and were brought home at the special request of Sir Peter Lumsden, F.Z.S., who had called Major Peacocke’s attention to the desirability of introducing living examples of this splendid Pheasant into Europe. The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Lt.-Col. H. M. Drummond- Hay, a specimen of the Desert Wheatear (Saaicola deserti), killed near Arbroath, in Scotland, on the 28th of December, 1887, being the third instance of the occurrence of this bird in Great Britain. The following papers were read :— Poa Ss 1668 Pi va W itidewood delad nat. West, Newman & Co imp. Parker & Coward Jith. Carpus & Tarsus of Aglossa&Discoglossid». P. Z.S.1888 PLVI. Xenophrys monticola. Pseudophryne bibrori. Hyla arborea 20 ZZ WRidewood del. adnat. West Newman &Coimp Parker 3 Coward lith. : Carpus & Tarsus of Pelobatide,Hylide, & Bufonidse(Pseudophryne) / ST P. Z.S .1888.P1- 1X.) Leptodactylus pentadactylus. }: Dei: Butd calamita a ‘ WRidgewood delad nat. West,Newman & Co.imp. Parker & Coward lith, Carpus & Tarsus of Bufonide:, Cysti§nathide, & lingystomatidee. 1888.] ON THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 141 1. On the Carpus and Tarsus of the Anura. By G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal School of Science and R. School of Mines, and W. Ripewoop. [Received March 6, 1888.] (Plates VII.-IX.) CONTENTS. I. Intropuction. a. General, p. 141. b, Nomenclature, p. 142. ce. Material, p. 142. d. Methods, p. 148. II. Genprat Parr. Hind Foot. a. Metatarsals and phalanges, p. 144. b. Astragalus and calcaneus, p. 144 ce. Tarsalia 4 and 5, p. 145. d, Tarsalia 2 and 3, p. 146. e. Tarsale 1, p. 147. f. Nayiculare and pre-hallux tarsal, p. 147. g. Pre-hallux (calear), p. 148. Fore Foot. a. Metacarpals and phalanges, p. 152. 6, Distal carpal elements (carpalia), p. 153. ec. Carpale 1 and pollex, p. 154. d, Ulnare (pyramidale), p. 155. e. Lunatum, p. 156. f. Postaxial centrale, p. 157. g. Naviculare, p. 157. h, Compound structures resulting from the fusion of two or more carpal elements, p. 160. III. Specran Parr. Carpus and tarsus in A. Aauossa. a. Pipide, p. 161. 6. Dactylethride, p. 163. B. PHANEROGLOSSA. a. Discoglossidx, p. 164. e. Cystignathide, p. 170. b. Pelobatide, p. 165. f. Engystomatide, p. 172. c. Hylide, p. 167. g. Dendrobatide, p. 173. d. Bufonide, p. 169. h. Ranide, p. 173. IV. Concuustons, p. 177. V. List or AuruoriTins REFERRED TO, p. 179. VI. Expianarion or THE Puarss, p. 181. I. INTRODUCTION. a. General.—While, during the last few.years, the researches of 11 142 PROF. G, B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON __ [Mar. 6, Wiedersheim and his pupil Kehrer, and of Baur (1), have added considerably to our knowledge of the limb-skeleton of the Urodela, that of the Anura has received much less attention. The most important investigations recorded since the classic of Gegenbaur (18), are those of Born (3, 5). Briihl has published (11) figures of a somewhat extraordinary character, pertaining to some seven or eight genera; but concerning these we have little to say, except that we fully endorse Born’s criticisms and corrections of them (6, pp. 48 et seq.). Born’s latest communication purports to be somewhat revolu- tionary, so far at least as the carpus is concerned (6, p. 62). It will be seen, however, in the sequel, that we are unable to accept his determinations ; and as the discovery of new elements and relation- ships has led us to differ from most of our predecessors, in our estimate of the morphological value of leading elements of both carpus and tarsus, it is binding upon us to preface this paper with an account of those observations upon which our dissensions are based. In accordance, then, with the exigencies of the case, we shall divide the paper into two sections: viz. :—firstly, a general part, in which will be given a review of the morphology of the carpal and tarsal elements, together with a detailed account of those hitherte unrecognized structures, whose discovery has necessitated a redeter- mination of the value of any one or more constituents ; and, secondly, a special part, in which the leading families will be taken successively, the characters of the carpus and tarsus of each being noted in the light of the preceding section, and special peculiarities dealt with. b. Nomenclature-—Our investigations do not profess to be exhaustive ; they leave much to be settled, and we have accordingly refrained from introducing a nomenclature which might embody a premature expression of homological relationships with the limbs of other animals. In dealing with elements whose morphological - value remains in the least degree doubtful, we have, for these reasons, adopted the nomenclature of Ecker (17) as being the more empirical and better suited to our purpose than the alternative one of Dugés (16). In describing the pre-hallux (calcar), we have, in order to facilitate comparison with the works of our predecessors, adopted the older system of nomenclature, calling the outermost digit the fifth, the innermost one the pre-hallux or calcar, and that next to it the hallux or first digit. New terms have been introduced only where unavoidable; and some of these are, for reasons already given, purely empirical. ce. Material.—It will be seen, from the second part of the paper, that we have examined the limbs of 37 genera and 60 species— adequate representatives of all the leading families as defined by Boulenger (7),-with the exception of the Dyscophide, Dendrophry- niscide, Amphignathodontide, and Hemiphractide. For these specimens our grateful acknowledgments are due mainly to Prof. Huxley, and to Mr. G. A. Boulenger of the Natural History Museum. To the last-named gentleman we are indebted for further 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 143 aid and advice always most cheerfully given; while we have to tender thanks to Prof. W. K. Parker for useful specimens, to Prof. Wiedersheim of Freiburg for the limbs and a larva of Pipa, to Prof. W. N. Parker for some exquisitely preserved tadpoles of the Common Frog, and to Dr. G. Baur, of New Haven, Conn., for suggestions and advice. Some of our best results have been obtained from feet in which ossification was just commencing (ex. fig. 5). At this stage the outlines of the cartilages are more clearly defined than at the earlier ones (cf. fig. 9), while there is a total absence of any distortion or displacement consequent upon complete ossification (cf. figs. 5 & 6). Identification of this stage by external appearances is very difficult ; absolute size, moreover, gives no clue to it, for while in a Xenophrys measuring 27 millim. from mouth to vent (fig. 14) all expectations were realized, in a Brachycephalus of 20 millim. ossification was found to be complete. d. Methods.—We early discarded the section-cutting method employed by Born (3, 6), chiefly because the results finally arrived at were less satisfactory than those obtainable from clarified prepara- tions. Clarification in potash solution (kindly suggested to us by Prof. Wiedersheim) was tried, but relinquished, chiefly on account of the difficulties experienced in mounting the preparations. Better results were arrived at by clarifying in a mixture of glycerine and potash, and mounting permanently in glycerine jelly ; but our best results were all obtained by the use of clove oil, which offers additional advantages in allowing the preparations to be stained. Borax-carmine solution proved most serviceable as a dye; less successful preparations were, however, obtained with picro-carmine, hematoxylin, and bismarck-brown. Our method of procedure was generally as follows :—The limb having been carefully skinned, the larger muscles were dissected off, in order to facilitate staining. The preparation was next immersed for about ten minutes in borax-carmine, and then transferred to acid alcohol (75 parts alcohol, 3 parts HNO,, and 22 parts water), in order that superfluous stain might be removed; after dehydration in absolute alcohol, it was allowed to remain in oil of cloves. The final process consisted in carefully picking away the soft parts, little by little, with two pairs of small forceps under a simple microscope, while the preparation was still immersed in a glass trough of clove oil. The smaller preparations were ultimately mounted in Canada balsam. The above method admits of an examination of all parts in the undisturbed state, and consequently of an accurate determination of the relationships of apposed surfaces, such as is not possible with any other. Moreover, in that ossific centres, lines of fusion, furrows, or outstanding processes are rendered equally obvious, it is manifestly not open to objections which might conceivably arise out of exclusive reliance upon the section-cutter’s art. 11% 144 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [Mar. 6, II. GENERAL PART. Hinp Foor. a. Metatarsals and Phalanges.—Setting the pre-hallux aside, the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th digits bear, in most genera (cf. foot- note on p. 178) respectively 2, 2, 3, 4, 3, phalanges, the 4th, or outermost digit but one, being the longest. Pipa is alone excep- tional, for in it the 3rd exceeds the 4th in length. b. Astragalus (a.) and Calcaneus (c.).—These two elements were already greatly elongated in the youngest specimens in which their presence could be detected. When fully formed, the two bones are generally uniform in length ; they are relatively longest in the Tree- Frogs, shortest in Pelobates. When of unequal length, the pre- axial bone, or astragalus, is the shorter. Wiedersheim has shown', in Rana esculenta, that the arteria interossea perforates the membrane passing between these two bones, dorso-ventrally, to reach the plantar surface of the foot. Pelodytes is alone exceptional, among all the genera which we have examined, in the fact that its astragalus and calcaneus have become greatly elon- gated subsequent to complete fusion (Plate VIII. fig. 12), ina manner strikingly suggestive of the tibia and fibula. The above-named artery, however, remains true to its original relationships, a small foramen (/.i'., fig. 12) being left for its transmission. In this, as in all other genera, neither the astragalus nor calcaneus (however much modified) ever undergo any sort of rotation; they lie side by side, invariably complanate with the tibia and fibula. Wiedersheim has shown further* that in the Urodela (Ranodon, Salamandrella, Cryptobranchus) a blood-vessel perforates the tarsal region apparently, at first sight, in the manner of the above- named artery of the Frog. Baur has more recently recorded the same fact for Necturus (1, pl. i. figs. 12 & 17). Hyrtl, describing the vascular system of Cryptobranchus, says of the crural artery *:— “horum ossium biga, cui nulla articulatio intercedit, et quae potius textu fibroso in unum quasi corpus conjungitur, arteriae nostrae commodam praebet occasionem, trajecta syndesmosi intertarsea, ad dorsalem tarsi regionem emicandi, quo territorio semel potita, illico in duas, paullo post in quatuor arterias digitales communes dorsales dilabitur, binorum digitorum interstitiis destinatas.’’ There can be little doubt but that this description applies to the vessel noted by Wiedersheim. In that it passes ventro-dorsally, however, it differs in toto from that of the Frog, but in this it agrees just as closely with the arteria brachialis of the fore limb of that animal (cf. p. 156). These facts tend to show that the perforation in question (foramen intertarsi, [auct.|) is probably not homologous with either that of the Urodele hind foot, or that of the fore foot in the Frog itself; if - 4 pean des Frosches, Ecker and Wiedersheim, Part II., Brunswick (1881), - OV. A “Die altesten Formen des Carpus und Tarsus d. heutigen Amphibien,”’ Morph. Jahrb. vol. ii. (1876), pp. 421-435. ‘ zn braneaes Japonicus, Schediasma anatomicum. Vindobonae, 1865, p. 118. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 145 so, the arteria interossea will not help us in the least in estimating the morphological value of the astragalus and calcaneus. Wiedersheim asserts (36, p. 211) that in the astragalus we have ‘ein vereinigtes Tibiale und Intermedium.’’ Gegenbaur (18) and Born, on the other hand, are inclined to regard the tibiale as its sole representative. Proof of the former statement is not forthcoming ; and in spite of the most diligent researching, we have been unable to discover, at any stage, the remotest trace of anything at all com- parable to a third proximal tarsal. Future research may, perhaps, demonstrate its existence; but, mindful of the elongation of the earliest rudiments of these elements, we incline to the belief that the missing one (? intermedium) has disappeared beyond all recognition, even during the embryonic period. e. Tarsalia 4 and 5.—In no Anuran foot hitherto described have there been recognized more than three distal tarsal elements (tarsalia). Examination of the Plates will show that when these remain distinct they are directly associated with the ballux and the two next digits (ex. Plate VII. figs. 8 and 10). The tarsalia of the two outermost digits (4th and 5th) would thus appear to be absent. Gegenbaur first drew attention to the existence, in certain genera, of a ligament (figs. 10, 17, and 19) which passes between the tarsal of the third digit and the head of the fifth metatarsal. He described its relations minutely (18, p. 61), and concluded that ‘‘ er reprisentirt in ligamen- tésem Zustande Theile, die unter anderen Verhiltnissen als Knorpel gebildet sind.” This structure has been recorded in Hyla, Rhino- derma (Gegenbaur), Pelobates (Gegenbaur, 18; Bayer, 2), Disco- glossus (Wiedersheim, 36, p. 211), and others, and to the list we are able to add (cf. Part II.). Born says of Phryne (Bufo') vulgaris (3, p. 444) “im Band- polster unter der Basis von Metatarsale LV. traf ich einmal einen deutlichen Rest von Knorpelgewebe, was die Gegenbaur’sche Deut- ung dieses Bandes als Homologon eines Tarsale IV. durchaus bestatigt.” We find that in the adult of Alyées odstetricans this ligament (fig. 10) carries a well-marked nodule of cartilage, which lies between the applied heads of the 4th and 5th metatarsals. That this represents one of the missing tarsals is hardly to be doubted from its relationships, but, from its position, it is difficult to say which. Gegenbaur goes on to assert (p. 61), “‘ wenn man das auf ein blosses Ligament reducirte Tarsusstiick einem der bei den iibrigien Amphibien nachgewiesenen Elementarstiicke vergleichen will, so kann man in ihm nur nach Massgabe der Betheiligung des Metatarsus das Tarsale 4 und 5 erkennen, welches bei den Tritonen schon durch ein einziges Stiick dargestellt war.’ In Bufo, Hylodes, and Hyla (Plate VIII. fig. 19) the ligament enters into an extensive connection with the head of the fifth metatarsal, like that originally figured by Gegenbaur (18, pl. 4. fig. 13) for the first-named genus. It fuses (fig. 23) with the postaxial articular border of this bone, and the head of the same is seen to be obviously enlarged as the result of its attachment *. It becomes a question of considerable interest, therefore, ' See Boulenger (7, p. 303). * Cf. Xenophrys, Plate VIII. fig. 17. 146 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RiIDEWOOD ON [Mar. 6, whether this enlargement may or may not represent a coalesced 5th tarsal (as, indeed, Gegenbaur was inclined to believe, pp. 64—65). We have failed to detect any trace of segmentation of the cartilage at this point. In the Hylide, however, a second ligament is present, which passes (fig. 19) from the postaxial wall of the capsule of the tarso-metatarsal joint, upwards and inwards, for attachment to the epiphysial cartilage of the astragalus and calcaneus. This ligament carries at its outer end a wedge-shaped cartilage, and that we at first took to represent the fifth tarsal. Upon reconsideration, however, we are disposed to regard it as an ordinary intra-articular cartilage of none but physiological significance (for further details see p. 168). Reflection upon these facts has led us to the belief that while the ligament which passes between the third tarsal and the head of the 5th metatarsal is the degraded representative of the 4th and 5th tarsalia, the cartilaginous nodule occasionally carried by it is exclusively a vestige of the 4th one. Gegenbaur records the presence of this ligament in Rana esculenta, in addition to the other genera named, and we can confirm his statement. In R. ¢empo- raria, however, we find no trace of it in the adult, and but a feeble one in the larva. This fact, while lending additional support to Gegenbaur’s original deduction, shows how completely the vestige is, as it were, disappearing under our eyes. d. Tarsalia 2 and 3 (Os cuboideum).—We have already stated that three tarsal elements may exist; on the other hand, the outermost two of these may not unfrequently be replaced in a long bone (cuboideum), represented in its typical condition at ** in figs. 17, 24, 27, 29, 31, & 33. It will be observed in all these cases that this structure overlies, more or less completely, the metatarsalia of the 2nd and 38rd digits ; comparison of the same with those forms in which the three tarsalia are found (Bombinator or Alytes, figs. 8 & 10) leaves little doubt but that the bone represents a confluence of the tarsalia of the 2nd and 3rd digits, as asserted by all recent authorities. In some cases, however, examination of the adult limb would appear to render this questionable. For example: in Hyla cerulea (fig. 19), in which two tarsalia are alone present, the larger one is little, if at all, related to the 2nd metatarsal—the head of which is in apposition with the second and smaller element. Com- parison of this tarsus with that possessed of the three tarsalia (figs. 8 & 10) renders it hard, indeed, to say which two elements are represented in the Tree-Frog. Born has already experienced this difficulty in dealing (6, p. 443) with the adults of Phryne vulgaris and Bufo variabilis, and he admits his inability to settle the question, for want of embryological material. On turning to the larva of Hyla (fig. 21), we find that the outer of the two elements has (unlike that of the adult) more than twice the bulk of its fellow, while it agrees in every detail with the cuboi- deum in its most typical form (cf. Xenophrys, fig. 17). Examina- tion of this element side by side with that of the adult limb (fig. 19) shows that its growth is arrested early in development: it shows, 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 147 further, that the connection between the innermost tarsal (1) and the head of the second digit is purely secondary, and that the first- named is really the tarsal of the hallux, displaced, as it were, in sympathy with its dwarfed neighbour. Ecker speaks (17, p. 61) of the cuboideum in Bufo as consisting of two pieces. We find that in that genus, as in Leptodactylus, a similar shortening up of this bone takes place (cf. fig. 23); there can be little doubt therefore that Ecker was misled by that, pre- cisely in the manner indicated above. The cuboideum, then, must be held to represent the confluent tarsalia 2 and 3. We have to record its presence in the Ranide, Dendrobatide, Engystomatide, Cystignathide, Bufonide, Hylide, Dactylethride, and Pipa. e. Larsale 1 (Hallux tarsal) (1).—Tlis element is of very constant occurrence. Its relations in the Discoglosside are exceptional and, as will be shown below (figs. 8 & 10), interesting; it lies in them under cover of the naviculare (n'), interposed between it and the Ist metatarsal. Gegenbaur appears, in dealing with Bombinator, to have mistaken the naviculare for the first tarsal (18, pl. 6. fig. 11) ; but this is not to be wondered at, in consideration of the small size of the latter. It is wanting as a distinct element in old specimens of Nannophrys and Phryniscus, and we have found that it fuses in both genera with the naviculare. Born has described and figured it accurately in Rana esculenta. Concerning R. temporaria he says (3, p. 441) that it “immer in Laufe der Ontogenese bis auf uner- hebliche Spuren schwindet.” Strictly speaking, this is not the case, for we are in possession of old examples in which it had persisted as a distinct element (woodcut, p. 176, fig. C, I). We are inclined moreover to believe that instead of undergoing suppression, as Born imagines, it more probably fuses with the naviculare as in the two above-named genera. f. Naviculare and Pre-hallux tarsal.—KEcker regarded the navi- culare of these animals as analogous (17, p. 61) with the element so named (centrale) in the tarsi of the higher animals. Gegenbaur, on the other hand, who, as before stated, confused it with the hallux- tarsal, sums up his conclusions in the words (18, p. 67), ‘ein Centrale fehlt.”” Born adopts this view; but he differs from Gegenbaur in that he regards the naviculare as the basal segment (tarsale) of the pre-hallux. He writes (3, p. 448), ‘‘ von diesen [segments of the pre-hallux] liegt der erste in einer Reihe mit den Tarsalknorpelu, welche Metatarsustriiger sind, ahmt dieselben in Form und Structur nach und ist von den Autoren auch, wie erwibnt, immerals ‘typischer’ Tarsalknorpel aufgefasst worden.” Born’s determination has been adopted by all subsequent writers. It will thus be seen that the two views entertained as to the mor- phological value of the naviculare are diametrically opposed, and that a settlement of their differences is indispensable to the full determination of the value of the distal preaxial elements. We have already drawn attention to the fact that the naviculare of the Discoglosside (ex. Bombinator, fig. 8, Alytes, fig. 10) is wedged in 148 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, between the first tarsal and the astragalus, being in fact absolutely central and in a position which cannot, by any stretch of imagina- tion, be said to be “in einer Reihe mit den Tarsalknorpeln.” It would be more correct to say that the Ist metatarsal, Ist tarsal, and naviculare are here disposed lineally. Examination of the Plates will show that the relative size of the naviculare is in no way proportionate to that of the pre-hallux, as might be expected were Born’s hypothesis tenable (cf. figs. 3, 10, 12, & 17); it is rather the reverse. Choice appears to lie between two alternatives: the naviculare has either grown in and displaced the hallux tarsal proximally (as the Discoglosside would suggest, figs. 8 & 10,in which case the condition of the latter would, in this family, be secondary) or it has undergone a reduction proportionate with an increase in size of the same. Recent observers are agreed as to the lowly position of the Discoglosside*, and it therefore becomes a question of first importance as to how far the arrangement just described in them is primary. In the youngest Discoglosside examined by us (ef. p. 164), no appreciable difference could be detected in the relative proportions of the two elements under consideration as compared with the adult ; we have here, then, strong reason for regarding the condition exempli- fied in them as really primary. The matter, however, presses still more closely. Examination of those forms in which the pre-hallux is regularly segmented (fig. 19), shows that that segment which Born regards as its metatarsal (ph. 1.) is generally disposed in a line with the naviculare, 2! (cf. figs. 13 & 19). In Pelodytes, how- ever (fig. 13), and less conspicuously in Alytes (fig. 10) and Hyla, the first-named element is intimately connected with the adjacent hallux-tarsal (1) by means of a well-defined ligament, which runs distally to the naviculare. Comparison of this ligament with that previously referred to as the representative of the 4th and 5th tarsalia, leaves little room for doubting, if argument from analogy is worth anything, that Born’s metatarsal of the pre-hallux is, in reality, its tarsal. If this be admitted, there can no longer be any doubt of the homology of Ecker’s naviculare (»') with the os centrale tarsi. This determination brings the tarsus of the Anura into closer harmony with that of the other and, especially, the higher Vertebrata than is now generally admitted, while it sets at rest further doubt as to the value of the hallux-tarsal. Finally, Ecker has shown (17, p. 128) that the tendon of the adductor longus digiti primi muscle (m.a./. of woodcut, fig. C, p. 176) is inserted into the naviculare. We have found this to be invari- ably the case whether the hallux-tarsal is present or absent. It follows, therefore, that all possible source of confusion between that element and the naviculare is at an end. g. Pre-hallux (Calcar).—The skeleton of the pre-hallux was first figured by Rosenhof (32); he described it (Pelobates, p. 84) in the words “ tandem etiam in sceleto hoc notari meretur singularis quidam 1 Cf. Cope (12, p. 104) and Boulenger (7, p. 444). 1888. | THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 149 spurisque unguis.” It has been likened by some anatomists to a single element in the tarsus (ex. entocuneiform, Owen, 31, p. 184); it is, however, unnecessary to recapitulate these comparisons in detail. All recent writers are agreed as to the variable nature of the pre- hallux, but the range of this has not yet been fully recorded. As will be seen from an examination of our figures, it is very inconstant in size, shape, and detailed characters. For example: in the adult Xenophrys (fig. 17), it consists of a single elongated cartilage which ossifies very late in life, whereas in Hyla (fig. 19) it attains a much greater development, and is segmented into four pieces. Disparity in size is by no means confined to members of different families, for in Pelobates—the type of the family to which Xenophrys belongs— the calear, while consisting of a single piece, attains enormous pro- portions and ossifies very early'. In this burrowing genus the calcar supports the well-known horny blade, by means of which the animal is enabled to shovel up the earth. ‘This being so, its early ossification is distinctly associated with the functional requirements of the case. Born at first ascribed (3, p. 448) four segments to this structure in Rana, Bufo, and others. In his later researches, however, he records considerable variation in the same, stating (6, p. 61), ‘“wechselt doch die Stiickzahl v. Rana esculeuta, zwischen zwei und vier, bei Bufo vuriabilis, zwischen drei und finf.” Our figs. 19 & 19a agree very well with his description, while they represent the maximum segmentation into lineally disposed elements observed in any specimen. We have already shown reason for regarding Born’s basal pre-hallux segment as the centrale (navicu- clare), whence it follows that in no known Anuran does the calear, as defined by us, ever consist of more than four true segments. This maximum number is reached in Bufo® (?), Hyla, Hylarana, Leptodactylus, Nototrema, and Rana—representatives, that is to say, of four distinct families. Incident upon the foregoing there arises the question as to whether the unsegmented condition of the pre-hallux is the more primitive one, or vice versd. If the latter be the case, traces of segmentation ought to be forthcoming in the larve of those forms possessed of the single piece. Born accords to Rana esculenta a maximum of three pieces. In old Tadpoles of R. temporaria, however, we have detected the presence of four distinct segments of hyaline cartilage: the terminal one of these early degenerates and becomes eventually fibrous, and not until then can that fusion of the parts which Born describes’® take place. The facts recorded by this author alone for Hyla and Bufo (Phryne) (6, pl. 1. figs. 2 & 3) are, in themselves, sufficient to show that the lineally segmented condition is most probably the primitive one. We are doubtful as to how far the one or two pieces, met with in 1 Born makes the assertion (6, p. 59) that it here bears originally two pha- langes: this we cannot confirm. 2 Born (6, p. 61). We have not observed it. 3 p. 56. We have not observed this, 150 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [Mar. 6, adults of certain species, may or may not arise by confluence or suppression of individual segments (cf. fig. 8); future research must decide this question. There remain two most important questions. 1, If the segmented condition be the more primitive, may not the whole pre-hallux repre- sent a shortened-up digit? and 2, May not this supposed sixth digit represent a lost ray of the ichtbyopterygium ? In Nannophrys, Phyllomedusa (fig. 19 a), Rhombophryne, and especially in some species of Hy/a, the pre-hallux has quite a digiti- form aspect, comparing, at first sight, very favourably with the reduced pollex of the fore limb, the homology of which with the other digits nobody disputes (cf. Plate VIII. figs. 15 a & 20). That the pre-hallux may, in a sense, resemble the pollex is clear from the preceding; but it must not be forgotten that this resem- blance is most marked in the specialized Tree-Frogs. Its segments’ are, in the embryo, more digitiform than in the adult ; and taking all facts into consideration, we incline to a belief in a preponderance of the resemblances over the differences between this structure and a normal digit. The second difficulty is not easily to be met. That the pre- haliux takes on certain of the essential relationships of a digit is beyond dispute. That it really represents one is another question. The tarsal of the pre-hallux is, in most cases, in definite articu- lation with the head of the naviculare (cf. Pelodytes, fig. 13). In many forms its second segment is the largest (ex. fig. 27); when this is the case, that may be disposed parallel with the metatarsals, in a manner strikingly suggestive of a serial homology (cf. Xenopus, fig. 3, and Pseudis, fig. 27). In Xenophrys, Hyla (figs. 17 and 19), and other genera, this supposed metatarsal sends forwards (back- wards in situ) a small retral lobe (*); in Ceratophrys (fig. 24) this attains a considerable development, and in individuals of this genus it may exceed in size the body of the segment from which it takes its origin. Meckel (29) and Cuvier (15) held, and Born (3), Kehrer (24), and others still hold the pre-hallux to bea sixth digit. Leydig (25), attacking it from a totally different standpoint, argues to the contrary. Gegenbaur at first took a similar view, holding (18) it to be a secondary structure peculiar to the Anura, and his words are echoed by Hofmann (21); subsequeutly however to the publication of Born’s paper, Gegenbaur accepted that author’s position, con- fessing to the same in his well-known text-book. Finally, Born asserts, in his latest paper (6, p. 61) ‘‘ Ubrigens bin ich jetzt geneigt in der starken Variabilitit der Gebilde der sechsten Zehe .. . nicht bloss mehr eine Eigenthiimlichkeit zu sehen, die derselbem als rudimentiérem Organ anhaftet, sondern ich sehe in der haufigen Verschmelzung ein Bestreben ein immer festeres Skelettstick als 1 Van Deen records (84) an instance in which, in Rana esculenta, these lay in a line with the hallux and supported the web. His specimen was, unfor- tunately, a monstrous one, with four hind legs. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 151 Unterlage fiir den Fersenhocker, der vielfach als Grab-Instrument benutzt wird, zu gewinnen.” We have already called attention (p. 150) to the development of a retral process from that which we regard as the hallux-meta- tarsal. In Ayla lichenata this is completely segmented off (* in woodcut, fig. A), forming one of a series of marginal elements, The pre-hallux of opposite sides in Hyla lichenata. Dorsal aspect. X 6. which skirt the outer face of the calcar and are, moreover, roughly symmetrical on opposite sides. Comparison of this figure with that of the more normal pre-hallux of H. cerulea (Plate VIII. fig. 19) renders it tolerably certain that these nodules are dismemberments of the main mass. It would be superfluous here to recapitulate the well-known specu- lations and discussions which turn on the supposed ancestral con- dition of the pentadactyle limb’; it is more pertinent to point out that the evidence against the supposition that all living Amphibia and Amniota have directly inherited a pentadactyle member, is, to no inconsiderable extent, based upon the discovery of fragmentary cartilages in no way indistinguishable from these now under con- sideration. Such fragments have been discovered flanking both pre- and postaxial borders of the one member or the other in even Man himself”; and in the fertile imaginations of Bardeleben, Kehrer (24), and others, we find them exalted to the dignity of lost rays. The last-named author writes (p. 14) “so hatten wir also bei der Beurtheilung des Hand- und Fuss-skeletes der Wirbelthiere kunf- tighin nicht mehr von einer pentadactylen, sondern von einer hepta- dactylen Urform auszugehen, und von diesem Gesichtspunkte aus 1 For details and résumé see Gegenbaur (19), and Wiedersheim (36), pp. 204-207 and 229-230; also “ Zur Urgesch. d. Gliedmassen d. Wirbelth,” ‘ Hum- boldt,’ vol. 5, 1886. 2 Bardeleben, ‘ Jenaische Zeitschr. fiir Naturwiss.’ Bd. 19, N.F. xii. Supplem.- Heft 3, 1886. Cf. Wiedersheim, ‘ Lehrbuch,’ p, 224, and ‘ Humboldt,’ cz7. 152 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, betrachtet, werden auch fiirderhin die ‘ tiberzihligen’ Finger und Zehen . . . . sondern als atavistische Bildungen angesehen werden diirfen.” Baur is, of all later writers, the one who has done most to combat this doctrine. He advances (1, p. 68 et seg.) equally good argu- ments for regarding these so-called supernumerary digits as purely secondary and adaptive structures, laying, at the same time, great stress upon their late appearance, especially in the case of the pre- hallux itself. The advocates of the opposite belief’ seek shelter under the stronghold of the Enaliosauria, but recent investigation at least suggests that the paddles of those beasts were specialized derivatives of pentadactyle predecessors °. We trust to have already shown satisfactorily that the naviculare can no longer be regarded as the hallux-tarsal, as Born supposes ; and that admitted, it follows that the pre-hallux conforms to the struc- tural requirements of a sixth digit. More than this cannot be said at present, and further speculation would be useless until the connecting link between the cheiropterygium and its piscine pre- decessor shall have been discovered. For this we look to the paleontologist. Setting aside further discussion as to the exact significance of the pre-hallux itself, we cannot refrain from regarding that fragmentary dismemberment of its outer free border, above represented, as an additional argument for the views of Leydig and Baur. If the con- verse one be justifiable, we should have ample ground for pleading the cause of an octodactyle “ Urform,” and this would be prima facie no advance at all. There is a growing tendency to attach too much importance to gristly fragments such as those now under consideration, and it is binding on those who may yet deal with these supposed vestiges (especially as manifested in the higher Vertebrata), that they shall determine at the outset, with greater accuracy than has hitherto been done, what precise relationships they bear to the soft parts. If not, the question bids fair to be reduced ere long to the condition of a reductio ad absurdum. Fore Foor. _ a, Metacarpals and Phalanges.—The pollex of the Anura under- ’ Parker writes (P. R. S. vol. 42 (1887), p. 57), “I have frequently noticed that aborted parts, like overshadowed plants, are late to appear, and soon wither, or are arrested in their growth.” * Baur, “‘ Bemerkungen iiber Sauropterygia und Ichthyopterygia,” Zool. Anzeiger, 1886, pp. 245-252; also “ Die Abstammung d. Amnioten Wirbelth.,” Biolog. Centralbl. Bd. 7 (1887), pp. 481-493. See also ‘On the Phylogenetic Arrangement of the Sauropsida,” ‘Journal of Morphology,’ Boston, vol. i. no. 1 (1887), pp. 93-104; the discovery by Gadow and Baur (herein recorded) of supernumerary phalanges in the manus of Halicore and Manatus is most welcome at this juncture. See also Baur, “ Ueber den Ursprung d. Extremi- taten der Ichthyopterygia,” Bericht u.d. xx. Versammlung des Oberrheinischen Geolog. Vereins, 1887. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 153 goes, as will be shown later, a by no means insignificant range of modification. In no case, however, is it ever segmented into more than three pieces exclusive of its carpal ; it thus never bears more than two phalanges. The other four digits bear each, in order of succession from within outwards, 2, 2, 3, 3 phalanges, certain Ranidee excepted (cf. footnote, p. 178). The inner border of the metacarpal of the second digit becomes, in the males of certain Anura, as is well known in the ease of the Common Frog, variously crested or tuberculated in connection with present we shall exclude such from consideration, dealing only with those feet in which the elements remain permanently distinct. All previous writers are agreed that in such forms five carpalia are represented. While we admit that such may be the case, we doubt, as the sequel will show, the homology of that element which our predecessors, not excluding Born (6). interpret as the carpal of the 5th digit. Carpale 2 (Trapéze of Dugés; Trapezoides of Ecker).—This element ((2) of our figures) is never more than insignificantly displaced. Examination of any ore drawing will show that it lies in a line with the head of the 2nd metacarpal (2!) ; and comparison of Alytes tadpole (fig. 9) shows this to be its primitive position. It is usually of fair size, becoming well ossified. In the Disco- glosside it undergoes a slight reduction (figs. 6 & 7), and this reaches its maximum, amounting to insignificance in the ¢ of Leptodactylus (fig. 25). Comparison of this carpus with the adult Discoglossus (fig. 6) and the larval Alytes (fig. 9) is sufficient to show that this partial atrophy is tono small extent associated with the specialization and enlargement of its metacarpal. We have found this element to be free in all but Brackycephalus, Pipa, and Rhombophryne. Carpalia 3 and 4.—In certain forms these two elements become confluent, constituting the nucleus of a large bone (3, 4 4, figs. 25, 26, 28), called by Ecker (17, p. 53) the “ capitato-hamatum.” In the Discoglosside, Pelobatide, and Aglossa, however, carpalia 3 and 4 are distinct. Considering the general affinities of these three families, and that there are combined among them all the lowest terms of structural detail met with in the whole Order, this point of agreement is the more welcome and suggestive. Examination of the figs. which we append will show that in the two first-named families there is a tendency towards an increase in size of the 4th carpal and consequent displacement of the 3rd one (cf. figs. 5, 7, and 18). The two, however, lie, in all, practically in a line with the 3rd and 4th metacarpals—absolutely so in the 154 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, Aglossa. The representatives of that family retain then, in this feature of their organization, a more primitive condition than do any other living Anura. Further comment is needless. Carpale 5.—All writers have, up to the present, regarded the large element marked & as the fifth carpal. In the Discoglossida, Pelobatide, and in Xenopus, this is large and distinct; and seeing that in the last-named genus the head of the 5th metacarpal (5', fig. 4) is especially excavated to receive it, the above-named determination would appear to be unassailable. In the two first-named families (Discoglosside and Pelobatide) this element has no connection with the metacarpal, for in them there runs, from the postaxial border of the 4th carpal to the epiphysial cartilage of the 5th metacarpal, a ligamentous band (* figs. 5, 7, and 15). This structure courses ventrally to the distal face of the sup- posed 5th carpal (4), excluding that from direct connection with the adjacent metacarpal. The absolute identity of this band with the ligament in the hind foot, admitted by all to represent the missing tarsalia 4 (? 5), is irrefutable; and, if argument from analogy is to be trusted, this structure may justly be looked upon as a 5th carpal. If so, the older determination falls to the ground, and the element / can no longer be regarded as distal. We are in a position to substantiate this, for the ligament in question carries, in Xenophrys, a well- defined nodule of hyaline cartilage which ossifies as age advances (5, fig. 16). This ligament is early differentiated, and comparison of the higher forms suggests that it represents something which, in them, has been lost. We trust thus to have shown that the 5th carpal is practically absent in the Anura as an order, but that a vestige of it exists in the adults of the Discoglosside and Pelobatide (in precisely those forms, that is, in which we might have expected to find it), becoming ossified and attaining its most full development, so far as is at present known, in the genus Xenophrys. ce. Carpale 1 and Pollex—The pollex is, in all known Anura, relatively small and unimportant. It attains its maximum length in certain American Tree-Frogs (cf. Cope, 14, and Boulenger, 7, pp. 338, 339), and among the Cystignathide (cf. p. 170); in other forms, again, it is very short. Born says of it in Bombinator (6, p. 62), ‘‘einmal fehlte sie ganz, ein andermal waren sogar zwei Phalangen vorhanden;”’ Gegenbaur omits it in his well-known figure of Bufo (18, pl. i. fig. 11), while Brocchi denies its existence in Hemiphractus (10, p. 16). We strongly doubt the assertion of the first-named author, and we can only attribute it to the fact that he relied exclusively upon microscopical sections. Small the pollex may be, but absent rarely, so far as our experience goes. In all but some few forms the body of the pollex is in articulation with a proximal cartilage, po i. (the “trapezium” of Ecker, 17, p. 53), of somewhat variable character. In its predominant shape, this element may be fitly compared with the bowl of a very thick spoon. 1888. | THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 155 In Pseudis tadpole and Hyla (figs. 26 & 20), less conspicuously in Bufo and others, it is elongated in the manner of a finger-joint. With the exception of Dugés, who first regarded it (16) as a meta- carpal, all investigators have looked upon it as the carpal of the pollex. Examination of its detailed relationships and consideration of its embryological condition (Alytes, fig. 9, po. i.) leave no room for doubting the accuracy of the latter determination. Assume what form it may, the pollex usually ossifies more early in the males than in the females. In the Ranide, for example, it remains in the females for a considerable time simple and unossified (woodcut, fig. B, p. 174). This precocious ossification in the male sex is clearly the result of its connection with the well- known “ thumb-pad,” for it supports that more or less extensively in different genera and species. In some forms there is a great tendency for it to enter into direct connection with the 2nd meta- carpal, either by simple apposition or by fusion with the warted crest of the same. In the male Discoglossus, however, the reverse is the case, for it there appears (fig. 6) to have undergone an increase in breadth directly proportionate to its diminution in length. Ex- amination of the living animal shows that this change is an ac- companiment of one undergone by the “ thumb-pad ; ” for that is, as it were, duplicated, its lesser representative being alone supported by the pollex. In the youngest individuals examined by us (e.g. Ranide and Alytes) the pollex had the form of one elongated unsegmented cartilage. It ossifies as a single element in all Ranide, Bufonide, and Discoglosside which we have manipulated. On the other hand, the like is true only of certain genera in the Cystignathide, Pelobatide, and Hylide. In all forms examined by us, not cited above, it had become more or less thoroughly segmented into two or three pieces (po. ii. to po.iv. of figs.). These, in some of the Tree-Frogs especially, take on the characters of a metacarpal twice as long as broad and two short phalanges. In them and certain other forms it undergoes an elongation at the same time; in yet others the reverse is the case. It must not, however, be imagined that a converse line of modifi- cation is here set up, for Leptodactylus (fig. 25), Pelodytes (fig. 11), Ceratophrys, and Callula all show that, while shortened up, it is still segmented into distinct joints; and these, moreover, subsequently undergo complete and independent ossification, When ossification sets in without previous segmentation, it does not spread from one or more definite centres, but it is diffuse and irregular. In the males of Rhombophryne (fig. 32) and Lymnodynastes (fig. 28) the pollex is quite calcaritorm. The characters of the rest of the member are, in both genera, such as to show, beyond doubt, that we have here to deal with extremely specialized forms. d. Ulnare (Pyramidale).—Wiedersheim has shown’ that in Rana «Anat. d, Frosches,’ Abth, ii. p. 79, 156 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, esculenta the arteria brachialis sends up a branch, which perfo- rates the carpus ventro-dorsally, for distribution to the integument and parts adjacent. In some forms (ex. Discoglossus, figs. 5, 6, f-1.) the bones of the proximal row become definitely notched at this point, enclosing that which we would term * a foramen intercarpi for passage of the artery. Born has demonstrated the same fact for certain Lacertilia (4, pp. 2-3); while Wiedershiem*, Baur (1, pl. i. fig. 4), and others have done so, less conspicuously, for the Urodela. Examination of the several descriptions and figures shows that the perforation invariably takes place between the postaxial (ulnare) and central (intermedium) elements of the proximal series. In certain Urodeles a confluence takes place between these skeletal units ; and when this is the case the ulnare and intermedium are invariably those which fuse, and in some of these cases the artery in question perforates the confluent mass. Taking this fact into consideration it is clear that the ulnare is the only element which, under all circumstances, can lie postaxially to the blood- vessel. Seeing, moreover, that the artery agrees in all investigated cases in every known detail of distribution, it is obvious that, in it, we have a convenient landmark by which to estimate the mor- phological value of the proximal carpals. This said, further argu- ments are unnecessary in order to show that the so called “ pyramidale” of Dugés and Ecker is the ulnare, as Gegenbaur showed and as all subsequent writers admit. e. Lunatum (l.)—The extraordinary position in which the fore foot of many living Anura is carried has resulted in a rotation of the parts of the same upon the coalesced radius and ulna, of such a nature that the distal extremity of the ulna comes to be directed towards the palmar surface of the fore foot itself. This rotation is most marked in Dactylethra, Hyla, Pelobates, Pseudis, and Rana ; and it is instructive to find that the tadpoles of these genera do not exhibit it. The distortion resulting from it is such, that we often found it impossible (ex. Pelobates, fig. 18) to obtain a comprehensive view of the carpus without first disarticulating the radius. The importance of this observation is by no means slight, for there can be little doubt but that we are to seek the clue to the remarkable delineations of some authors, to displacement of these parts, conse- quent upon their having flattened them out. From what we have said (supra) concerning the course of the arteria brachialis, it will be clear that the lunatum can only represent the radiale or the intermedium—one or both—of the less modified forms. Gegenbaur was unable to make up his mind (18, p. 13) as to whether this bone represents a confluence of these two elements or a persistent radiale—the intermedium having disappeared. He further suggested the possibility that the last-named may have been absorbed by the radius and ulna during coalescence. Born puts forward, in his latest communication (6, p. 62), the startling supposition that the lunatum is the intermedium. He bases 1 Uniformly with the f. éntertarsi of the hind foot (p. 144). ? Morph. Jahrb. vol. 2. (1876). 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 157 his deduction upon appearances presented to him in sections of two “vierbeinigen Alyteslarven.’ On p. 158 will be found a full state- ment of our reasons for refusing to accept the main observation upon which this view it based; consideration thereof will show that even if that be reliable, there are still insufficient grounds for assuming e vestigio that the lunatum is the intermedium. When, to the above, we add that all attempts to discover at any stage, in its proper place, a trace of a third proximal carpal element, have failed us, there is nothing left us but to record our belief that the lunatum represents the radiale alone, and that all traces of the intermedium have vanished from even the ontogenetic record (¢/. hind foot, p. 145). f. Postaxial Centrale (5th carpal of earlier observers.) (4).— We have discussed this element sufficiently under the head of “carpal 5” (p. 154) to render further details needless. It is present as a distinct element only in the lower families ; its great size and comparative uniformity are its most striking features. If the mor- phological value claimed by us (p. 154) for that new element which we interpret as the 5th carpal be accepted, this one, looked at from all possible standpoints, can only represent a centrale. We propose therefore to term it, in accordance with its position, the postaxial centrale, by way of distinction from the element next to be dealt with. g. Naviculare (‘ scaphoide ” of Dugés) (x.).—This element is by far the most troublesome in the whole carpus, if not in carpus and tarsus taken collectively. It may fuse with others in a manner to be described later, but in all the lower representatives of the Order it is permanently distinct. In position it is extremely variable, except for the faet that it is preaxial: in Leptodactylus (fig. 25) and Ceratophrys, for example, it lies in the proximal row and arti- culates directly upon the radius ; in the Discoglosside and Aglossa, on the other hand, it is invariably central, being disposed, in the former family, side by side with the postaxial centrale (figs. 4, 5, and 7), with which it seems to vie in size. Born states (6, p. 62) that in the two “ vierbeinigen Alyteslarven ” previously alluded to he found “inmitten des Carpus ein freies, wohl abgegrenztes Knorpelchen von halbmondtérmiger Gestalt ;” he regards this as the centrale, and adds “ bei zwei anderen Carpen war dasselbe mit carpale 5 verwachsen und bildete an demselben einen deutlich abgesetzten, zungenférmigen Fortsatz?’’ He relied, as we have before remarked, upon the section-cutter’s method alone, and con- sidering that he makes this ‘‘ wichtige Fund ” the basis of a revolu- tionary redetermination of the morphological value of certain leading constituents of the carpus (coming to regard the naviculare as a displaced radiale, and the lunatum as the intermedium), he ought, in justice to himself, to have given drawings of a complete series of sections, in place of the solitary and somewhat diagrammatic one proffered (pl. 1. fig. 5). Born’s figure shows that ossification of the metacarpals had set in, and, from the circumstances of the case, it is logical to expect that, if Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. XII. 12 158 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, his observation be reliable, this supposed centrale ought to be forth- coming in younger specimens as a distinct element. We have examined a large series of specimens, many of which were much younger than any which passed through Born’s hands, and they showed without exception that the position of his “centrale” was occupied by the preaxial third of that element regarded by us as the postaxial centrale (4, fig. 9). We can confidently assert that in no carpus under our hands does this show a trace of either segmentation into two, chondrification from two centres, or confluence of distinct elements '. In one specimen we have been able to detect a linear depression on the under surface of the cartilage, near the point at which Born’s dismemberment appears to have occurred” ; and we are strongly of opinion that this groove was present in his specimen, and that the section represented * by him passed through it. Indeed, his second assertion above cited seems, in itself, to confirm this belief. In the adults of certain forms the naviculare may lie, as already said, more or less completely in the proximal row, preaxially to the lunatum and in more or less definite articulation with the radius (cf. figs. 6, 18, 30). In others it may be as fully removed from the latter (fizys. 1, 5, 7). It therefore becomes a question of vital importance as to which of these two conditions is the more primi- tive. In examining a large series of larvee of the Edible Frog, measuring each about 20 mm. from snout to vent, we were not a little surprised to find that the naviculare varied greatly in the extent to which it thus embraces, as it were, the lunatum. In the adult it comes to lie in the proximal row, nearly meeting the radius (n, woodcut fig. B, p- 174). In a young Bufo of about 20 mm. it was already in direct apposition with this bone. In Pipa(Plate VII. fig. 1), Xenopus (Plate VII. fig. 4), and most Hylide (Plate VIII. fig. 20) it is strictly central; in one member of the last-named family however (Nototrema) it shows a tendency to become proximal in the adult. In the adult of Bombinator (Plate VII. fig. 7), and still more so in that of Discoglossus (fig. 6), it sends up a spur which approaches but does not nearly reach the radius. Appeal to development shows (figs. 5 & 9) that this spur is a late growth. The condition of the parts in the Pelobatide is deserving of special note. It will be seen that in those Anura in which the naviculare is most central in position the distal carpals are relatively small and reduced ; in Xenophrys (fig. 14) and Pelobates (fig. 18) these are, on the contrary, larger and more nearly uniform in size with the other elements of the carpus, so much so in the latter genus that the carpus has quite a Salamandrine aspect. Here too the naviculare is proximal * Ossification of this element invariably proceeds from one centre. * This becomes still more marked in certain forms in which our postaxial centrale is confluent with other elements (cf. p. 160). * There are other exceptional peculiarities about this carpus, for which we find no parallel in our own specimens. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 159 (not strictly so in Pelobates), and, at the first glance, we appear to be dealing with the least modified term in the series ; comparison of which with the opposite one (ex. fig. 7) would appear to show that the naviculare was primarily proximal, and that its central position has been assumed as the accompaniment of a reduction of the distal carpals. The problem is a very perplexing one. If we admit that the Pelobatoid fore foot is the more primitive, we are forced to the con- clusion that the naviculare belongs to the proximal series; if we hold the Discoglossid foot to be the more ancestral, we imply that the suppression of the carpalia is not a specialized feature’. In all those cases in which we have obtained sufficiently young larve, the naviculare is central to begin with and free of the radius, its ascending process being of secondary origin (cf. Discoglossus, larva and adult, figs. 5 & 6). We regard this as conclusive evidence that the navi- culare does not belong morphologically to the proximal series, and hold that the condition of the Pelobatoid limb is a modified one, its naviculare having become displaced, in all likelihood at a very early stage. Nor must the possibility be overlooked that, in those forms in which the naviculare is most completely in articulation with the radius, it may have been to a large degree displaced as the direct result of enlargement of the second metacarpal (Leptodactylus, fig. 25), or carried up with the enlarging pollex (Pelodytes, fig. 11) (cf. p. 171). These are our reasons for regarding the naviculare as a central element, and we propose to term it, in accordance with its position, the preawial centrale. The carpus of the Anura would appear, from the foregoing, to possess two enormous centralia. Duplication or triplication of the centrale is well known in many living Urodeles. Wiedersheim® and Baur (1) have paid most attention to this question, and the latter has adduced weighty arguments (1, pp. 68-69) in support of the view that such duplication is purely secondary. The existence of but a solitary centrale in the lowest representatives of the Class (Amblystoma, Baur, p. 40), the great variation in the characters and assumed relationships of the superadded one, the occasional absence of the same (Necturus, Cryptobranchus, and others, pp. 20-29), all point to the conclusion that in this duplication we have to deal with extreme specialization. Turning now to the Anura, we make bold to assert that the hind foot of these animals is, except for its great elongation and changes incident thereon, if anything, less consider- ably modified than the anterior member. What, we ask, could be more extraordinary than the position in which the living Xenopus carries its fore foot? and may not the appearance of the second centrale have been originally associated with some such speciali- zation? Taking all facts into consideration, we submit that, as an 1 Tt is interesting to observe here that, whereas in Alytes, Bombinator, and Discoglossus, the ossification of the naviculare precedes that of the carpalia, in Xenophrys ep. 4 is the first to ossify. 2 “ Ueber die Vermehrung des Os centrale im Carpus und Tarsus des Axolotls,” Morph. Jahrb. vol. vi. (1880) pp. 581-583. For other references see Baur. 12* 160 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON __ [Mar. 6, Order, the Anura would appear to be unique among all living animals in that they possess, without exception, a double centrale carpi. h. Compound structures resulting from the fusion of two or more Carpal elements.— Under this head we have designated certain large bones, met with only in the adults of the more specialized families and in some few isolated genera. There can be little doubt but that the great development of our postaxial centrale (4) is associated with the peculiar “ tread” of the fore foot of the Anura and with the remarkable distortion which the parts of this limb have undergone. In the compound structures now to be dealt with, this postaxial centrale forms as it were a central nucleus, towards which one or more adjacent elements become drawn and with which they amalgamate. The fact that the resulting compounds may occur independently in different families is sufficient to show that they are, for the most part, of nought but physiological significance. Capitatum.—We suggest this term’ for the simplest of the above- named structures. It occurs in Pelodytes (fig. 11) and Pseudophryne (fig. 22) (4 &), being formed, as shown, by the confluence of the postaxial centrale and the 4th carpal. Capitato-hamatum.—This term was applied by Ecker (see infra) to a large bone which, in the Edible Frog (3. 4. x, fig. B, woodcut, p- 174), carries the 3rd, 4th, and 5th digits. It is formed by the confluence of our capitatum with the third carpal. We have observed it in the Ranide, Dendrobatide, Engystomatide, Cystignathide, Bufonide, Hylide, and certain others; it is not present in either the Discoglosside, Pelobatide, or Aglossa. It often sends up, especially in old individuals, a process along the outer face of the ulna (ex. Leptodactylus, fig. 25) for muscular attachment. This lobe is absent in the tadpole, and, from its function, it need hardly be said that it has nothing to do with articulation upon the forearm 7. There sometimes runs along the under surface of this bone a longitudinal groove, which terminates posteriorly, in a line with the interspace between metacarpals 3 and 4. In old specimens this becomes converted into a tubular perforation, which will admit a bristle and transmits the ramus lateralis of the ulnar nerve *. On examination of the adult carpus, doubts might be reasonably entertained as to whether both third and fourth carpalia were incor- porated in this piece. Apart, however, from the fact that in the young animal their boundary lines are definable, there is a feature of some interest in its mode of attachment. In Hyla cerulea (fig. 20) and Nototrema there still remains that ligament which, in the simpler forms, passes between the 4th carpal and the head of the 5th metacarpal ; true to its relationships, it arises on a level with the head of metacarpal 4 (cf. Xenophrys, fig. 14), and it differs from ? Uniformly with Ecker’s capitato-hamatum (17, p. 53). * As might at first be imagined, from Wiedersheim’s fig. of{/Bufo (36, pl. 211. fig. 177), in which this feature is grossly exaggerated. 8 Cf. Ecker and Wiedersheim, ‘ Anat. d. Frosches,’ part ii. p. 40 and fig. 14. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 161 that of this genus only in that it holds the heads of metacp. 4 and 5 in apposition. In its mode of ossification the capitato-hamatum is variable; in the Frog it ossifies in a diffuse manner, similarly to the unsegmented pollex ; insome Cystignathide ossification proceeds from one definite centre. In Rhombophryne (fig. 32) a still further fusion had taken place in both fore feet of the solitary specimen which we examined. This consisted, as will be seen, of a coalescence of all the central and distal elements, the two proximal ones alone remaining free. It will be shown in the sequel (p. 172) that we have observed in Phryniscus an unexpected range of individual variation in the fusion of adjacent elements, and we acccrdingly refrain from proposing a distinctive mane for this bone in Rhombophryne, one individual only having been at our disposal. Postaviale-—We propose to institute this term for an anomalous compound observed only in Pipa (fig. 1, pk). Its ascending: pro- cess and all detailed relationships show that it can only be the product of a fusion between the postaxial centrale and the ulnare. With respect to this fusion Pipa stands alone among all known Anura whose feet we have examined’. The lunatum (?radiale) (/.) has undergone reduction consequent upon it, but we do not know sufficient of the habits of the animal to hazard a guess as to its functional significance. III. SPECIAL PART. A. AGLOSSA. a. Pippa. Examined :— Pipa americana: large ¢ ; feet of a second adult; a young specimen 19 mm. from mouth to vent. Fore Foot (Plate VII. figs. 1 & 2). The radius and ulna are flat with knife-like edges, and the dis- position of these bones is exceptional, in that, unlike what is seen in nearly all other Anura, the outer edge of the ulna is directed dorsally. As the result of this, the radius comes to lie in the plane of the ex- _ tended hand, while the ulna lies above it. The limb-skeleton of this genus was first described and figured by Breyer (9). Later C. Mayer, who confirmed Breyer’s observations, working (28, p. 533) with wet specimens, offered certain criticisms upon the observations of Meckel (29) and showed (p. 532), with perfect accuracy, that there are six elements in the carpus. The later researches of A. J. C. Mayer and others have added but little to his description. Carpalia 3 and 4 are perfectly distinct, and it is impossible to examine these and other elements without being struck 1 Born figures (6, pl. 1. fig. 5) a similar but incomplete fusion in the larva of Alytes. This we haye never observed, 162 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON ___[Mar. 6, with the absence of that definiteness of articulation between them, met with in nearly all other Anura. Pipa stands alone, as before stated (p. 161), with respect to the fusion of the postaxial carpal elements ; the resulting bone (pé) certainly includes the postaxial centrale and the ulnare, but we are unable to say whether our 5th carpale is or is not embodied. We incline to the belief that it is not. Comparison of the young and adult feet (fig. 2, 2) shows that this compound undergoes a shortening up during development. Its postaxial lobe (* of fig. 1) is of purely physiological significance and late in origin. Ventrally to the lunatum there is present a large lenticular bone (indicated by a dotted line in fig. 1). Baur has shown that, in the Urodele hind foot, an element of the tarsus’ may be thus visible only on one surface, and hence we have studied with care the rela- tionships of this element. It lies wholly out of the plane of the true carpal elements and is surrounded by tendinous tissue, while it is totalfy absent in the young specimen at our disposal. We regard this combination of characters as proof that it is a sesamoid. The element marked po. i. is somewhat interesting. In the adult it is lenticular, and in articulation with both the naviculare () and the head of the 2nd metacarpal (2'). It might therefore appear, from its relationships, to be the carpal of the second digit. In the young specimen, however, it is exceedingly small (fig. 2) and wholly destitute of connection with the metacarpal; on comparison with Xenopus (fig. 4), in which the carpal of the 2nd digit is distinct, it is clear that it can only represent the carpal of the pollex *, carpal 2 having, in all probability, become confluent with the naviculare. Examination of the young specimen (fig. 2) renders this doubtful, for the head of the 2nd metacarpal bears an enlargement, such as might conceivably have resulted from a confluence with its carpal. Upon this point we have been unable to obtain decisive evidence. Hind Foot. The most complete observations hitherto made upon the tarsus of this genus are those of Mayer (28). The hind foot is, like its fellow in front, very anomalous. The astragalus and calcaneus are widely separated and fused at their ends, leaving an elliptical hole in the middle; the compound thus arising is only twice as long as broad. The outer edges of the two bones—. ¢. the preaxial border of the astragalus and the postaxial one of the caleaneus—are ridged in such a manner that each bone is T-shaped in transverse section. The 4th and 5th metatarsals articulate directly upon the epiphy- sial end of the calcaneus, while the remaining three are as it were shut out from that of the astragalus by thin lamellz of bone. These lamellze are seen to be continuations of two out of three bones which lie on the ventral side of the tarso-metatarsal joint, and would appear 1 Centrale 2 of Necturus (1, p. 20). ? The adult limbs at our disposal were skinned before they reached us, hence we are unable to make any definite statements concerning the pollex itself. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 163 at first sight to be sesamoids (they were described as such by Mayer 28). The postaxial one lies altogether free of the tarsus, and it is beyond doubt, as Gegenbaur has asserted (18, p. 66), a sesamoid. The lamina of bone derivative of the middle one has all the relations of a reduced cuboideum of such an animal as the Frog; and we can only interpret the bone which gives origin to it as that structure, thrust out of position by the great development of the astralagus and calcaneus, probably as an accompaniment of the great elongation of the metatarsals. The third or preaxial bone of the above-named series is clearly the naviculare. Firstly, it gives insertion to the tendon of the add. longus digiti I. muscle, which feature we have shown (p. 148) to be characteristic of that element; secondly, it carries a diminutive calcar of two short but ossified segments. The young specimen examined shows no trace of distinct hallux- tarsal, nor have we been able to obtain any clue to its whereabouts. 6. DacTYLETHRIDZ. Examined :— Xenopus levis: three adults; young tadpole. Xenopus calcaratus: hind half of a late tadpole. Fore Foot (Plate VII. fig. 4). This carpus presents fewer anomalies than that of Pipa. The ulnare (p) is quite distinct and in no sort of fusion with the post- axial centrale (xt). Our fifth carpal is wanting, but those of the four remaining digits are large and distinct. The naviculare (x), is in its large size and in the possession of a preaxial spur, quite unlike that of Pipa. As in Pipa, the metacarpals are greatly elongated ; this genus is exceptional, however, in the great expansion of the head of the 4th one (4’) and the excavation of that of the 5th for the reception of a special peg of the postaxial centrale (4). The lenticular sesamoid (indicated in a dotted line) lies, in this genus, in the line of junction between the radius and ulna, instead of being preaxial as in Pipa. Hind Foot (Plate VII. fig. 3). The astragalus and calcaneus are much more normal than in Pipa, their extremities are very broad (fig. 3), and the distal epiphy- sial cartilage ossifies from three independent centres (see fig. 3). There overlies the head of the second metatarsal a small bone (1) which is wedged in between it and the centrale (naviculare x’) ; we regard this as the tarsal of the haliux, for reasons already given (p- 146) in dealing with the same condition in Bufo and the Tree- Frog. The bone marked ** we accordingly hold to represent the fused tarsalia of the 2nd and 3rd digits. The metatarsals are much elongated and the head of the third one (3') is exceptional for its great breadth; seeing that the tarsals are com- 164 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, planate with these and not displaced venirally, it follows that the hind foot is here, like its fellow in front, much more normal than that of Pipa. The calcar consists of three slender elements, the proximal one of which can only represent a tarsal. B. PHANEROGLOSSA. a. DiscoGLOssIDz. Examined :— Discoglossus pictus : adult 3 , a young specimen, and a tadpole. Alytes obstetricans : Pombinutortigueis: } large series of adults and tadpoles. Fore Foot (figs. 5, 6, 7, 9). Born’s latest communication upon the fore foot in Alytes (6) would be little short of revolutionary could his deductions be sub- stantiated. We have already fully discussed these (p. 157), giving our reasons for rejecting them in foto. ; The general plan of the carpus in these three genera is very simi- lar ; in all, the largest element of the series is our postaxial centrale (4), and it is in this that ossification first commences. Gegenbaur has already called attention to the fact that in Bombinator it is “ nicht gar schwer ’’ to see in the naviculare (x) the centrale of the Urodela; we have already given our reasons for regarding this element as a preaxial centrale (p. 159). Gegenbaur says that in Bombinator (18, p. 17) all the carpal elements are distinct ; we, however, interpret the 5th carpale of all our predecessors as a postaxial centrale (p. 157). Concerning the remaining carpalia we are at variance with Born; he figures an indi- vidual Alyées larva in which carpale 4 appears to have fused, while still cartilaginous, with ep. 5 (our postaxial centrale)—this we have never observed. He also states that in Bombinator a similar eon- fluence may occur between carpalia 2 and 3 while still cartilaginous ; and he remarks that these variations “ auf eine Neigung zum Ueber- gang in die fir Rana, Bufo u.s. f. characteristische Carpiisform schliessen lassen.” We have searched most carefully for traces of any such fusion, with negative results ; carpalia 1, 2, 3, and 4 being throughout distinct in all our specimens. These elements remain for a long time unossified in Adytes (fig. 9), they ossify in order 1, 4, 3,2; in the interval, however, between the ossification of our postaxial centrale and these carpalia, the naviculare, ulnare, and lunatum ossify in the order named. The following is the formula for the whole series :— kept. “PAP anor The carpal of the 5th digit is represented in all three genera by the ligamentous band previously described (p. 154); in Alytes this carries a tolerably large cartilaginous nodule, which we regard as the vestige of the 5th carpale of the Urodela. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 165 According to Born (6, p. 62) the rudimentary pollex may, in Bom- binator, either bear two phalanges or be wholly absent. In all our specimens we find that it bears two segments (po. ii. & iil.), irrespec- tive of its carpal (po.i.). In Discoglossus and Alytes there is but one segment other than the carpal present ; in the male Discoglossus this becomes fully ossified and expanded. During ossification of the leading elements in Discoglossus, a cen- tral deposit takes place in each (J. n. fig. 5); soon, however, a differ- entiation of the ossific centre into a superficial spongy annulus and a central denser core takes place (pf, fig. 5), leading up to the curious condition of the adult bones (fig. 6) already noted (p. 143). Hind Foot (figs. 8 & 10). Gegenbaur was in error in asserting (18, p. 60) that in Bombinator the separation between the astragalus and calcaneus is complete. In even the youngest larva examined by us these two elements had already become confluent, bearing a common expanded epiphysial cartilage. Born clairas for the same genus (6) a range of individual variations in the tarsalia far exceeding anything which we have observed. In all our specimens the tarsalia of digits 1, 2, & 3 are distinct, that of the third being invariably the largest. Tarsalia 4 & 5 are represented by a ligament, which in Alytes alone carries a nodule of hyaline cartilage (p. 145). The naviculare (centrale, n') is, in all, large, and so placed as to separate the hallux-tarsal (1) from the astragalus, the epiphysial end of which is excavated so receive it. This element is always the first to ossify, the calcar follows, tarsalia 1, 2, 3 remaining for a con- siderable time unossified. The calcar never consists of more than two segments, and is in all small. Born, in opposition to Leydig, regards the solitary piece present in Alytes (fig. 10, ph. i.) as the metatarsal (our tarsal) + the phalanx of the sixth toe. We have been unable to detect the pre- sence, at any stage, of a second segment ; we hold, therefore, that the element in question is really the hallux-tarsal. 6. PELOBATID. Examined :— Xenophrys monticola: 3 specimens measuring respectively 70, 40, and 26 mm. Pelodytes punctatus: 3 adults and a tadpole. Pelobates fuscus: an adult ¢ and one very young specimen. Fore Foot (figs. 11, 14, 15, 16, 18). That which most characterizes the carpus in this family is the relatively large size of the four carpalia (cf. p. 158). The 5th carpal is represented in a ligament, the detailed relationships of which have been already described (p. 154). This, as will be seen in fig. 15, becomes suddenly constricted at its point of insertion into 166 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, the head of the outermost metacarpal, especially in Xenophrys, in the adult of which it carries a distinct bony element (5, fig. 16), regarded by us as a 5th carpal (p. 154). It is worthy of remark that in its mode of ossification this element conforms in every detail to that observed for the other capalia. Born asserts that he found (6, p. 63) in a Pelobates larva a centrale carpi, identical with that figured by him in the young of Alytes ; and he expresses his doubts as to whether the same does or does not regularly fuse with the 5th carpal (our postaxial centrale, £) in the adults of both genera. It must suffice to point out that we have not here observed the presence of that cartilage which he calls the centrale, and the statements already made by us for Alytes (p. 158) apply equally to this genus, his preaxial centrale (naviculare, x) may or may not reach the radius in individuals of a species. In the Pelobates figured (fig. 18) it is represented as nearly touching that bone, but in the other carpus it did not extend more than halfway towards it. We have already stated (p. 159) our reasons for regarding this ascending lobe of the naviculare as purely secondary. Extremes of modification of the pollex are met with within the limits of this small family. In Pelobates and Xenophrys it consists, excluding its carpal (po. i.), of a small styliform structure which is quite unsegmented ; in Pelodytes, on the other hand, it is very large and swollen (fig. 11, po. 1.—iii.) and definitely segmented. In all three genera the rotation of the hand upon the fused radius and ulna is very marked; and in Pelodytes this reaches its maximum, having gone on through more than a right angle (fig. 11). Comparison with the other two genera suggests that the great development of the pollex may be in some way associated with this distortion; and we are inclined to ascribe to the same cause a distinct ossification of the distal extremity of the ulna here met with (* of fig. 11)*. In Pelodytes the carpus is exceptional among those of this family, owing to the fusion of the postaxial centrale and fourth carpal to form one bone, the capitatum (4. A, fig. 11). Hind Foot (figs. 12, 13, 17). It is interesting, in the light of the facts concerning the fore foot, to note that the extremes of modification undergone by the astragalus and calcaneus in the Anura are exemplified in this family. In Pelodytes (fig. 12) they are confluent for their whole lengths, much elongated and slender in the middle ; in Pelodates they are relatively shorter than in any Frog which has come under our notice. Xeno- phrys is, in respect to relative length, intermediate between the two. The caicar (pre-hallux) attains, as is well known, its maximum development in this family. Rosenhof first described and figured 1 This is not received by the ulnare, as might appear on examination of the figure ; it lies, in life, ventrally to the line of junction between that bone and the lunatum. It breaks away with great readiness, so much so that we originally imagined it to be a distinct element. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 167 its skeleton (32), and Gegenbaur, Born, and Bayer (2) have more recently redescribed it. Born states that in the larva of Pelobates it possesses two phalanges (6, p. 59)—that is to say, there was originally a second segment added to that which we regard as its metatarsal. While we have not seen this ourselves we are able to record the presence of such a phalanx in Pelodytes (ph. iii. fig. 13), attached at right angles to the metatarsal (p.A. i1.). In Xenophrys the pre-hallux is relatively small, consisting of a single piece (fig. 17, p.h) which ossifies late. The calcar of Pelobates is set on at right angles to the plane of the foot, and, in displacing it for examination side by side with adjacent parts, most observers have hitherto dislodged tarsalia 1 and 2 from their natural connexions. Born first described the hallux- tarsal in this animal (3, p. 446) ; and we have already shown (p. 148) that its relationships to the basal segments of the pre-hallux in Pelodytes necessitate a revival of the older view concerning the morphology of the naviculare. In Xenophrys the hallux-tarsal is very large and lozenge-shaped, being wedged in (fig. 17, 1) between the heads of the Ist and 2nd metatarsals. With respect to the remaining tarsalia we find, in this family, as with the carpalia, aninconstancy. While in Pelodytes and Pelobates tarsalia 2 and 3 are quite distinct, in Xenophrys (fig. 17, **) they unite to form the ‘ cuboideum ”’ so well known in the Common Frog. In young specimens this bone is in articulation with the outer half of the head of metatarsal 2, but in the adult it becomes shortened up in a manmer suggestive of Hyla (p. 146 & fig. 19). The ligamentous representative of the 4th and 5th tarsals is well marked in all three genera. We are unable to reconcile the deserip- tion and figures of this and the third tarsal given by Bayer (2), either with each other or with the feet at our disposal. c. HyLipa. Examined :— Hyla peronii; H. freycineti; H. lichenata; 2 H. ewingii ; 5 H. cerulea; H. albopunctata; 5 H. arborea, tadpoles. Nototrema marsupiatum. Phyllomedusa hypochondrialis: small specimen. Phyllomedusa dacnicolor : large specimen. Fore Foot (fig. 20). The characters of both fore and hind feet are very constant throughout this family. The rotation of the fore foot upon the fused radius and ulna is, in all, very marked. The naviculare is central in position in all but Phyllomedusa and Nototrema, in which two genera it sends up a radial spur which we have shown to be secondary (p. 159). The carpalia 3 and 4 have coalesced with the postaxial centrale to 168 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, form a capitato-hamatum as in the common Frog (3, 4, 4, fig. 20), upon which digits 3, 4, and 5articulate. This family is unique in respect to the retention, subsequent to the incorporation of the 4th carpal in this bone, of that ligament (* fig. 20) which, in the simple forms, represents the 5th carpal (¢f. p. 160). In Xenophrys (fig. 15) it will be seen that the fourth carpal is wedge-shaped postero-externally, extending over the inner half of the head of the fourth metacarpal ; it is from this point that the ligament in question arises in both Xeno- phrys and Hyla, and we hold this as proof conclusive that the 4th carpal is, in the latter, represented in the manner described. Carpalia 1 and 2 are both distinct, the carpal of the pollex being elongated and slightly constricted in the middle (po. i. fig. 20). The pollex itself varies in degree of development ; its topo- graphical value has been discussed by Cope and others (14, p. 200). Structurally it consists essentially of one piece (excluding its carpal) which may show traces of differentiation or constriction into two segments (po. ii., fig. 20). In the American Tree-Frogs with “ ex- ternal pollex”” (Hyla albopunctata) the parts differ only in being very broad. Hind Foot (figs. 19, 21). As previously pointed out (p. 146), examination of the adult tarsus (fig. 19) would lead to the supposition that the tarsal of the hallux is absent, and that the two bones which are nearest related to the heads of the metatarsalia 2 and 3 represent their tarsals alone. In fact Gegenbaur (18, pl. 6. fig. 9) was led into this belief. Com- parison of the larva shows that this is not the case, but that the outer of the two elements, when it first appears, has all the characters and relationships of the ‘‘ cuboideum”’ ? previously described in the Pelobatide. This bone is present in all the Hylide which we have examined, and it is characteristic of this and all the succeeding families. The astragalus and calcaneus are greatly elongated (cf. Hofmann, 21, pl. 14. fig. 10) in all, and their epiphysial cartilage is generally enlarged for special articulation of the 4th metatarsal (cf. fig. 19); as the result of this, these bones come to be inclined at a considerable angle to the metatarsals. The central portion of the epiphysis is ossified near the astragalar border (fig. 19) at the point of attachment of a powerful ligament, which is inserted at its outer end into the wall of the articular cap- sule and carries at its point of insertion a cartilaginous nodule. In old specimens this may become ossified, and we believe, for reasons previously given (p. 146), that it is an adaptive structure of no morphological importance, having nothing whatever to do with the missing 5th tarsal. There is no trace of it in the tadpole. The naviculare is present as a distinct element in all (m’, figs. 19, 19a), lying im a line with the pre-hallux tarsal (ph. i.). In Phyllomedusa it is unusually small, being barely larger than the tarsal of the hallux. L Of, p.146. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 169 The pre-hallux is present in all specimens examined by us ’, and it consists in them of four segments—a proximal larger one or tarsal (ph. i.), a smaller metatarsal, and two diminutive phalanges ®*. The retral process of the second or metatarsal segment (* of fig. 19) is absent in Phyllomedusa (fig. 19 a). In an old specimen of Hyla lichenata, on the other hand, it was completely segmented off on either side, forming (woodcut, fig. A, p. 151) the largest of a series of nodules which fringed the free border of the pre-hallux fold. We have already discussed the probable significance of these. d. BUFONIDE. Examined :— Bufo vulgaris. Bufo viridis : large specimen. Bufo calamita: 8 young. Bufo variegatus: young. 8 Pseudophryne bibronii. Fore Foot (fig. 22). The limb-skeleton of Bufo has been described by various authors ; it was first figured by Brandt and Ratzeburg (8), and subsequently by Mayer (27). Gegenbaur, Owen, Born, and Wiedersheim have in turn dealt with this skeleton, and upon some of their observations we have already commented. Pseudophryne (fig. 22) is exceptional among the members of this family in the characters of its carpus: in Bufo the naviculare (x) articulates directly with the radius, and lies in the proximal row, here it is comparatively small and central: in Bufo the 3rd and Ath carpalia and our postaxial centrale coalesce to form a capitato- hamatum, as in the Common Frog. In Pseudophryne there are three carpals lying to the inner side of the large capitatum (44), whence it follows that ep. 3 is distinct as in Pelodytes. The carpus of Pseudophryne approximates more nearly towards that of Pelodytes than any other genus yet examined; and considering that the Bufonide are, with respect to the confluence of their distal and postaxial central elements, a stage in advance of the Pelobatide, Pseudophryne is to them what Pelobates is to the latter. Hind Foot (fig. 23). We can confirm Born’s statements concerning the tarsalia in this family (3, p. 443) regarding the homology of the element marked (2, 3) with the tarsalia of the second and third digits, and we find that in old specimens this may become shortened-up in a manner suggestive of the Tree-Frogs. We have nothing to add to what we have already stated in confirmation of Gegenbaur’s observations con- cerning the ligamentous 4th tarsal (cf. p. 145). 1 Leydig states that he was unable to find its cartilages in H. arborea (25, p- 181). 2 Born has described and figured the details of ossification of these, subsequent to fusion, in a very old specimen of H. arborea (6, pl. 1. figs. 1 and 2). 170 PROF. G. B, HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON ___[ Mar. 6, Born records (6, p. 55) individual variations in the constitution of the pre-hallux ; we agree with him only so far as concerns the presence of three segments irrespective of our tarsal one (cf. p. 149). The terminal one of these is never recognizable in the adult (fig. 23), and we have failed to find it in Pseudophryne. e. CYSTIGNATHIDE. Examined :— 5 Limnodynastes tasmaniensis ; L. dorsalis. Leptodactylus pentadactylus: 140 mm. Leptodactylus albilabris: 23 mm. Ceratophrys ornata: 140 mm. Ceratophrys americana. Chiroleptes australis. Crinia varia. 3 Pseudis paradoxa, tadpoles. 2 Hylodes martinicensis. Telmatobius jelskit, tadpole. Paludicola bibronii. 4 Heleioporus albopunctatus. Fore Foot (figs. 25, 26, and 28). Gegenbaur (18) and Hofmann (21) have alluded casually to the limb-skeleton of one or two genera of this family ; but the most complete account yet published is that of Mayer (27). The skeleton of the fore foot resembles, in its general aspect, that of the Frog ; and in a family where three of the eight carpal elements are invariably fused together (capitato-hamatum, 3, 4 £) there is little room for modification of any morphological importance. The carpus of Limnodynastes (fig. 28) may be conveniently taken as a type of the whole family. The naviculare (n) lies well towards the radius, being prolonged forwards into a thin edge. The pollex carpal is free and little modified, carrying the pollex (po. .). This consists of a single element which is, in the male, shovel-shaped and beset by a horny investment, much inthe manner of the calcar in Pelobates or Heleioporus. The following are the more important departures from the above that we have observed in the genera recorded :— Pseudis (fig. 26).—The second digit is remarkable for its slender- ness, while it is closely related to the pollex, and, with it, opposable. This change is accompanied by a corresponding increase in calibre of the head of the 3rd metacarpal (3'). The carpal of the pollex is greatly elongated, in excess even of that which is seen in the Hylide. Ceratophrys.—The naviculare here lies in the proximal row, and offers a broad surface for articulation with the radius. The carpal of the pollex is stouter than that of the second digit, and it bears two short, but well-defined and fully ossified, segments *. Leptodactylus.—The naviculare is here in full articulation with 1 This is also the case in Paludicola. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 171 the radius (fig. 25). The pollex consists of two short segments, borne upon an equally insignificant carpal (po. i.—ill.), the whole standing out at a right angle to the long axis of the fore foot. In the male the head of the second metacarpal is, as Mayer has shown (27), immensely enlarged for support of the horny clasper (** fig. 25). It would appear, at first sight, that the displacement of the navi- culare might have been the direct outcome of this enlargement ; but if so, the reduction of the 2nd carpal to the condition of an abso- lutely insignificant nodule (2) becomes unintelligible, for it certainly would appear that that must have resulted from the same cause. We find, in the young specimen at our disposal, that this is really the case, for in the absence of the clasper the 2nd metacarpal is relatively larger. It is interesting to note further, that while, in this specimen, the naviculare does not quite reach the radius, the pollex is propor- tionately much stouter tian in the adult. On consideration of these facts we incline to the belief that the displacement of the naviculare was originally associated with the enlargement of the pollex, in a manner similar to what is seen in Pelodytes (fig. 11), and that with the reduction of the pollex its connection with the radius became lost, only to be resumed again on the great enlargement of the 2nd metacarpal. In the male of Limnodynastes the preaxial border of the second metacarpal bears an irregular bony crest, like that of the Common Frog. We find, however, that the pollex never here fuses with this, as it may do in the last-named genus. Hind Foot (figs. 24, 27, and 29). The typical condition of the Cystignathid hind foot is exemplitied in Cystignathus and Limnodynastes (fig. 29), and, as the figure shows, it is, in general, Frog-like—i.e. tarsalia 2 and 3 are fused to form a single cuboideum (°°). In Leptodactylus this splint is shortened up, so that the hallux-tarsal nearly equals it in size. In Ceratophrys the hallux-tarsal is absent, having either fused with the naviculare or disappeared, as believed by Born (3, p. 441) for Rana. The calcar is, like the pollex, subject to no inconsiderable variation, as might indeed be expected of a family whose members lead such diverse modes of life. In Ceratophrys (fig. 24), Cystignathus, and Limnodynastes (fig. 29), we have only been able to recognize two segments, the basal one of which represents the tarsal (pA. i.), while in Leptodactylus the full complement of four pieces is reached. Pseudis (fig. 27) bridges over the intervai between these two conditions, in that a small first phalanx is present (p.h. iii.). In this animal the middle or metatarsal segment greatly exceeds the basal one in length, and its proximal outer border is enlarged; in Limnodynastes this enlargement becomes more obvious, leading up to the condition seen in Ceratophrys ornata (fig. 24), where it assumes the form of a retral spur!. 1 This is very feeble in a smaller specimen of C. americana examined. 172 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [Mar. 6, In Cheiroleptes the proximal segment is by far the stronger ; while in Heleioporus the second one is robust and forcibly reminds one of the calcar in Pelobates. Jj. ENGYsTOMATIDZ. Examined :— Rhinoderma darwini. Phryniscus levis, varians, and cruciger, several. Brachycephalus ephippium. Callula picta ; C. baleata. Miecrohyla,? sp., 2. Rhombophryne testudo. Fore Foot (figs. 30, 32). The carpus in this family stands boldly out from that of all other Anura, with respect to the extraordinary tendency towards fusion of more or fewer of its elements with each other or the adjacent metacarpals. The naviculare shows a tendency to become proximal in all; in Phryniscus (fig. 30) its ascending spur is strongly marked, nearly meeting the radius’. This bone is implicated in the simplest fusion observed (Microhyla), becoming confluent with the lunatum. If our determinations of the morphological value of the carpal elements are sound, it follows that in this almost unparalleled feature we have the precise converse of the unique phenomenon encountered in Pipa (p. 162)—there, our postaxial centrale is in confluence with the proximal postaxial element ; here, the preaxial one enters into similar relationship with the proximal preaxial bone. Brachycephalus* stands alone, among all forms examined by us, in that carpale 2 early unites with its corresponding metacarpal. The above simple cases fade into insignificance beside that of Rhombophryne * (fig. 32). Here, all four carpalia and our two centralia have become welded into one great mass, interposed, as it were, between the lunatum and ulnare and the heads of the meta- carpals. The boundary lines of its originally distinct constituents may be, for the most part, followed. Remarkable indeed is the condition met with in Phryniscus, for here the variations are not even generically constant. In the two specimens of P. /evis examined, all the parts were free (fig. 30), while in P. varians carpale 2 had fused with the naviculare. In P. cruciger we found a unique state of affairs, carpals 1 & 2, metacarpals 1 & 2, and the naviculare all being firmly anchylosed together. It will be observed that here, as in Microhyla and less conspicuously in Brachycephalus, the whole tendency is towards imparting rigidity to the preaxial limb-border ; it is not surprising, therefore, to find the naviculare sending up a radial spur, and, in doing this, appearing to become proximal. * As already pointed out by Gegenbaur (18, p. 17). ? One specimen only examined. 1888.] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 173 Attention has already been called by one of us’ to the existence of unexpected specific and even individual variations in the larynx of certain Anura; and we anticipate that a similar range will sooner or later be demonstrated for those in the carpus of this family, if of none other. The pollex consists, in all specimens with which we have dealt, of one piece, irrespective of its carpal. In Phryniscus levis this structure recalls (po. ii. fig. 30), as does the ‘hand’ generally, the condition of the Common Frog. In Rhombophryne (fig. 32) it is broad and calcariform. Hind Foot (figs. 31 & 33). In this we meet with variations little less surprising than those of the fore foot. The astragalus and calcaneus are in Phry- niscus levis widely separated (a., c., fig. 31); in P. ecruciger and P. varians they lie close together as in the Tree-Frogs. The hallux-tarsal is variable in the extreme in its relationships. In Brachycephalus, Microhyla, and Rhombophryne (fig. 33') it is distinct and of fair size ; in Phryniscus, eruciger it had fused with the naviculare ; while in the solitary specimen of P. varians examined it was confluent with the os cuboideum (tarsalia 2 and 3). The calear consists, in its simplest condition (Brachycephalus, Microhyla, Phryniscus varians, Rhinoderma, Rhombophryne, fig. 33) of two elements. In Phkryniscus cruciger these had anchylosed, but in the young of P. levis figured (fig. 31) four distinct elements were discernible. It is worthy of remark that the anterior of the two ligaments which we record for the Hylide (p. 168, Plate VIII. fig. 19) re- appears here with its contained sesamoid cartilage. g. DENDROBATID. One specimen of Dendrobates tinctorius was examined, but its carpus and tarsus correspond so closely with those of the Frog that it is needless to describe them separately. h. Ranipaz. Examined :— Rappia marmorata. Nannophrys ceylonica. Rhacophorus maculatus ; R. eques. Ivalus leucorhinus. Cornufer vitianus. Megalivalus madagascariensis. Rana alticola; R. cyanophlyctis; R. arvalis. Rana esculenta; KR. temporaria: a large series of specimens at all stages. There is a marked constancy in the carpus and tarsus of this 2 P,Z.S. 1887, pp. 491-501. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. XIII. 13 174 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON _ [ Mar. 6, family, and with the exception of a broadening of the pollex in Cornufer and Rhacophorus, and an increase in size of the proximal end of the pre-hallux metatarsal segment in the first-named genus, 'we have met with no important departure from what is seen in the Common Frog. As this animal is so largely in demand for ordinary class use’, we append a somewhat detailed description of its limb- skeleton, in the light of our preceding observations. Fig. B. Rana temporaria, 2, 54 mm. in length. Left fore foot, dorsal view, x 12. The coalesced radius and ulna (7. w) are represented in the natural position.. For references see p. 182. Fore Foot (Rana temporaria). In the adult carpus of this animal, six bones may be recognized, all of which are in their original positions with the exception of the naviculare (x). This has, as already remarked (p. 158), undergone elongation and displacement radially. We were not a little sur- prised to find that there is considerable variation in the position of this element in young Frogs, whose carpus and tarsus were still unossified. In a large series of specimens examined, measuring at * The descriptions given in the students’ manuals (Huxley & Martin’s ‘Elem. Biology,’ Marshall’s ‘Frog, and Mivart’s ‘Common Frog’) are for the most part compilations, and we déem it unnecessary to criticise them in detail. « 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 175 most 18 to 20 mm. in length, it flanked from one-third to three- fourths of the preaxial border of the lunatum. In these, as in the adult (fig. 2), it is four-cornered as seen from the dorsal aspect; in old Frogs it becomes triangular and it may fuse with the lunatum, in the manner already described (p. 172) for Microhyla. The lunatum (/.) articulates proximally with the epiphysial border of the radius, preaxially with the naviculare by a concave or flattened surface, and postaxially with the proximal half of the inner border of the ulnare (pyramidale)—between it and the distal half of this bone the foramen intercarpi is enclosed (ef. p. 156). The ulnare (pyramidale) (p.) is in articulation proximally with the ulna and distally with the large capitato-hamatum (3, 4 4) of the distal row; the hinder half of its preaxial border is free, as above stated. The articulations of this element are of a loose order with the exception of that associated with the capitato-hamatum ; this bears antero-ventrally a projecting socket, which is excavated to receive a corresponding and prominent downgrowth of the ulnare. Looked at in situ, with the fore foot in the extended position, the lunatum is most dorsally extended, and the ulnare most ventrally so. Examination of the parts thus shows that, while the rotation of the fore foot upon the radius and ulna has affected the articulation between these bones and the proximal carpals as a series, it has also brought about a less conspicuous rotation of the proximal upon the distal carpal elements. Capitato-hamatum (3 4 k).—It is needless to recapitulate the grounds upon which we have come to regard this as a compound of the 3rd and 4th carpalia of previous workers with our postaxial centrale. Postaxially it sends up a lobe which embraces the free border of the ulnare, much in the manner of the secondary relation- ship assumed between the naviculare and lunatum. Proximo-inter- nally it articulates with the naviculare, lunatum, and ulnare, distally so with the metacarpals 3, 4, and 5, by special condyles. ‘This com- pound transmits ventrally, in the adult, the lateral ramus of the ulnar nerve; the foramen through which that passes is, in young animals, represented by an open groove (cf. p. 160). Carpal of 2nd digit—This element (*) varies considerably in shape, being sometimes rectangular, at others convex on all sides and approximately spherical. Carpal of the pollex (’).—This is more fully represented than might be imagined, on a knowledge of the great reduction of the pollex itself, It is strongly convex externally, and concave internally, for articulation upon the carpal of the second digit and the naviculare respectively. Pollex.—This is invariably in a vestigial condition, consisting in the adult (see woodcut, fig. B) of a single piece, excluding its carpal, with which it is in definite articulation by a facet. Applying arguments previously adduced (p. 149), we regard this structure as representative of the entire first digit, rather than of its metacarpal alone as is more generally and empirically asserted. Metacarpals.—In the male the metacarpal of the second digit 13* 176 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [| Mar. 6, becomes modified preaxially in connection with the thumb-pad. We have nothing to add to Leydig’s account of this feature (26). The heads of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th metacarpals are expanded and more or less considerably excavated, for articulation upon the carpalia and the capitato-hamatum. The head of the 5th metacarpal is, like its shaft, comparatively very slender, while it is so modified as to embrace the postero-external angle of the capitato-hamatum in the manner of a pincers apparatus. Hind Foot (Rana temporaria). The astragalus and calcaneus (a., c.) are much elongated, confluent at their extremities, concave internally, and either circular or elliptical in section. Their internal borders bound the limits of origin of the adductor longus digiti primi muscle, the tendon of which (m.a./.) Fig. C. y 2 3’ 4 Rana temporaria, 2, 54 mm. in length. Left hind foot, dorsal view, x 12. m.a.l. tendon of the adductor longus digiti primi muscle. Other references as at p. 182. is inserted into the naviculare (n'). With the full development of this there arises from the epiphysial cartilage of the astragalus a prominence which overlies the tendon’, and which ossifies with age ; in old individuals there passes between it and the calcaneus an annular ligament. Larsalia 4 and 5.—Represented in ligament, which is not recog- nizable in adult specimens. Tarsalia 2 and 3.—Invariably united to form the splint-like * Cf. Ecker (17, p. 128, and fig. 91). 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 177 *cuboideum”’ (2, 3). This compound is interposed between the astragalus and the heads of metatarsals 2 and 3. Naviculare (centrale), n', and hallux-tarsal_—The former artieu- lates obliquely upon the epiphysial cartilage of the astragalus; its outer face bears two convexities of nearly equal size, which are separated by a shallow groove. The ventral convexity furnishes the main articulation for the pre-hallux (see woodcut, fig. C). The hallux-tarsal (J) is generally, though not invariably, present ; when recognizable as a distinct element it assumes the form of a small nodule of cartilage, lying buried up in a confused mass of ligamentous tissue, in the interspace between the postaxial hinder border of the naviculare, the head of the hallux-metatarsal, and the os cuboideum (cf. p. 147). In the Bull Frog (2. pipiens) this cartilage ossifies, but we have never observed that to be the case in R., temporaria. Pre-hallux (calear).—Born admits the existence of from 2 to 4 pieces in this structure (cf. p. 149), while he records (5, p. 233) the presence of three* such in &. arvalis, in contradistinction to Leydig. In young Frogs of 20 millim. in length we find four distinct segments of hyaline cartilage. The first or tarsal segment (ph. i.) articulates with the naviculare ; the second or metatarsal one is the largest, and bears a small retral process; of the third and fourth or phalangeal segments, the latter undergoes degradation and is represented only in ligament in the adult. The three persistent seg- ments ultimately undergo ossification and usually remain distinct. IV. Concuusions. Fore Foot. 1. That the pyramidale represents the uluare, and that there is insufficient evidence upon which to base a final determination of the morphological value of the lunatum. 2. That the naviculare is a preaxial centrale, and that its connection with the radius is always secondary. 3. That a vestigial 5th carpal is present in the adults of the Discoglosside and Pelobatide. 4. That that element hitherto regarded as the 5th carpal is a post- axial centrale, and that the living Anura are unique, as an Order, in the invariable possession of two large centralia carpi. Hind Foot. 5. That no traces of a third proximal tarsal element are forthcoming at any stage in development; and that the morphological value of the astragalus and calcaneus has yet to be settled. 6. That while the tarsalia of the 4th and 5th digits are often represented in ligament, skeletal vestiges of the fourth one are forth- coming in the Discoglosside. 1 Four actually ; but it will be remembered that he regards our centrale (naviculare) as the pre-hallus tarsal. 178 PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RTDEWOOD ON ___[Mar. 6, 7. That the naviculare is a centrale and not the basal segment of the pre-hallux. 8. That the pre-hallux never consists of more than four pieces, and that it conforms to the structural requirements of a sixth digit. 0. That the outer free border of the pre-hallux may undergo a process of fragmentation, gising rise to insignificant nodules of cartilage indistinguishable from those for which, in certain other Vertebrata, the value of lost rays has been claimed; and that the grounds upon which this claim is based are unsatisfactory. 10. That there is a tendency towards loss of independence of the hallux-tarsal in the Discoglosside, Pelobatide, and some Ranide, that element in them remaining cartilaginous and small, or fusing with one of the adjacent elements. 11. That Pipa is alone exceptional among living forms, in that the third digit exceeds the fourth one in length. Perusal of the body of this paper will show that in all the higher families of Anura there is a general tendency towards confluence of three or more of the carpal elements, but consideration of the fact that such modifications by fusion may not be even generically constant, shakes our faith in them as guides to affinity. The fact which stands out most conspicuously is that the least modified conditions of both fore and hind feet are most nearly combined in the Discoglosside. Wochstetter has recently shown (20) that in Bombinator the posterior cardinal veins are retained for life, in a slightly modified form, and his observation has been supplemented by one of us and extended (22) to Alytes and Discoglossus. Adding these facts to those so well known concerning the vertebral and other characters of this family, there can no longer be any doubt that its members are, by far, the least modified of all living Anura. The digital formula of the Anura is ':— Fore. Hind. Diy Oy OD, By Be Phy 2502505 4608 The only other Amphibia of which we have any knowledge whose phalanges approach this in order of arrangement are the Stegocephalia of the Permian. We unfortunately know nothing of their carpus and tarsus. Baur has lately tabulated (1, p. 64) the digital formulze of all known Urodela, and perusal of his tables will show how completely all the members of that order are, in this respect, modified as compared with the Anura. Thus it is seen that while the limb- skeleton of the Frogs and Toads is specialized in the extreme for physiological purposes, there.is retained in it a leading morphological feature which carries us back to some of the oldest known represen- tatives of the class Amphibia ; and we must look to the Stegocephalia themselves or to some closely allied forms for the ancestors of these familiar creatures. 1 During the passage of these pages through the press, Mr. Boulenger has called attention (see below pp. 204-206) to the fact that in certain Ranide a supernumerary phalanx is intercalated between the penultimate and terminal ones of each digit in both fore and hind feet. The formula of these animals is thus: 8, 38, 4,4. 3,3, 4,5, 4 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 179 Walterstorff has recently published (37, 38) an exhaustive account of certain fossil frogs, and of the Paleeobatrachide in particular. He claims to have discovered a series of connecting-links between the Arcifera (Pelobatide) and the Aglossa. He has pointed to the equality in length of the 3rd and 4th digits of the hind limb in certain of his specimens, and his deductions receive additional support from the fact that in some of those the third digit appears to have even exceeded the fourth in length, as we have shown to be the case in the living Pipa. VY. List or AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO. 1, Baur, G.—Beitrage zur Morphogenie des Carpus und Tarsus der Vertebraten. 1 Theil. Batrachia. Jena (1888). . Bayer, F.—Ueber das Skelett der Pelobatiden. Abhandl. d. kéngl. bohmischen Gesellschaft, vol. xii. (1883-84), pps 24, German abstract. 3. Born, G.—Die sechste Zehe der Anuren. Morph. Jahrb. vol. i. (1875) pp. 435-452. 4. Born, G.—Zum Carpus und Tarsus der Saurier. Ibid. vol. ii. (1876) pp. 1-26. 5. Born, G.—Ueber des Skelett des Tarsenhéckers v. Rana Jusca und R. arvalis. Stzb. der naturwiss. Sect. der schle- sischen Gesellsch. fiir vaterlind. Kultur (1879) pp. 232-234. §. Born, G.—Nachtrage zu “Carpus und Tarsus.” Morph. Jahrb. vol. vi. (1880) pp. 49-78. F 7. Boutencer, G. A.—Catalogue of Batrachia Salientia. British Museum (1882). 8. Branpr & RarzesurG.—Medizinische Zoologie, vol. i. Berlin (1829). 9. Breyrer, F. G.—Observationes Anat. circa fabricam Ranz pipe. Berol (1811). 10. Broccar, M.—Recherches sur lostéologie d’un Batracien Anoure provenant du Brésil (Hemiphractus). Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 6 (1877), art. 7. 11. Britax, C. B.—Zootomie aller Thierklassen. Atlas, pl. 30. Wien (1876). 12. Corr, E. D.—Sketch of the primary groups of Batrachia Salientia. Nat. Hist. Review, vol. v. (1865) pp. 97-120. 13. Corr, E. D.—On the Structure and Distribution of the Arci- ferous Anura. Journ. Acad. of Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. vi. (1866) pp. 67-112. 14. Corr, E. D.—On the families of the Raniform Anura. Ibid. vol. vi. (1867) pp. 189-206. 15. Cuvier, G.—Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles. 4™° édit. Tome x. Paris (1836), pp. 302-309. Atlas, pl. 24. 16. Ducks, A.—Recherches sur |’ostéologie et la myologie des Batraciens a leurs différens ages. Paris (1834). . Ecxrer, A.—Die Anatomie des Frosches. Partl. Brunswick (1864). tS 180 18. 19. PROF. G. B. HOWES AND W. RIDEWOOD ON [ Mar. 6, Grecensaur, C.—Untersuchungen zur vergleichd. Anatomie der Wirbelthiere. Erstes Heft. Carpus und Tarsus. Leipzig (1864). GrcENnBAUvR, C.—Critical remarks on Polydactility as Atavism (Translation). Journ. Anat. and Phys. vol. xvi. (1882) pp- 615-622. . Hocastetrer.—Beitr. z. vergleichd. Anat. und Entwick- lungsgesch. des Venensystems bei Amphibia und Fische. Morph. Jahrb. vol. xiii. (1887) pp. 117-172. . Hormann, C.K.—Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier- Reichs. Bd. vi. Amphibien. (1873-78.) . Howes, G. B.—Note on the Azygos Veius in the Anurous Amphibia. P. Z.S. (1888) pp. 122-126. . Huxrey, T. H.—Article “ Amphibia,’ Encyclopedia Britan- nica (9th edit.), pp. 750-771. Kenrer, G.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Carpus und en Bericht d. naturforsch. Gesellschaft zu Freiburg, Bd. Heft 4 (1886). . Leypic, F.—Ueber d. Bau des Zehnen bei Batrachiern u. d. Bedeutung des Fersenhéckers. Morph. Jahrb. vol. ii. (1876) pp- 165-196. . Leypic, F.—Die Anuren Batrachier der deutsch. Fauna. Bonn (1877). . Mayer, A. J. C.—Annalecten f. vergleichd. Anatomie. Bonn (1835). Mayer, C.—Beitriige z. einer anatomisch. Monogr. d. Rana pipa. Verhandl. d. ‘Rais. Leop.-Carol. Akad. d. Naturforsch. Bonn, Bd. xii. Heft 2 (1825), pp. 527-553. . Mecxet, J. F.—System der vergleichend. Anatomie. Ii. Theil, I. Abth., Halle (1824), pp. 459-460, 487-490. ‘ Mrvarr, Sr. Gro. —On the Classification of the Anurous Batrachians. P. Z. S. (1869) pp. 280-295. . Owen, R.—Anat. of Vertebrates, vol. i. (1866). . Rosenuor, A. J. Rorsen von.—Historia Naturalis Ranarum nostratium. Niirmberg (1758). . Scnutrz, A. W. F.—De sceleto Bufonis palmarum. Berol (1832). . Van Deen.—Anat. Beschreibung einer monstrésen sechs- fiissigen Wasser-Frosches (R. esculenta). Leiden (1838). . Wernuanp, D. F.—Ueber den Beutelfrosch (Notodelphys). Miiller’s Archiv (1854), pp. 449-477. . WiepersHem, R.—Lehrbuch d. vergleichd. Anatomie d. Wirbelth. Zweite Auflage. Jena (1886), pp. 204-212. . Watterstorrr, W.—Ueber fossile Frdsche insb. d. Genus Paleobatrachus. Part 1. Jahrb. d. naturwissensch. Vereins zu Magdeburg (1885), pp. 1-81. . Watterstorrr, W.—lIbid. Part 2. Jahrb. (1886) pp. 83-159. 1888. ] THE CARPUS AND TARSUS OF THE ANURA. 181 VI. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Tn order to facilitate comparison, all the figures are drawn in the same re- lative position. Each represents the dorsal surface of the left member. Unless otherwise stated, all the preparations are represented as transparent objects. In drawing them, we have stippled ossified parts and left the cartil- lages clear ; the effect thus obtained is more natural than that expressed in the more orthodox custom of stippling the latter. Ligaments are indicated in black. Prats VII. Fig. 1. Pipa americana, adult §. Left fore foot, from above. Drawn as an opaque object. xX 23. 2. Pipa americana, very young specimen. Left fore foot. Ossification has not yet begun. X 30. 3. Xenopus levis, adult 9. Left hind foot. x 4. 4. Xenopus levis, adult 9. Left fore foot. Elements slightly disarticu- lated. x 5. 5. Discoglossus pictus, young specimen. Left fore foot. x 10. 6. Discoglossus pictus, adult ¢,42 mm. in length. Left fore foot. All the elements are completely ossified. The white areas represent compact bone, the dark ones spongy bone. X 4. 7. Bombinator igneus, adult 9, 37 mm. in length. Left fore foot. X 7. 8. Bombinator igneus, adult 9, 26 mm, in length. Left hind foot. x Tam indebted to Prof. Vejdovsky for a German translation of a part of his memoir upon AL, variegatwr, which is in Bohemian. 216 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON A [ Mar. 20, is colourless asin all the other species except 42. ehrenbergii, where, according to Lankester’, it is of a pinkish colour. There are a large number of pairs of nephridia present, while in Ai. variegatum there are only three pairs, occupying segments 4-6, They are very readily visible, and the terminal aperture into the ccelom is extremely obvious, lying midway between two successive seta-bundles. The colomic aperture can hardly be termed a “funnel,” as it is only just perceptibly wider than the rest of the tube. The external orifice of the nephridium is placed close to the median ventral line. Although the segmentation of Molosoma does not affect the ccelom, there being no mesenteries present, it is clear that the position of the nephridia is such that, were mesenteries to make their appearance, each nephridium would be entirely contained in a single segment ; the external orifice is in fact in advance of the ccelo- mic aperture (fig. |). This is of some little importance, inasmuch as in Ctenodrilus *, undoubtedly a near ally of Holosoma, the single pair of nephridia are entirely contained within the first segment of the body. Again, in Polygordius*® the funnels of the nephridia, although they come into close contact with the septum which divides the segment containing the nephridium from the one in front, do not actuaily perforate it. Polygordius is certainly a very primitive Annelid; and since the same conditions obtain in the Capitellidze and other Chetopods, there are some reasons for believing that the restriction of a nephridium to a single segment is primitive. On the other hand, it is almost universally the case among the Oligochzeta that the funnel lies in the segment in front of that which bears the external aperture of the nephridium. Again, the nephridia of Molosoma are, as has been pointed out by Vejdoy- sky, attached to the parietes by simple unicellular muscle-fibres. This is perhaps to be looked upon as a primitive arrangement, since the embryonic nephridium of Allolobophora is, according to Lehmann, attached in a similar fashion*. The characters of the funnel are important ; so far as I can ascertain from a single fortu- nate section (fig. 4) it is composed of only two cells; there are at any rate only two nuclei present, and one of these is rather in advance of the other. It is a fact which favours some views which I have put forward elsewhere’, as to the origin of the Annelid from the Platyhelminth excretory system, that in this primitive segmented worm the nephridial funnel should be, at most, two-celled. As to the structure of the nephridia, they consist, as in all Oligocheta, of ** drain-pipe cells.” The difference in the number of the nephridia between the indi- viduals which I have examined and those which Vejdovsky has 1 Linn. Trans. vol. xxvi. 1869. * The most recent paper known to me on this worm is by Dr. Scharff. Q. J. M.S. vol. xxvii. n.s. * Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, xiv. Monograph of Polygordius, by L. J. Fraipont. * Jen. Zeitschr. 1888, pl. xx. fig. 7. > Q. J. Mier. Sci. 1888, pt. i. ~ 1888. ] WORM OF THE GENUS ZOLOSOMA. 217 termed Ai. variegatum leads me to believe that the individuals from the Society’s Gardens belong to a distinct species; the fact also that the first nephridium is situated in the first setigerous segment, distinguishes my species from 4. variegatum. I may fairly lay stress upon this point of difference, as it furnishes a useful character in distinguishing the remaining species of the genus. Leydig’s observations upon 4%. niveum support Vejdovsky’s belief that this species may be identical with his 47. variegatum, as in both there are no nephridia in the cesophageal region. The accompanying drawing (Plate XII. fig. 2) shows all the remain- ing points in the structure of o/osoma to which I wish to direct attention. The cavity of the prostomium is traversed by numerous unicellular muscular fibres, which, when seen on a dorsal or ventral view of the animal, have the appearance of being frayed out at their point of insertion on to the body-wall, forming a star-like figure My Besides these, the head-cavity is partly occupied by a network formed by the anastomosis of similar fibres, as in Dinophilus”, &e. ; elsewhere the ccelom is only traversed by the unicellular fibres. Beneath the epidermis there is a single row of circular muscular fibres, which is continued over the pharynx. Beneath the circular fibres is a single row of longitudinal fibres of a somewhat greater thickness than the last; these do not appear to be continued over the pharynx. The nerve-ganglion is half cellular and half fibrous (fig. 2, ); it appears to be wholly cellular in other species. The number and disposition of the nephridia appear to me sufficient to distinguish this species, which I have great pleasure in asso- ciating with the name of my friend Mr. F. W. Headley, Assistant Master at Haileybury College. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Fig. 1. Holosoma headleyi, highly magnified, from the ventral aspect. 2. Longitudinal section through prostomium and first segments. 3. Section through seta-sac. 4. Section to show nephridial funnel. 5, 6. Transverse and longitudinal sections through intestine. 7. Ciliated cells from intestine, highly magnified, to show striate free border. 8. Granular masses, colourless or yellow, contained in epidermis cells of prostomium. Reference Letters. bl. Blood-space. v.v. Ventral blood-vessel. . Nerve-ganglion. m. Longi- tudinal muscular fibres. 7m’. Transverse muscular fibres. ep. Epidermis. ep. Nephridia. 0. External orifice of nephridia. f. Funnel of nephridia, c. In- traccelomic muscular bands. ss. Sete. ss’. Seta-sac. sm. Band of imuscles uniting two seta-bundles. pf. Pharynx. 1 Of. Vejdovsky, SB. bohm. Gesells. &e. fig. 3. 2 Weldon, Q. J. Mier. Sci. 1886. 218 ON A NEW GENERIC FORM OF FRINGILLIDE. [ Mar. 20, 4. On Chloridops, a new Generic Form of Fringillide from the Island of Hawai. By Scort Barcnarp WItson. (Communicated by Atrrep Nrewron, V.-P.) [Received March 19, 1888. ] CHvoripops', gen. nov. Bill short and very thick, with eulmen and gonys much arched ; maxilla and mandible nearly equal in height, tomia of the former doubly sinuated and overhanging those = the latter, which are in- flected. Nostrils basal, supernal, nearly covered by the frontal feathers, and beset with a few hairs. Wings moderate, first primary wanting, fourth slightly longer than third and fifth, which again exceed the second and sixth. Tail short, slightly forked, rectrices acuminate. Feet moderate. CHLORIDOPS KONA, sp. n. (< not procured.) ©. Bill duli flesh-colour ; lores dusky black. General colour above bright olive-green, passing into golden-green on the throat and belly ; across the breast a band of olive-green ; abdomen whitish ; quill-feathers dusky black, edged outwardly with olive- -green. Total length 5°75 inches, wing from carpal joint 3°25; tail2; bill —from gape > tip °8, height ico chin to forehead *73; rials width at base °52; mendiaiel width at base °59. I obtained Mie bird, the only one which I have shot, 21st June, 1887, at an elevation of 5000 feet in the district of Kona on the west coast of Hawaii, in a great tract of forest, consisting princi- pally of Koa-trees (Acacia koa) ; but there were also the Mamané (Sophora chrysophylla), the Alii (Dodonea viscosa), the Sandalwood (Santalum album), and the Bastard Sandalwood (Myoporum santali- num). I think that as Lowxioides bailleui feeds only, so far as I know, on the seeds of the Sophora, it is most probable that this big Finch feeds on them also. During my stay of four weeks I only saw three of these birds. The specimen shot was on a tall Myopo- rum. The species must be extremely rare, as I have since been collecting at almost similar elevations, where there are the same . Species of trees, but I cannot obtain there either of these Finches, neither do the natives know them, whence I conclude they are peculiar to the Kona district, as also is Corvus hawaitiensis. The general appearance of this bird is that of an exaggerated Greenfinch (Fringilla chloris, Linn.). ' Chloridis faciem habens. PZ.8. le8é-Fiae / < “ "5 “ \ bes 5 eat ah / Bviv wen trem cor co W. Purkiss lith. Hanhart imp. HEDEROGE RASP ROME FIdt. 1888. ] ON LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA FROM FIJI. 219 April 17, 1888. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1888 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of March was 34, of which 14 were by presentation, 4 by birth, 9 by purchase, 5 were received in exchange, and 2 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 99. ; Mr. Charles Stewart exhibited a preparation showing the structure and development of the brood-pouch of Nototérema marsupiatum. Mr. Boulenger exhibited the type specimen of a new species of marsupial Tree-Frog, Nototrema jissipes, Blgr., recently discovered by Mr. G. A. Ramage at Iguarasse, Pernambuco. ‘This species agreed with V. oviferum, Weinl., in the dermo-ossification of the skull, but differed from all other species in the nearly free toes. The greatest interest attached to this specimen was its habitat, all previously known marsupial Frogs (Nototrema and Amphignathodon) being inhabitants of the Andes, from Central America to Peru. A communication was read from Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, con- taining some remarks on Atavism, with reference to a paper on the same subject read by Mr. J. Bland Sutton at a previous meeting of the Society. The following papers were read :— 1. List of the Lepidoptera Heterocera collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford at Suva, Viti Levu, Fiji Islands, with the Descriptions of some new Species. By Hursertr Drvce, F.LS., F.Z.S., &e. [Received April 17, 1888. ] (Plate XIII.) Examples of all the species enumerated in the following list were taken by Mr. Woodford during the months of February, March, and April 1886. This small collection is especially interesting on account of the exact localities being carefully noted, as well as for the new species it contains. Ninety-four species are represented, eight of which I have described as new. The specimens are all in my own collection. 220 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 17, Fam. SpHINGIDZ. 1. Hemaris CYNNIRIS. Hemaris cynniris, Guérin, [conographie, p. 495. Also in my collection from New Caledonia. 2. MacroGLossa, sp. One specimen, in poor condition, not quite the same as any known to me; but without more material I think it better not to name it. 3. CH#ROCAMPA CELERIO. Cherocampa celerio, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 800. All the specimens have the silver streaks very heavily marked. 4. CH#ROCAMPA EROTUS. Cherocampa erotus, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 12, ¢. 104. f. B. Gonathothlibus erotoides, Wallgr. Wien. ent. Monat. iv. p. 43. Deilephila eras, Boisd. Voy. de l Astrolabe, Ent. p. 185; Feist- hamel, Voy de la Favorite, Supp. vol. v. p. 19, t. 5. f. 2. Charocampa andamanensis, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p- 242; Waterhouse, Aid, t. 141. f. 1. Mr. Woodford has brought a fine series of this species from Suva, which shows that all the forms that have been described as distinct species are in reality one. ‘The specimens in my own collection are from the following localities :—North Australia; Loyalty Islands; Suva, Viti Levu; New Hebrides; Timor; and Andaman Islands. I do not see any characters whereby to separate them : the largest specimen is that from the New Hebrides with the widest dark margin to the secondaries ; but every intermediate form to those from North Aus- tralia with the very narrow border to the secondaries is represerted : the colour of primaries varies very much, a specimen taken by Mr. Woodford is almost green. 5. PROTOPARCE CONVOLVULI, Var. DISTANS. Protoparce convolvuli, var. distans, But]. Lep. New Zealand in Voy. ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ p. 30, t. 9. f. 11. Also in my collection from New Guinea, New Hebrides, New Caledonia, and Western Australia ; this species is always much smaller and darker in colour than the typical P. convolvuli. Fam. Cuatcosup. 6. HETEROPAN DOLENS, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.) Primaries uniform slate-colour, secondaries dull glossy blue except along the costal and outer margins, which are brownish slate-colour. Underside of all the wings pale slate-colour, the costal margin of the secondaries shaded with blue. The upperside of the head, thorax, and abdomen dull black ; the underside of the head, thorax, abdomen, and legs brownish bronze-colour. Expanse 3 inch. A pretty little species, not nearly allied to any known to me, but to some extent resembling Chalcosia appendiculata, Snell. bo bo — 1888. ] HETEROCERA FROM FIJI. Fam. LirHosi1p&. 7. Hypsa wooprorpt, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 2.) Primaries deep purple-brown, creamy white from the base to the middle of the costal and inner margins, but not extending so far from the base on the inner margin, the outer edge of the creamy white colour is formed into a series of half-circles edged with bluish black, four bluish-black spots close to the base, two on the costal margin and below the last spot on the costal margin, round the spots are some bright orange markings extending from the base, a small white dot beyond the end of the cell, and a large round cream-coloured spot close to the outer margin just above the anal angle. Secondaries creamy white, with a large black spot at the apex, a second round black spot on the outer margin nearest the anal angle, and a small dot close to the anal angle. Underside creamy white, with the dark markings as above, but not quite so much marked on the primaries, the basal spots being very indistinct. Head, thorax, and the abdomen bright orange, a bluish-black spot on each of the tegulz, one at the base of the thorax, and a central row on the abdomen all black; the underside of the abdomen creamy white, with a row of bluish spots on each side; legs white banded with black ; antennee black ; palpi bright orange tipped with black. Expanse 23 inches. I have much pleasure in naming this very fine species after its captor, Mr. C. M. Woodford; it is very distinct from any other known to me. Fam. LEUCANID&. 8. LEUCANIA INFERENS. Leucania inferens, Walk. Cat. ix. p. 105. Fam. XYLOPHASIDES. 9. SPODOPTERA NUBES. Spodoptera nubes, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. v. p. 155; Walk. Cat. ix. p. 186. 10. PRODENIA INFECTA. Prodenia infecta, Walk. Cat. ix. p. 196. Prodenia insignata, Walk. J. c. ix. p. 197. Prodenia permbuda, Walk. 1. c. xi. p. 723. Laphygma squalida, Walk. 1. ¢. xxxil. p. 652. 11. PRoDENIA RETINA. Prodenia retina, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. v. p. 163. The specimens are identical with those from Madeira ane Africa. Fam. Nocruip. 12. GRAPHIPHORA COMPTA. Graphiphora compta, Walk. Cat. x. p. 404. One specimen identical with Walker’s type from New South Wales. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. XVI. 16 222 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 17, Fam. ACONTIIDA. 13. LeocyMa TIBIALIS, Fabr. Leocyma diane, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vi. p. 213. Chasmina cygnus, Walk. Cat. ix. p. 147. Chasmina glabra, Walk. l. ¢. xxxil. p. 636. With a large series of specimens before me I am quite unable to separate any of the above-named species as distinct. Indian specimens vary very much in size, but in no other respect are they different. Mr. Butler informs me that the type of Fabricius’s species is in the Banksian Cabinet now in the British Museum. 14. Mrsorrosta ABYSSA. Mesotrosta abyssa, Snell. Tijds. v. Ent. xxii. p. 56, t. 5. f. 1, la. 15. ACONTIA RITSEMZ. Erastria ritseme, Snell. Tijds. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 57, t. 5. f. 2. A single specimen of this pretty little species was taken by Mr. Woodford. 16. XANTHODES INTERSEPTA. NXanthodes intersepta, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vi. p. 979. One specimen identical with those from India, Ceylon, Timor, &c. Fam. Erastrip2. 17. ERASTRIA VERMICULATA. Erastria vermiculata, Snell. Tijds. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 58, t. 5. f. 3. Several specimens agreeing well with Snellen’s figure. Fam. ANTHOPHILID. 18. Micra rnnocens, Butl. 19. ANTHOPHILA DIVERGENS ? Anthophila divergens?, Walk. Cat. xii. p. 803. One specimen, very closely resembling Walker’s type, but it is in poor condition. Fam. Erioprp&. 20. CALLOPISTRIA EXOTICA. Callopistria exotica, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vi. P- 294. The light markings are whiter than they are in the Ceylon and Java specimens. Fam. EvRHIPID&. 21. PENICILLARIA NUGATRIX. Penicillaria nuyatrie, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vi. p. 303, t. 14. f. 7. Two specimens, both of which are females. bo bo 1s) 1888. ] HETEROCERA FROM FIJI. Fam. Piusipa&. 22. PLUSIA VERTICILLATA. Plusia verticillata, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vi. p. 344. Two specimens, identical with those from Java. 23. PLUSIA OXYGRAMMA. Plusia oxygramma, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. f. 769, 770. Identical with North-American specimens in my own collection. Fam. Hysiaip2. 24. HysBLa&A PUERA. Hyblea puera, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. t. 103. f. D, E. Fam. GoNopPTERID2. 25. CosSMOPHILA XANTHINDYMA. Cosmophila xanthindyma, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madagascar, p. 94 tS: fe 7 26. GONITIS EDITRIX. Gonitis editrixz, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vi. p. 404, t. 2. f. 5. I cannot distinguish the specimens caught by Mr. Woodford from those in my own collection from South America. 27. GONITIS VULPINA. Gonitis vulpina, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 408. 28. GONITIS XANTHOCHROA. Gonitis xanthochroa, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 409. Fam. CAaTEPHID. 29. CocyTODES MODESTA. Cocytodes modesta, Van der Hoeven, Lép. Nouv. t. 7. f. 8. One specimen, identical with those before me from New Caledonia and the New Hebrides. 30. Srerria vARIABILIS. (Plate XIII. figs. 3, 4, vars.) Steiria variabilis, Moore, Descrip. Indian Lep. from the Coll. of the late Mr. Atkinson, p. 164. Mr. Woodford took fifteen specimens of this extremely variable insect, no two of them being alike. The specimens vary from pale fawn-colour to dark blackish brown, and if they are separated at least ten of them would have to be named: this species varies much in the same way as Diadema bolina does from the same place. I believe it most likely this will prove to be another form of Stictoptera cucullioides, Guén. 16* 224 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apes ly; 31, STEIRIA SUBOBLIQUA. Steiria subobliqua, Walk. Cat. xiii. p. 1136. One specimen, identical with Walker’s type in the National Collection. Fam. Hypocaip2&. 32. HypocaLa PLUMICORNIS. Hypocala plumicornis, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vii. p. 75. The black margins of the secondaries are rather wider in the Suva specimens than in the typical African form, but in other points are identical. Fam. OpHIDERID&. 33. OPHIDERES FULLONICA. Ophideres fullonica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 812; Clerck, Icon. t. 48. f. 1-4. Fam. Eresip. 34. OxYODES CLYTIA. Oxyodes clytia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 238, t. 399. f. G. Fam. OMMATOPHORIDE. 35. SERICIA ANOPS. Sericia anops, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vii. p. 1296. The specimens are identical with those from India and Ceylon. Fam. Opuiusip2. 36. LAGOPTERA MINIACEA. Lagoptera miniacea, Feld. & Rog. Reise Nov. Lep. t. exvi. f. 8; Erkl. de Taf. no. 8. One specimen, almost identical with Felder’s figure. 37. LAGOPTERA MAGICA. Lagoptera magica, Hibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. f. 535, 536. Noctua coronata, Faby. ? A very widely distributed and common species. 38. OpHISMA L&TABILIS. Ophisma letabilis, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vii. p. 241. Noctua illibata, Fabr. ? 39. ACH FASCICULIPES. Ache fasciculipes, Walk. Cat. xiv. p. 1400. The specimens of this fine species are identical with Walker’s type in the National Collection from Celebes, also with those in my own collection from New Caledonia. 1888. | HETEROCERA FROM FIJI. 225 40. ACH MELICERTE. Ache melicerte, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. i. t. 23. f. 1. This common species ranges over India, China, Java, Borneo, and various other islands to North Australia. 41. OpuHrusa myopPs. Ophiusa myops, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vii. p. 265. Identical with Javan specimens. 42. OPHIUSA ARCTOTENIA. Ophiusa arctotenia, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. vii. 272. The specimens are in every way identical with those from Darjeeling. 43. GRAMMODES OCULICOLA. Grammodes oculicola, Walk. Cat. xiv. p. 1446. 44. GRAMMODES ALCYONA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 5.) Primaries dark brown, bordered on the costal and outer margin with pale brown; two white lines running from the base to near the outer margin, where they arejoined by a transverse narrow line forming a large triangle; the inner line is much the broadest of the three. Secondaries pale mouse-colour, darkest from the apex to the anal angle. Underside uniform pale whitish brown ; head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown ; antennze and legs brown. Expanse 13 inch. This species is allied to Grammodes delta, Boisd., but it is at once distinguished from that species by the entirely different shape of the triangular mark on the primaries. Fam. Evciipip&. 45. TRIGONODES CEPHISE. Trigonodes cephise, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. p. 59, t. 227. f. C. One specimen, which is almost identical with Cramer’s figure. Fam. REMIGID&. 46. REMIGIA ARCHESIS. Remigia archesis, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. t. 273. f. F, G, H. Remigia demonstrans, Walk. Cat. xiv. p. 1512. Remigia discrepans, Butl. With a very large series of specimens before me I am quite unable to separate Walker’s and Mr. Butler’s species; on the undersides they are all identical except in colour, some being slightly brighter than others, but in no locality are they constant in this respect. 47. REMIGIA CONGREGATA. Remigia congregata, Walk. Cat. xv. p. 1847. Remigia optatura, Walk, J. ¢. p. 1848. | A very variable species, Walker’s R. optatura is only a female af his R. congregata. 226 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 17, 48. REMIGIA FRUGALIS. : Remigia frugalis, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. 2. p. 138; Walk. Cat. xiv. p- 1507. Fam. THERMESIDZ. 49. AZAZIA RUBRICANS. Azazia rubricans, Boisd. Faune Lép. Mad. p. 106, t. 16. f. 1. The specimens are slightly paler in colour than those from Mada- gascar. 50. SONAGARA SUPERIOR. Sonagara superior, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 433. . The specimens obtained by Mr. Woodford are identical with Mr. Butler’s type in the National Collection. Fam. Hyrenip&. 51. DicHRroMIA DUPLICALIS. Dichromia duplicalis, Walk. Cat. xvi. p. 16. Two specimens, identical with those from Australia. 52. Hyamta, sp. Very close to the South-American Hyamia palpitatalis, Walker ; the specimens are not in good condition. Fam. HERMINID&. 53. BLEPTINA FUNESTALIS. Bleptina funestalis, Walk. Cat. xxxiv. p. 1168. 54. BocaNna METISALIS. Bocane metisalis, Walk. Cat. xvi. p. 183. Bleptina dimissalis, Walk. l. c. xxxiv. p. 116. Walker described the sexes as distinct species. 55. Bocana? syPNOIDES. Bocana? sypnoides, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 416. This species hardly belongs to the genus Bocana, the males having deeply pectinated antennee and long tapering palpi; Mr. Butler’s description was taken from a female specimen. Fam. BoarRMID&. 56. BoaARMIA SAMOANA. Boarmia samoana, But]. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1886, p. 433. This species varies considerably in colour; some specimens are much paler than others. 1888. ] HETEROCERA FROM FIJI. 227 Fam. GEOMETRID&. 57. IopIs CHEROMETA. Lodis cherometa, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 203. One specimen of this pretty species. 58. THALASSODES OPALINA. Thalassodes opalina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vi. p- 214; Ill. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. pt. vi. p. 70, t. exvil. f. 9. Thalassodes saturata, Snell. Tijds. v. Ent. xxiv. p. 77, t. 8. f. 3. This species appears to be very widely distributed. 59. THALASSODES TIMOCLEA, Nn. sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 6, d, 7, 2.) 3. Primaries and secondaries bright green, thickly speckled with very fine white lines, two narrow white lines crossing both the pri- maries and secondaries from the costal to the inner margin ; under- side of all the wings greenish white ; the head, thorax, and abdomen greenish white. Antenne and legs yellowish. Q. The same colour as the male, but with the primaries crossed about the middle from the costal to the inner margin by a wide creamy white band, and the apical half of the secondaries creamy white ; in all other respects it is identical with the male, excepting that the antennze are simple and not pectinated as in the male. Expanse, S 1z inch, 9 J. This species is quite distinct from any other known to me. Fam. Erpayripbz. 60. ANISODES SUSPICARIA. Anisodes suspicaria, Snell. Tijds. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 802, t. 5.f.6,6a—c. Fam. ACIDALIDZ. 61. ActpaLia CERNEA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 8, 3.) Primaries and secondaries pure white, with three very fine waved black lines between the middle and the outer margins of all the wings. Underside uniform silky white, slightly yellowish along the costal margin of the primaries. The head, thorax, and abdomen white. Antennze and legs brown. Male and female alike, excepting that the antennze of the male are rather deeply pectinated, those of the female simple. Expanse, ¢ 9, 1 inch. A pretty little species ; it is not closely allied to any known to me, 62. Pyrnopvora ruiristis, Meyr. My specimens are identical with those so named in Mr. Mathew’s collection now in the British Museum. Fam. Micronip&. 63. MicroniA HERMA, ti. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 9.) Primaries and secondaries pure white, the primaries crossed from 228 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 17, the costal margin by three narrow pale mouse-coloured bands, a narrow line between the first and second, and a series of small mouse-coloured streaks extend from the apex along the outer margin ; on the costal margin there are a number of small dots. Secondaries crossed by two mouse-coloured bands, the first about the middle, the second submarginal; the fringe of all the wings mouse-coloured. The head, thorax, and abdomen white. Legs white; antenne mouse-coloured. The underside of all the wings pure white. Expanse 2 inches. This species is allied to Micronia hyemalis, Butler. 64. ERosiA CONCHIFERALIS, Moore. 65. Erosta, sp. Two specimens, in very poor condition. Fam. LARENTID. 66. LARENTIA BosoRA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 10.) Primaries and secondaries,the ground-colour white,thickly speckled with reddish-brown and olive-green dots. Two olive-green bands crossing the primaries from the costal to the inner margin, a reddish spot near the apex on the outer margin and one on the inner margin close to the anal angle. Secondaries crossed by one central band of reddish brown, and a large patch of reddish brown at the anal angle. The underside of all the wings bright reddish brown ; the head, thorax, and abdomen greenish. Antenne brown. Expanse 1 inch. 67. PASIPHILA CATASTNEPTA. Pasiphila catastnepta, Meyr. N. Z. 1. Sci. 1883, p. 527. Fam. SICULODID&. 68. StcULODES ANTICALIS. Siculodes anticalis, Walk. Cat. xxxiv. p. 1238. The specimens are identical with Walker’s type in the National Collection from Mysol. Fam. Pyraripz. 69. DorHTHA MESENTERIALIs. Doththa mesenterialis, Walk. Cat. xvii. p. 285. Fam. Hyprocampip. 70. CATACLYSTA DRUSIALIS. Cataclysta drusialis, Walk. Cat. xvii. p. 450; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1885, p. 428, et 1886, p- 221. Fam. Asopiip&. 71. RrnECURA NIGRESCENS. Rinecura nigrescens, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 424. 1888. | HETEROCERA FROM FIJI. 229 72. HyMENIA RECURVALIS. Hymenia recurvalis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2. p. 237. Hymenia fascialis, Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. v. p. 163, t. 36. f. 13. This common species is found almost everywhere. Fam. STENIADE. 73. STENIA ORNATALIS. Stenia ornatalis, Dup. Lép. viii. 2. p. 207, t. 223. f. 8. Fam. MAarGAropip2. 74. GLYPHODES STOLALIS. Glyphodes stolalis, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. viii. p. 293, t. 3. f. 11. The specimens are identical with those from India and Java. 75. MARGARONIA GLAUCULALIS. Margaronia glauculalis, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. viii. p. 306. Margaronia oceanitis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 222. Mr. Meyrick’s species is identical with Guénée’s. Fam. Botyp. 76. BoryoDES ASIALIS. Botyodes asialis, Guén. Sp. Gén. Lép. viii. p. 321; Lederer, Wien. ent. Monatsch. viii. p. 394, t. 13. f. 8. Lygropis sirioxantha, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 262. Mr. Meyrick’s species is identical with Guénée’s. 77. PLATAMONIA STENOSOMA. Platamonia stenosoma, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. t. exxxiv. f. 16; Erk]. de Taf. exxxiv. no. 16. One male of this fine species, 78. DRACEHNURA ASTHENOTA. Dracenura asthenota, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 229. 79. DRACHNURA AGRAMMA. Dracenura agramma, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 229. 80. Drac&NnuURA MYOTA. Dracenura myota, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 230. Three specimens of this pretty little speeies. 81. PLEONECTUSA METALEUCALIS. Pleonectusa metaleucalis, Walk. Cat. xxxiv. p. 1372; Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 231. 82. PLEONECTUSA PARALLELA. Pleonectusa parallela, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 231. 230 ON LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA FROM Fist. [Apr. 17, 83. MARASMIA ERILITALIS. Marasmia erilitalis, Feld. Reise der Novy. Lep. t. exxxv. f. 26; Erkl. de Taf. exxxv. no. 26. 84. MARASMIA AUREA, 0. sp. Wings pure white. The costal margin of the primaries golden yellow, with three small dots on the inner side, a golden yellow waved submarginal line crossing the wing from near the apex to the inner margin. Secondaries with a small waved yellow line extending from the costal to anal angle. Underside of all the wings pure white. The head, thorax, abdomen, legs, and antennee white. Expanse 7? inch. This beautiful little species is very distinct from any I have seen. 85. DovicHosTIcHA PERINEPHES. Dolichosticha perinephes, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1886, p. 236. 86. SEMIOCEROS DACTYLOPTILA. Semioceros dactyloptila, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 243. Several specimens of this pretty species. 87. EREBANGELA MELANAUGES. Erebangela melanauges, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p- 246. Several specimens of this dull-coloured species. 88. DrpLoTyLa OCHROSEMA. Diplotyla ochrosema, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 247. Many specimens. 89. DipLoTyLA CYCLOSPILA. Diplotyla cyclospila, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 248. The female is like the male, excepting that it is considerably paler in colour, and that the antennze are quite simple. 90. STREPSIMELA SIGNIFERALIS. Isopteryx signiferalis, Wallgr. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 175. ? Ceratoclasis barbicornis, Feld. Reise der Nov. Lep. t. exxxvi. f.1; Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 250. 91. Borys aBrupTALis. Botys abruptalis, Walk. Cat. xvii. p. 371. One specimen of this species, agreeing well with specimens from Ceylon. 92. Norarcna, sp. Two specimens in very worn condition. 1888.] ON THE GULAR POUCH OF RHINODERMA DARWINI. 231 Fam. GALLERIDA. 93. NEPHOPTERYX, sp.? 94. AURANA, sp. Very close to A. actiosella, Walker, from Ceylon. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Fig. 1. Heteropan dolens, n. sp., p. 220. 2. Hypsa woodfordi, n. sp., p. 221. 3, 4. Steiria variabilis, Moore, vars., p. 223. 5. Grammodes aleyona, n. sp., p. 225. 6, 3,7, 2. Thalassodes timoclea, n. sp., p. 227. 8, g. Acidalia cernea, n.sp., p. 227. 9. Micronia hermea, n. sp., p. 227. 28 10. Larentia bosora, n. sp., p. 228. 2. Notes on the Gular Brood-pouch of Rhinoderma darwini. By G. B. Howss, F.Z.8., F.L.8., Assist. Prof. of Zoology, Normal Sch. of Science and R. Sch. of Mines, S. Kensington. [Received April 17, 1888.] The Chilian Batrachian Rhinoderma darwini was among the most interesting finds of the voyage of the ‘ Beagle,’ and its special interest lay in the fact that it was originally thought by Gay’ to have been viviparous. Jiminez de la Espada disproved this in 1872, and brought to light * the remarkable fact that the gular sac of the male becomes greatly enlarged and modified, to form a brood- pouch, within which the larval metamorphoses of the young are undergone. The specimen which furnished the subject-matter for these notes came into my hands quite recently *, in the course of an inquiry into the skeleton of the Anura*. Finding that I was able to supplement the descriptions of Espada, and seeing that his paper was published without illustration, I thought it desirable to seize the opportunity of putting on record drawings of so rare anobject. The specimen itself differs in no important external character from those hitherto described. It measures from snout to vent 30 mm., that being the length given by Espada ; the length of the outstretched hind limb is 62 mm., and the greatest transverse diameter of the trunk 18 mm.’ The cutaneous lobes of the fore limb (‘ epaulettes ’) 1 Compt. Rend. vol. ii. p. 822 (1835). * Anales d.l. Soc. Esp. d. hist. nat. Madrid, vol. i. pp. 139-151 (1872). German abstract by Spengel, Zeitsch. wiss. Zool. vol. xxix. pp. 495-501 (1877). ’ Among some material generously placed at my disposal by my master, Prof. Huxley. 4 See P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 141. > For good fig. see Gay, Hist. de Chile, Atlas, pl. 7, Erpetologia. 232 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE GULAR [Apr. 17, are somewhat smaller than usual. There appears to have been an exceptional inequality in the deposition of dark pigment on the under surface of the body and hind limbs; for with the exception of the right member, which was unusually dark, these parts were but little coloured (see fig. 1). Gular sae of Rhinoderma darwini, adult male, Ventral view of the trunk, the right half of the ventral integument having been removed to show the underlying gular brood-sac, s.g; multiplied two and a half times. On slitting up the ventral integument, as shown in fig. 1, the immense gular sac was at once exposed for its whole length. It occupied, as will be seen, the interspace between the body-wall and ventral integument. Anteriorly it was rounded, extending forwards to near the mentum, while posteriorly it was prolonged backwards into two insignificant cornua. The entire sac was bilaterally symmetrical, and it appears to have equalled in capacity that of any specimen examined by Espada. 1888. ] BROOD-POUCH OF RHINODERMA DARWINI. 233 That author says, in describing its attachments (Spengel’s trans- lation, p. 499), ‘Sie fand sich stellenweise anliegend, stellenweise vollstandig verwachsen mit der Innenflache der Haut und mit der Aussenfliche der Brust- und Bauchmuskeln.” In my specimen no such confluence with the abdominal muscles was discernible ; such attachments, however, as were instituted were of a very definite order. Espada states that the sac bears at the shoulders ‘ Zipfeln’ ; and this might appear to imply that it is an irregular structure, bearing lateral diverticula and accommodating itself, as it were, to its sur- roundings. The only fusion with the inner surface of the integu- The same as in fig. 1, the ventral integument having been wholly reflected, and the gular sac opened up to display its contents. ment observable in my specimen is a bilaterally symmetrical one (figs. 1 & 2) set up near the angle of the lower jaw. The wall of the sac, elsewhere very thin and transparent, is at these points thickened, and, consequent upon its adherence to the integument, dragged out as it were laterally, to form two prolongations which answer very 234 PROE. G. B. HOWES ON THE GULAR [Apr. 17, satisfactorily to the aforenamed ‘ Zipfeln.’? It will thus be seen that these outgrowths are forcible displacements, due to the mode of suspension of the gular sac, rather than casual outgrowths, as might be imagined at first sight. Espada’s statement concerning the attachment to the ventral muscles does not do justice to the facts. The brood- pouch of my specimen was found, on being raised, to hang free behind the line of attachment, and that was found to follow the anterior border of the bony clavicle. This fact is shown in fig. 3, where the greater part of the ventral wall of the sac (s.g') had been removed and the small portion of its post-clavicular dorsal wall (s.g'') which remained turned forwards. Anteriorly to this point of attachment a complete confluence is established between the dorsal wall of the sac and the overlying floor of the mouth (see dotted line of fig. 5). Examination of the parts iz situ showed that all attachment is pre- clavicular, and that the main portion of the sac hangs free, the Fig. 3. A portion of the right half of fig. 2, dissected to show the intestine and liver, , together with the mode of attachment of the gular sac. co, coracoid ; du, duodenum ; md, angle of mandible; s, xiphisternum. whole being suspended as it were from the floor of the mouth and adjacent lateral integument, and lying within the great subcutaneous lymph-space (/.s., figs. 1, 2, 5). Espada mentions the fact that in one of his specimens the hinder half of the tongue was ‘‘ kiirzer oder zusammengezogen, wie um die Ein- und Ausgangsoffnungen des Kehlsackes frei zu lassen.” This was not the case in my specimen. The tongue is (¢, fig. 4) somewhat 1888. ] BROOD-POUCH OF RHINODERMA DARWINI. 235 contracted and asymmetrical; the orifices of the gular pouch are less modified than might have been expected (each is 7 mm. long), and the whole floor of the mouth differs in no respect from that say of a normal Cystignathus. The larynx (J, fig. 4) is situated far back, immediately behind a deep fold of the lining membrane of the floor of the mouth. Its mucous membrane was slightly swollen around the aditus; but there were neither epiglottis nor other accessory folds present, as might have been expected '. The brood-pouch of my specimen contained 11 larvee, that number having been exceeded (12 and 15) by two of the five specimens dissected by Espada, These little animals are represented in fig. 2 The floor of the mouth of Rhkinoderma darwini, showing the tongue, larynx, and the orifices of the gular sac; multiplied two and a half times. as they lay in life; and it will be seen that they were, for the most part, irregularly disposed. Espada asserts that in one of his individuals the larvae (7 in number) were “ einigermassen in zwei parallelen Reihen angeordnet”’; he does not state, however, in what way the surfaces of the bodies of these or any of his specimens were disposed respecting those of the parent. Examination of fig. 2 shows that, with the exception of two individuals on the parent’s left, all lay with their ventral faces in apposition with that of the adult which bore them; and it might appear from this that the larvee are carried on their backs. These, it will be seen, were far advanced in development and, with two exceptions, disposed with their heads towards the neck of the sac, as though making their way towards the exterior. From the positions in which they lay it is tolerably certain that attempts were made by them to gain the latter in their death-struggles ; and I imagine that the parent died on its back, and that a stampede ensued, in which two of the unfor- tunate 11 prisoners were overpowered before righting themselves. The larve were, as in one of Espada’s examples, unequally advanced in development. In all, both fore and hind limbs were free, the latter being webbed in three instances. Five of the 11 were caudate ; and it is worthy of remark that those whose metamorphosis was 1 Of. P.Z.S. 1887, p. 499, and Spengel, op. cit. p. 497. 236 ON THE GULAR POUCH OF RHINODERMA DARWINI. [Apr. 17, least advanced lay (as in Espada’s example) at the base of the sac (cf. fig. 2). The largest larva measured 8 mm. from snout to vent, 5 mm. across the trunk at its widest part. None were young enough to show the remotest vestiges of external gills, had such existed’. Espada found in one instance 15 young in the pouch. These were apparently in a somewhat similar condition to those of my own specimen ; concerning the parent, he writes (Spengel, p. 499), ‘* Die Eingeweide nahmem einen unglaublich kleinen (inverosimil!) Raum ein...... bei genauerer Betrachtung stellte sich das Phinomen nicht als eine mechanische Wirkung [of the enlargement of the sac] dar, sondern als eine Riickbildung, ein Schrumpfen dieser Eingeweide, ao is Longitudinal section of Rhinoderma darwini entire, taken to one side of the middle line after removal of the embryos; to show the general relations and sectional area of the gular brood-sac (s.q). bi, urinary bladder; h, heart; 7.s', dorsal subcutaneous lymph-sinus ; @, esophagus; sh, shoulder-girdle. welche wie abgezehrt erschienen. Das Thier muss ohne Zweifel, so lange seine Jungen in dem Brutraume sind, zum grossen Theil seine Ernibrungsfunctionen einstellen, wenn auch nicht vollstindig, wie bei den Winterschlifern.”” I accordingly examined, with no little interest, the condition of the parts in my specimen ; and this with unexpected results. The small intestine (?.s, fig. 3) was perfectly normal and full of food-material in an assimilable condition, while the large intestine (7.2) was fully charged with excreta like that of a normal individual. The stomach (st, fig. 5) was much distended by small Beetles and Diptera; and, but that the liver (A.p, fig. 3) was shrunken and displaced, and that the gall-bladder had collapsed, the alimentary viscera were those of a healthy animal in full diet. If Espada’s final deduction were correct, we might fairly expect to find the fat-body in an insignificant condition?. This was, on 1 Espada failed to find traces of these in still younger larve. * Cf. Knappe, “ Das Bidder’sche Organ,” Morph. Jahrb. vol. xi. (1886). 1888.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW RAT FROM NEW GUINEA. 237 the contrary, in my specimen, comparatively large (especially so upon the left side, c.a, fig. 5)—relatively larger, in fact, than in the healthy individual of the Common Frog prior to hibernation. In consideration of all the facts, I think it probable that Espada was mistaken, and that this extraurdinary paternal instinct does not lead up to that self-abnegation which he supposed. 3. Description of a new Genus and Species of Rat from New Guinea. By Otpriztp Tuomas. [Received March 27, 1888. ] Among the collections recently brought from New Guinea by Mr. H. O. Forbes there occurs a specimen of Rat strongly resembling, superficially, the common small Papuan Uromys, U. cervinipes, Gould, but showing on a closer examination such characters, both external and cranial, as to necessitate the formation of a special genus for its reception: of these characters by far the most striking is its possession of a tail modified for prehension in the same fashion *, and almost to the same extent, as in the Phalangers inhabiting the same country. Among the other members of the Myomorpha, so far as I know, the only ones that have a truly prehensile tail are Dendromys and the common Harvest-Mouse (Mus minutus), in each of which there isa tendency towards the same modification of the tail as in the present animal. Otherwise, among the whole of the Rodents, this character is only found in the South-American Porcu- pines. It is true that many other Rats and Mice have the power of twisting their tails round branches, and so helping themselves in climbing, but in none is this so far developed as to cause any important modification in the actual structure of the tail, as is the case in the animal now described. The teeth, again, are remarkably complicated, and show a high degree of specialization, far more than is found in any other genus at all allied to the present one. This extreme specialization both of teeth and tail is especially remarkable in an animal inhabiting such a refuge for old and little-modified forms as New Guinea. The following is a detailed description of the new form :— CuIRUROMYS, g. 0. Externally like Mus, but with the terminal portion of the tail above without scales, quite naked, transversely wrinkled, and obviously prehensile. Scales of rest of tail (fig. 2, c) not, as is usual, square and arranged in distinct rings, but more or less pentagonal or lozenge- shaped, and set in diagonal slanting series, somewhat like the dorsal scales of a snake. Skull (fig. 1, p. 238) with the infraorbital foramen typical in shape, but with its external wall narrow and not produced forwards as a projecting plate. Anterior part of zygomata projecting outwards ? Except that the curl is upwards instead of downwards. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. XVII. 17 258 MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW [Apr. 17, nearly at right angles to the general line of the skull. Supra- orbital edges square and sharp, but not beaded. Palatine foramina short and narrow. Bulle small. Teeth.—Incisors smooth. Upper molars (fig. 2, 4) very compli- Skull of Chiruromys forbesi; once and a half the natural size. cated, the cusps low and the laminz scarcely marked, so that the homologies between their cusps and those found in other genera are by no means clear. M" with eleven cusps in all, namely three trans- verse sets of three each, and two extra solitary cusps; m? with 10 cusps; ™* nearly as long as m’, apparently with seven cusps, but its 1888. ] RAT FROM NEW GUINEA. 239 pattern too vague and little defined for exact description. Lower m! (fig. 2, B) with three pairs of transversely elongated cusps, an anterior and posterior central cusp, and a long extra external ledge running the whole length of the tooth; m? with two pairs of similar cusps, a single posterior central one, and an external ledge; m3 with two pairs of cusps and an antero-external ledge. CHIRUROMYS FORBESI, Sp. 0. Very similar to Uromys cervinipes, Gould, in size and general appearance. Colour above a uniform dull rufous grey, below buff, Fig. 2. ] eS ina vuasinanare: i oman ayy Chiruromys forbesi. A, left upper, and x, left lower molars, magnified about 10 diameters; ¢, dorsal view of middle, and p, tip of tail to show arrangement of scales. the line of demarcation fairly sharply defined; a ring round each eye nearly black ; between eye and ear, rather above their level, is a prominent white spot; whiskers very numerous, long and coarse, shining black, a single bristle also inserted just above each eye. Ears rather small, laid forward they reach to just beyond the middle of the eye, narrow, not pointed, their anterior edge straight, their tips and posterior margins evenly convex; quite naked imside and terminally outside. Palate-ridges seven, three anterior undivided and four interdental. Hallux rudimentary, with a broad nail; palms with five broad smooth pads. Soles quite naked, smooth, with six large low pads, the posterior pads elongated ; fifth hind toe reaching to the base of the last phalanx of the fourth. Tail (fig. 2, c and p) longer than the head and body, scaly, with minute hairs between the scales, its terminal inch or inch and a half quite naked and without scales above, the tip with a natural curl upwards and thus showing, as well as by its structure, the prehensile power it possesses; scales large, averaging rather more than a millimeter in diameter ; arranged, 240 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON LAND [Apr. 17, as above described. Mamme six, one axillary and two inguinal pairs. Skull and teeth as described above. Hab. Sogere, S.E. New Guinea ; altitude 1750 feet. Dimensions of the type, an adult female, in spirit :—Head and body 156 millim.; tail 222; hind foot 30; fore arm and hand 42°5 ; ear (above crown) 17; head 43 ; muzzle to eye 18°8, to ear 35°5 ; heel to front of last foot-pad 15; length of the pad 6°8. Skull.—Basal length 34-0, greatest breadth 22°8 ; nasals, length 12:3; interorbital breadth 5:7; interparietal, length 4-8, breadth 9:3; infraorbital foramen, height 5:8, length of outer wall 40, distance from its outer corner to that of its fellow 11:0; palate, length 20-0, breadth outside m' 7-0, inside m? 4-() ; palatal foramen, length 5:2; diastema, length 11°3; length of molar series 575, of m' 2:5, of m® 1-7, of m* 1°5; basicranial axis 11-0, basifacial axis 23-0. Length of lower jaw (bone only) 23-8, (to incisor tips) 27-0. 4. Onsome Land-Mollusks from Burmah, with Descriptions of some new Species. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin- Austen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.—Part I. [Received March 23, 1888. ] The following list comprises the shells which have reached me since our late occupation of the above country. The first batch were col- lected and sent me by my former assistant in the Survey, Mr. M. Ogle, from the districts on the Kyeng-dwen, or Chindwen, east of Munipur. The second Ihave lately had placed in my hands by Mr. J. Ponsonby, who received them from Captain Spratt, R.A., from Upper Burmah, where that officer has been employed during the late military expeditions. The shells are not in a good state of preservation, and no doubt were collected under very considerable difficulties as regards leisure and deficiency of carriage. There are many new forms, showing what a rich harvest awaits the naturalists who could devote more time and care to the work. We trust that Captain Spratt (son of Admiral Spratt, a life-long worker at the Mollusca) will yet be able to add still more to our knowledge of the species to be found in our newly acquired territory. I propose in this communication to describe the shells collected by Captain Spratt. Hlindet, where most of them were obtained, is situated on a tributary of the Irrawaddy, which, rising in the hills south of Mandalay, flows north to join that river at the sharp bend below that town. It is through this valley that the new line of railway is to run to the capital from Toungoo. The late Mr. Francis Fedden, of the Geological Survey, visited this part of Burmah and the Salwin valley, in 1864—65, and brought back with him a good many specimens of land-shells, which were described by Mr. W. Theobald in the Journal of the Asiatic Society for 1870. 1888. ] MOLLUSCA FROM BURMAH. 241 There will be also included two or three shells in Mr. Theobald’s collection from this part of Burmah. 1. AuSTENIA ? KHYOUNGENSIS, 0. sp. Locality. Shan Hills. Shell globose, tumid, not umbilicated ; sculpture covered with an epidermis, smooth ; colour brown, but the specimen with epidermis still remaining is weathered, in life it is probably polished ; spire low, apex rounded ; suture shallow; whorls 3, the last ample and convex on periphery ; aperture nearly circular ; peristome thin, a strong callus on the body-whorl extending into the interior of the shell. Largest specimen. Size: maj. diam. 20°5, min. 12:0, alt. axis 9-0. Second specimen. Size: maj. diam. 18°0, min. 13°75, alt. axis 6°8, body-whor! 11-0 mm. Animal not seen. It would be an interesting species to obtain alive. This is one of those forms which, without an examination of the animal, it is quite impossible to assigu to its true geueric or sub- generic position; it may be Cryptosoma or an Austenia. 2. AUSTENIA? ERRATICA, 0. sp. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills. Shell depressedly globose, narrowly-umbilicated, solid for size ; sculpture none, surface quite smooth ; colour white, shiny, but both specimens are bleached ; it has evidently an epidermis when alive ; spire flatly rounded, apex low; suture adpressed; whorls 33; aperture ovate, very oblique, very slightly descending at the peri- stome, this is thin, sinuate above; columellar margin oblique, reflected near the umbilicus. Size: maj. diam. 8-2, min. 7:0, alt. axis 4 mm. This shell was marked Durgella levicula by Mr. Ponsonby. It is not of that species, which has a very thin and glassy shell, is much more globose and with higher spire. I put it only provisionally in the present genus. The distinct umbilication is quite unlike any shell of this type I have seen. It has somewhat the outline of Crypto- soma prestans in miniature, but it is not the young of that species, with which I have compared it. 3. MacrocHLamys? cCONSEPTA, Bs., small var. This shell agrees exactly in all its characters and size with speci- mens from the Moolé-it range, Tenasserim, described and figured by me in ‘ Land and Freshwater Moll. Ind.’ p. 110, the only difference being in its ruddy-brown cvlour, the more southern form beiug oliva- ceous ochre; coloration is very variable. 4. Hemip.Lecta? ZIMMAYENSIS, D. sp. Locality. Zimmé, Siam territory (coll. Godwin- Austen, type). Shell globosely turbinate, well umbilicated, solid ; sculpture wavy broken longitudinal ribbing, crossed by the transverse lines of growth ; colour pale umber-brown, merging into white on the periphery and underside ; spire subconical, apex blunt ; suture impressed; whorls 242 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON LAND [Apr. 17, 6, convex ; aperture ovate, oblique ; peristome simple; columellar margin suboblique, scarcely reflected. Size: maj. diam. 60°5, min. 51°25, alt. axis 29°5, body-whorl 28°0 mm. This fine shell seems to be nearest to H. humphreysiana, Lea. Mr. Theobald writes that the largest in his collection is 65‘millim. in major diam. 5. Heirx (TRACHIA) EMENSUS, n. sp. Locality. Hlindet, 1200 teet. Shell subdiscoid, widely umbilicated ; sculpture ill-defined irre- gular transverse striation; colour horny or pale ochraceous ; spire subconoid, apex blunt ; suture shallow; whorls 7, regular, flat, closely wound, the last descending suddenly, subangulate on periphery ; aperture nearly circular, oblique ; peristome much reflected below, the margins joined by callus on body-whorl. Size: maj. diam. 13°5, min. 11°8, alt. axis 4:8 mm. This species belongs to the widely distributed group in this part of India represented by H. akontongensis, oldhami, &e. This torm is much smaller, and differs sufficiently from all the species I know, that I have considered it worthy of namirg. 6. Hexix (TRACHIA) CLARUS, 0. sp. Locality. Hlindet. Shell subdiscoid, openly umbilicated ; sculpture irregular, close transverse striation ; cclour white (but both specimens are bleached) ; spire depressedly conical, apex rounded ; suture shallow; whorls 5, flat, subangulate on periphery, the last slightly descending ; aperture oval, very oblique ; peristome thin, slightly reflected. Size: maj. diam. 9°5, min. 8:5, alt. axis 4*0 mm. This species belongs to the Helix hutioni group of shells, but is quite distinct, especially in the shape of the aperture. Only two specimens are in the collection. 7. Hexix (GENESELLA) HARIOLA, Bs, Localities. Khagan on Irrawaddy, and Hlindet, 1200 feet. There are two specimens in the collection ; one is like the type, the other is keeled—var. carinata of W.'T. Blanford’s collection. 8. Hetrx (PLANISPIRA) SCULFTURITA, Benson. Locality. Shan Hills. 9. EUPLECTA PINGOUNGENSIS, n. sp. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills. Shell depressedly conoid, umbilicated, subangulate on periphery ; sculpture well-defined and regular curving custulation, disappearing on the periphery, thence smooth to the umbilicus; colour pale horny ; spire low, apex flat and rounded; suture moderately impressed ; whorls 6, convex, rather closely wound, flatly convex below ; aperture 1888. ] MOLLUSCA FROM BURMAH. 243 oblique, semilunate; peristome strong; columellar margin very oblique. Size: maj. diam. 12°25, min. 11°20, alt. axis 5:0, body-whorl 6°5 mm. This shell belongs to a group common in Arakan &e. (LZ. pansa, helicifera, ataranensis, mammillaris), but is of a more depressed form and larger in size, smooth below and well sculptured above ; E. falcata is a large representative of the group in the Khasi Hills. 10. Hexrx (PLECTOPYLIS) PONSONBYI. Locality. Hlindet, Upper Burmah, 1500 feet. Shell sinistral, widely umbilicated, discoid, solid ; sculpture, wavy thread-like lines of growth; colour pale brown; spire flat, 23 whorls at apex slightly raised above the succeeding whorls ; suture very shallow; whorls 7, closely wound and flat; aperture very oblique, descending, horizontally ovate; peristome thickened, re- flected, the margin connected by a well-developed ridge, and with slight notches at the inner angles. Size: maj. diam. 17°5, min. 14:0, alt. axis 5 mm. Palatal teeth 6, the Ist highest, long, thin, like a knife-edge, the 2nd and 3rd are short and rounded above, the 4th and 5th are united; the 6th, situated on the lower outer side of the body-whorl, is short, somewhat thickened and rounded on the free edge. The parietal vertical laminze are two in number; the anterior situated about 10 millim. from the inner margin of the peristome. The anterior one is curved, solid, arched above, with two short buttresses above and below on theanterior side. The posterior one is obliquely set, is thin, and of nearly even height throughout. The horizontal parietal lamina is only present as a short and narrow ridge 3 millim. in length, situated just within the aperture, but not connected with the apertural ridge of the peristome ; a thread- like, free, narrow, horizontal lamina, commencing from below the posterior vertical lamina, extends forwards towards the aperture, gradually fining out but not extending to it. To the ordinary observer the shell would only possess the one simple short ridge near the peristome, all the other complicated structure being out of view so far back within the aperture. 11. Hevix (PLectopyuis) perarcta, W. T. Blanford. Locality. Hlindet, 1200 feet. Size: maj. diam. 10°0, min. 8-0, alt. axis 3°5 mm. The type of this species came from near Ava. In this specimen the horizontal lamina is continuous to the aperture, in others it is sometimes undeveloped for a short distance (vide P. Z. S. 1874, pl. Ixxiv. f. 4). 12. STREPTAXIS THEBAWI, 0. sp. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. Shell ovately globose, umbilicated, somewhat solid; sculpture finely costulated throughout; colour white; spire conical, apex 244 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON LAND [Apr. 17, rounded ; suture well defined; whorls 6, the last two the largest, the penultimate swollen and projecting beyond the body-whorls ; aperture oblique, semi-oval, with one rather long parietal lamella fining out inwards and backwards ; peristome white, sinuate above, somewhat thickened, regular throughout, the two margins united by a callus; columellar margin oblique. Size: maj. diam. 10°0, min. 7:0, alt. axis 6-5 mm. Compared with the Burmese species hitherto known this is nearest to S. birmanica, but is higher in the spire, and the second whorl is more tumid, the lamella is more strongly developed. 13. Pupa SALWINEANA. Pupa salwineana, Theobald, J. A. S. B. 1870, vol. xxxix. pt. 2, p- 400; figd. Conch. Ind. pl. ec. f. 9. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. Size: maj. diam. 2°50, alt. axis 5°50 mm. This is a very beautiful little shell. The only perfect specimen is bleached, but a smaller imperfect one shows that it is coyered with a brown epidermis. 14. Crausiti1a (PSEUDONENIA) SHANICA, 0. sp. “ Testa breviter rimata, fusiformi-clavata, carneo-grisea solidula ; spira concavo-turrita, valde elongata ; apex minutus, acutissimus. Anfr 134, lentissime acerescentes, convexusculi, sutura impressa disjuncti, subtiliter striati, ultimus penultimo parum major, subtus leviter attenuatus, cervice rotundatus. Apert. parva, obliqua, late piriformis; perist. continuum, hreviter solutum, expanstusculum. Lamelle modice, compress: , approximate ; supera marginalis, parum alta, intus humillima, cum spirali ut videtur continua ; infera sublimis, subhorizontaliter in diam aperturam prosiliens, antice in denticulum desinens, a basi ntuenti valde spiraliter torta ; subcolumellaris subemersa, oblique intuenti distinctissima. Plica principalis profunda, lateralis. in apertura antice viz conspicua; palatales 2, altera supera, principali approximata et parallela, altera infera cum clausilio perspicuo lunellam lateralem, magis minusve distinctam, fingente.”’ Alt. 193, diam. 4 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 22 mm. Hab. Shan Hills, near Pingoung, Burma, at a height of about 2500 feet. (Boettger. ) This description is somewhat amended by Mr. Ponsonby from one by Dr. Boettger, who considered it to be allied to C. affinis of the Naga Hills. On comparison it proves to be very different in every way. 15. CyCLOPHORUS CRASSALABELLA, 0. Sp. Locolity. Shan Hills. Shell similar in form to C. fulguratus, rather openly umbilicated ; coloration, a distinct narrow dark brown band on the periphery, sharply defined above, giving off below a regular series of zigzag markings, like a fringe hanging from it ; the whorls above are orna- 1888. | MOLLUSCA FROM BURMAH. 245 mented with similar zigzag bands at equal intervals, but which do not extend to the peripheral band; spire conical, apex fine ; whorls 5; aperture subvertical ; peristome of a pale yellowish tint, very much thickened to the extent of 4°5 millim. Size: maj. diam. 41°5, min. 32:0, alt. axis 18°5 mm. 16. CycLopHorRvs, sp. inc. Locality. Shan Hills. Size: maj. diam. 31°0, min. 25°5, alt. axis 15:0 mm. In form this shell is nearest to C. excellens, Pfr., from Moulmein, particularly as regards the umbilicus and height of spire; its mark- ings differ, and the size is much smaller. I hesitate to name this single specimen; a series of examples in fresh condition is required tor these shells, so variable in colour. 17. PrEROCYCLOS ALBERSI. Locality. Hlindet, 1200 feet. 18. Atyvca/us (Dior¥x) URNULA, var. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. The only difference between this and the Assamese form is the greater length of the sutural tube in the Burmese shell. 19. ALCHUS SPRATTI, n. sp. Locality. Ping mg, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. Shell pyramidal, closely umbilicated ; sculpture very fine close costulation, more distant between the sutural tube and the peristome ; colour white, wth pale lemon tinge, or horny; spire high, rapidly decreasing to ayex, which is rather pointed ; suture well impressed ; whorls 53, convex, the last swollen, slightly constricted at the sutura’ tube, which is very short and thick, less than one millim. in length ; the whorl swells again to the aperture, this is circular, oblique; peristome double, slightly reflected ; operculum not seen. This species is quite new; it might be at first taken for a small variety of A. pyramidalis, Bs., from the Tenasserim valley, but the sutural tube is in that species very thread-like and nearly 3 millim. in length ; the aperture is also very different in form, and not so simple and circular, 20. Patupomus ornatissima, Bs. Locality. Between Myingyan and Hlindet. 21. MELantIa, sp. ine. A specimen in bad broken condition. 22. AMPULLARIA PALUDINOIDEs, Phil., var. Locality. Khyang-nyat. The present example agrees with a specimen in my collection from Pegu. 23. AMPULLARIA OLEA, Reeve. Locality. Shan Wills. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. XVIII. 18 246 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SOME | Avr. 17, 5. Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds. By R. Bowpier Sarre, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.—No. 6’. On some Species of the Genus Digenea. [Received April 3, 1888. ] When arranging the Muscicapide belonging to the Hume Collec- tion, I laid aside a specimen belonging to the genus Digenea, which appeared to me to be new to science, but which | did not like to describe from a single skin. In the Tweeddale Collection, however, I have found another example, and it is so evidently distinct that I no longer hesitate to give a name to the species. DigentrA LEUCOPS, Sp. n. Adult. General colour above light olive-brown, with somewhat of an ashy tinge ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater series some- _what more ruddy brown externally ; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, ‘and quills dusky brown, externally ruddy olive; upper tail-coverts rather more reddish brown than the back ; tail-feathers dusky brown, externally reddish brown; crown of head like the back; a white line across the base of the forehead, widening into a large supraloral spot ; feathers about the eye washed with ashy grey ; lores ashy, as also the feathers round the eye; ear-coverts and cheeks ashy, washed with olive; throat white, the chin and a broad band on each side of the throat black, continued downwards and forming a collar on the fore neck ; chest and breast pale ashy, with a slight tinge of olive- brown; abdomen white; sides of body and flanks olive-brown ; thighs olive-brown ; under tail-coverts white; under wing-coverts and axillaries white; quills below dusky brown, white along the inner web: “bill slaty brown; feet white, tinged fleshy ; iris bright dark brown” (R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay). Total length 4:3 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°5, tail 1°75, tarsus 0°8. Hab. Shillong (J. Cockburn: mus. A. O. Hume); Karen-nee (R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay: mus. Tweedd.). At the time of writing the fourth volume of the ‘Catalogue of Birds,’ I had not seen a specimen of Digenea submoniliger of Hume, and I now propose to give a description of this species from the series in the Hume Collection. DIGENEA SUBMONILIGER. Adult. General colour above light olive-brown, a little more ruddy brown on the head; wing-coverts like the back, the greater coverts with a slight tinge of ruddy brown externally ; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally olive-brown, with a very slight ruddy tinge; upper tail-coverts rufous; tail- feathers dark brown, externally rufous; base of forehead, lores, eyebrow, and feathers round eye clear tawny buff; ear-coverts and * See P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 470. 1888. | SPECIES OF THE GENUS DIGENEA. 247 cheeks olive-brown, washed with tawny buff, especially on the fore part of the latter; throat entirely white, the sides of it brown like the cheeks ; the whole throat encircled by a narrow line of black, very indistinct on the sides of the throat, a little plainer on the fore neck ; breast light olive-brown, as also the sides of body, flanks, and thighs; lower breast and abdomen white; under tail-coverts white ; under wing-coverts white; axillaries olive-brown, edged with white ; quills below dusky brown, ashy or buffy whitish along the inner edge. Total length 4°7 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°45, tail 1-6, tarsus 0°75. I may at the same time take the opportunity of describing a second new species from Perak :— DIGENEA MALAYANA, Sp. 0. Adult male. Similar to D. moniliger in the rufous appearance of the wing, and deep olive-brown on the back like that species. It differs from it in having rufous cheeks and ear-coverts, and in the forehead, lores, and eyebrow being deep orange-rufous, almost chest- nut in tint. Total length 4-5 inches, culmen 0-5, wing 2°65, tail 1-85, tarsus 0°75. Hab. Mountains of Larut, Perak. From Digenea submoniliger this species differs not only in the reddish colour of the wings, but in the rufous on the head and the orange of the lores and eyebrow. The following is a revised ‘‘ Key to the species” of Digenea (cf. Cat. B. iv. p. 458) :— a. Olive-brown above; breast and sides of body olive-brown. a'. Base of forehead tawny buff or rufescent. a". Outer aspect of quills rufescent. a'", Kar-coverts ashy olive-brown; eyebrow tawny buff... moniliger. bo", Kar-coverts rufous brown ; eyebrow and lores orange- PUPOUB) ceo on. vesisslestamaeasomeaas Ueeascaereseute ge oeacere aia malayanda. 6". Outer aspect of quills olive-brown, scarcely different from the back; lores and eyebrow tawny buff; ear-coverts brown, witha ruddy tinge: .......2....-cs plas . > ted ier hie Bul ane “ETETL EE ae eae tat gat hhe iad tert one ee i llores hich Rise Ew So ons “le u eee ce ’ we aa } As Ty i} g it inf 4 were ih hs eden ns N94 ? Reheat Apee's:s ay oa Ok . “s 4 srg ree tae Hoan ye : : ta ye teks gaol ls pp iting Her ult Sodhody iduelcine vedas. Sart thd, 446 has onl oe | Hvis Fel gett wid b = hake sige a jada ) ’ Men a Bes ei ig ke id caaben 1888. ] MOLLUSCA FROM BURMAH. 245 mented with similar zigzag bands at equal intervals, but which do not extend to the peripheral band; spire conical, apex fine ; whorls 5 ; aperture subvertical ; peristome of a pale yellowish tint, very much thickened to the extent of 4°5 millim. Size: maj. diam. 41-5, min. 32:0, alt. axis 18°5 mm. 16, CycLoPHoRUs, sp. ine. Locality. Shan Hills. Size: maj. diam. 31:0, min. 25°5, alt. axis 15-0 mm. In form this shell is nearest to C. excellens, Pfr., from M»oulmein, particularly as regards the umbilicus and height of spire ; its mark- ings differ, and the size is much smaller. I hesitate to name this single specimen; a series of examples in fresh condition is required for these shells, so variable in colour. 17. PrerRocyCLos ALBERSI. Locality. Hlindet, 1200 feet. 18. Atyca/us (Dioryx) URNULA, var. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. The only difference between this and the Assamese form is the greater length of the sutural tube in the Burmese shell. 19. ALCAHUS SPRATTI, n. sp. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. Shell pyramidal, closely umbilicated ; sculpture very fine close costulation, more distant between the sutural tube and the peristome ; colour white, with pale lemon tinge, or horny; spire high, rapidly decreasing to apex, which is rather pointed ; suture well impressed ; whorls 53, convex, the last swollen, slightly constricted at the sutural tube, which is very short and thick, less than one millim. in length; the whorl swells again to the aperture, this is circular, oblique; peristome double, slightly reflected ; operculum not seen. This species is quite new ; it might be at first taken for a small variety of A. pyramidalis, Bs., from the Tenasserim valley, but the sutural tube is in that species very thread-like and nearly 3 millim. in length ; the aperture is also very different in form, and not so simple and circular. 20. PaLUDOMUS ORNATISSIMA, Bs. Locality. Between Myingyan and Hlindet. 21. Me ania, sp. ine. A specimen in bad broken condition. 22. AMPULLARIA PALUDINOIDEs, Phil., var. Locality. Khyang-nyat. The present example agrees with a specimen in my collection from Pegu. 23. AMPULLARIA OLEA, Reeve. Locality. Shan Hills. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. X 18 246 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SOME [Apr. 17, 5. Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds. By R. Bowntzr Suareg, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.—No. 6°. On some Species of the Genus Digenea. [Received April 3, 1888.] When arranging the Muscicapide belonging to the Hume Collec- tion, I laid aside a specimen belonging to the genus Digenea, which appeared to me to be new to science, but which 1 did not like to describe from a single skin. In the Tweeddale Collection, however, I have found another example, and it is so evidently distinct that 1 no longer hesitate to give a name to the species. DiGENEA LEUCOPS, sp. n. Adult. General colour above light olive-brown, with somewhat of an ashy tinge ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater series some- what more ruddy brown externally ; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally ruddy olive ; upper tail-coverts rather more reddish brown than the back ; tail-feathers dusky brown, externally reddish brown; crown of head like the back; a white line across the base of the forehead, widening into a large supraloral spot ; feathers about the eye washed with ashy grey ; lores ashy, as also the feathers round the eye; ear-coverts and cheeks ashy, washed with olive; throat white, the chin and a broad band on each side of the throat black, continued downwards and forming a collar on the fore neck ; chest and breast pale ashy, with a slight tinge of olive- brown; abdomen white; sides of body and flanks olive-brown ; thighs olive-brown ; under tail-coverts white ; under wing-coverts and axillaries white; quills below dusky brown, white along the inner web: ‘bill slaty brown; feet white, tinged fleshy ; iris bright dark brown” (R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay). Total length 4:3 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°5, tail 1°75, tarsus 0°8. Hab. Shillong (J. Cockburn: mus. A. O. Hume); Karen-nee (R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay: mus. Tweedd.). At the time of writing the fourth volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Birds,’ I had not seen a specimen of Digenea submoniliger of Hume, and I now propose to give a description of this species from the series in the Hume Collection. D1IGENEA SUBMONILIGER. Adult. General colour above light olive-brown, a little more ruddy brown on the head; wing-coverts like the back, the greater coverts with a slight tinge of ruddy brown externally; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally olive-brown, with a very slight ruddy tinge; upper tail-coverts rufous ;_tail- feathers dark brown, externally rufous; base of forehead, lores, eyebrow, and feathers round eye clear tawny buff; ear-coverts and 1 See P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 470. 1888. ] SPECIES OF THE GENUS DIGENEA. 247 cheeks olive-brown, washed with tawny buff, especially on the fore part of the latter; throat entirely white, the sides of it brown like the cheeks ; the whole throat encircled by a narrow line of black, very indistinct on the sides of the throat, a little plainer on the fore neck ; breast light olive-brown, as also the sides of body, flanks, and thighs; lower breast and abdomen white; under tail-coverts white ; under wing-coverts white ; axillaries olive-brown, edged with white ; quills below dusky brown, ashy or buffy whitish along the inner edge. Total length 4-7 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°45, tail 1-6, tarsus 0°75. I may at the same time take the opportunity of describing a second new species from Perak :— DIGENEA MALAYANA, Sp. 0D. Adult male. Similar to D. moniliger in the rufous appearance of the wing, and deep olive-brown on the back like that species. It differs from it in having rufous cheeks and ear-coverts, and in the forehead, lores, and eyebrow being deep orange-rufous, almost chest- nut in tint. Total length 4°5 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°65, tail 1°85, tarsus 0°75. Hat. Mountains of Larut, Perak. From Digenea submoniliger this species differs not only in the reddish colour of the wings, but in the rufous on the head and the orange of the lores and eyebrow. The following is a revised ‘‘ Key to the species” of Digenea (cf. Cat. B. iv. p. 458) :— a. Olive-brown above; breast and sides of body olive-brown. a'. Base of forehead tawny buff or rufescent. a''. Outer aspect of quills rufescent. a'". Ear-coverts ashy olive-brown; eyebrow tawny buff... moniliger. 6'", Ear-coverts rufous brown ; eyebrow and lores orange- THBIONE, GRA sip soo a oSerecncccuana seb CP OOE 2303 rE EDOSE OD fer malayana, 6". Outer aspect of quills olive-brown, scarcely different from the back; lores and eyebrow tawny buff; ear-coverts brown; with a ruddy tinger....1-cssesterma-sneses-.-seesatee sae submoniliger. b'. Base of forehead and lores white ................2cceceeceeeeesees albifrons. 6. Rufous-brown above and also on the breast and sides of body ; eyebrow and lores deep chestnut ; sides of face also chestnut. solitaria. The very peculiar coloration of these birds and their constant black necklace on the throat makes me doubt whether they should be united to Digenea, in which the mode of colour is so different. They might, perhaps, be fairly separated as Anthipes, in which case they would have to be called A. moniliger, A. malayana, A. sub- moniliger, A. albifrons, and A. solitaria. 18* 248 MR. C. M. WOODFORD ON THE [May l, May 1, 1888. Professor Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Col. Irby, F.Z.S., exhibited, on behalf of Lord Lilford, a specimen — of Aquila rapax from Southern Spain, being, as he believed, the first positively authentic specimen of this species of Eagle obtained within the limits of the Peninsula. Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks on a specimen of a Japanese Domestic Cock, with enormously elon- gated tail-coverts, the longest of which measured nine feet in length. The specimen had been presented to the British Museum by Mr. F. D. Parker. The following papers were read :— 1. General Remarks on the Zoology of the Solomon Islands, and Notes on Brenchley’s Megapode. By C.M. Woop- FrorD, F.Z.S8. [Received April 30, 1888.] The Solomons are a group of large islands situated about 500 miles east of New Guinea, and are included by Wallace in his Austro- Malayan subdivision of the Australian Region. Zoologically they are most interesting, as they form the extreme eastern limit of the extension of Marsupials. As might be expected, the group is not particularly rich in Mam- mals ; but several species of frugivorous and insectivorous Bats occur. Many of these are peculiar to the group, my own collections having added three new genera and five species to the list, besides three new species of Mus. Marsupials are represented by one, and perhaps two, species of Cuscus, Cuscus orientalis being common. I was once told by a native, who had been to Queensland, and who consequently should have known Wallabies when he saw one, that Wallabies are to be found in the mountains of Guadalcanar ; but I am inclined to doubt the information, and my offer of a very large amount of ‘“‘trade”’ for the whole or any part of a Wallaby from that island met with no response. The Birds of the Solomons are extremely interesting. Several species of fruit-eating Pigeons and of the smaller P¢ilopus occur commonly. The wide-ranging Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobaricus) is frequently met with, and is not afraid to venture considerable distances from land. On my last visit to the group one flew on board and settled for some seconds, when we were distant forty miles to the westward of Renual Island—an outlying island that can 1888. ] ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 249 be hardly said to belong to the Solomon group at all. I have noticed, especially on the island of Malayta, that the Pigeons leave the mainland of the large islands and resort at night in thousands to roost on the small detached islands off the coast. I can only account for this fact by the supposition that they find themselves free from the attacks of the large Monitor Lizards, which would not be so plentiful there as on the mainland. Among Parrots the wide-ranging Eelectus polychloros is common, and several Lories, the handsome Lorius cardinalis not being found elsewhere, while the minute Nasiterna of two or three species is occasionally met with. These most interesting little birds creep about on the trunks of the large trees like tree-creepers, their tails being furnished with pointed feathers for the purpose. It is an extremely interesting fact that the Cockatoo peculiar to the Solomons (Cacatua ducorpsi) does not extend to the island of San Christoval and smaller islands adjacent ; and the same is the case with the Horn- bill (Buceros plicatus), the island of Guadaleanar being consequently the most eastern limit of the extension of these two genera. At a certain time of the year, when the bright red flowers of the coral-tree (Hrythrina) are conspicuous among the bright green foliage of the forest, the Lories resort to them in large numbers, and the natives spreading fine nets near the trees catch them in consider- able quantities. I have had as many as fifty of different species brought me in one day, the neck being invariably broken by their - str ugeles i in the net. On Guadaleanar I was fortunate enough to discover a new Crow (Macrocorax woodfordi), but I believe it to be extremely local, and confined to a part only of thatisland. I did not meet with it or hear of it at other places that I visited, nor have other collectors met with it. At Aola, on Guadalcanar, where I made my headquarters for six months, it was extremely plentiful. One of the most interesting birds I met with was the Mega- podius brenchleyi—a bird allied to the mound-building Talegalla of Australia. This species was first described from a fresh-hatched specimen brought home by the late Julius Brenchley, and figured in his ‘ Voyage of the Curacoa.’ This bird, although only about the size of a large pigeon, lays an egg bigger than that of a duck. It is commonly distributed throughout the group, and allied species are, I believe, found on the groups to the east and south-east ; but it is upon the island of Savo that it is found in the greatest abundance. Here the eggs form an important item in the daily food-supply of the natives, and I have bought, when calling there, as many as ten eggs for one stick of tobacco, value about three farthings. ‘The Savo natives have a curious legend connected with this bird. They hold the Shark in great veneration, and say that their island was made by the Shark, who brought the stones together and placed upon them aman, a woman, the yam-plant, and the Megapode. Things went well for a time, and the people increased, and so did the Megapodes. At last the people went to the Shark and complained that the Mega- podes made much havoc among the yam-patches by digging holes 250 ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. [May 1, to lay their eggs; so they asked the Shark to take the Megapodes away. This was done; but now the natives missed the Megapodes’ eggs, so they asked the Shark to bring the Megapodes back but to confine them to one spot. This request was also complied with, and the result may now be seen. The Megapodes lay their eggs on two large cleared sandy spaces, and nowhere else on the island. Upon these no weeds or grass can grow, as the sand is constantly being turned over by the birds when digging holes to lay their eggs, and by the natives when in search of them. The sandy spaces are fenced off into plots which belong to different owners. I met with one of these Megapodes’ laying-yards at Aola, on Gua- dalcanar, and was fortunate enough to be able to photograph it. The first photograph gives a general view of the yard, which was nearly half a mile in length and about fifty yards wide, with the fences dividing it off for different owners. The second photograph shows a closer view of a portion of the yard, with the holes scraped in the sand by the birds. All over the yard may be noticed the tracks of the tails of the large Monitors, as though a stick had been drawn along the sand. I expect they take a pretty severe toll of the eggs. The eggs, which are buried from a foot to two feet in the warm sand, receive no further care from the birds, but the young shift for themselves from the time of hatching, and can fly at once, or very soon after leaving the egg. The natives are quite indifferent as to . the condition of the eggs when they eat them—whether they are newly laid or well advanced towards hatching being all the same to them. From experience I can say that they are excellent food. The laying-yards are always made where the soil is loose and sandy, the birds require no other inducement. An open space being of course essential to allow the rays of the sun to warm the ground, it would evidently be quite useless for the birds to lay in the thick forest, or under the shade of trees. It is easy to imagine that before the natives constructed and cleared these laying-yards for the birds, they would be likely to lay in the yam-patches and garden clearings, and where they were plentiful would prove a serious inconvenience, as alleged in the Savo legend. The birds do not build a mound, but, as will be seen from the second photograph, make a hole from a foot to two feet deep. The sand afterwards falls in and covers the egg. ‘The ground is con- sequently full of depressions, reminding one forcibly of the pitfalls of the ant-lion on a large scale. Among the Butterflies this group of islands appears to be the limit of range of the genus Ornithoptera, which, curiously enough, as in the case of Cockatoos and Hornbills, does not extend to San Christoval. Two species occur—the somewhat wide-ranging O. du- villiana and the remarkable and local O. victoria. This latter is, so far as I know, confined to the islands of Guadalcanar, Florida, and part of Malayta. “SVIVHOWEL SOAONOH chur-soug wae pu YI 12 1sP WwSo sayeq 1888.] ON A NEW LAND-TORTOISE FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 251 2. Description of a new Land-Tortoise from South Africa, from a Specimen living in the Society’s Gardens. By G. A. Bouteneer, F.Z.8. [Received April 6, 1888.] (Plate XIV.) The following is a description of a new species of the genus Homopus, three (female) specimens of which have been presented to the Society by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. They were obtained at Cradock. In a letter to the Secretary and in one to me, Mr. Fisk drew attention to differences shown by these specimeus as compared to those of the neighbourhood of the Cape. These differences indicate unquestionably a distinct species, which I propose to name Homopus FEMORALIS, sp. nov. (Plate XIV.) Shell more than twice as long as deep, flat on the vertebral region, posterior margin reverted and serrated. Dorsal shields not swollen, concentrically striated, separated by deep grooves ; areolz not or but feebly impressed; vertebral shields as broad as or a little narrower than the costals; nuchal small, longer than broad. Plastron and plastral shields as in H. areolatus. A pair of large prefrontal shields, followed by a large frontal; beak feebly hooked ; lower jaw narrower than in H. areolatus. Fore limb anteriorly covered with very large, imbricate, pointed tubercles, one of which, on the inner side near the elbow, is movable at right angles to the others; a very large conical tubercle on the hinder side of the thigh. Pale brown above, each shield narrowly edged with black in front and on the sides; plastral shields yellow, brown anteriorly. Shielded or tuberculate soft parts pale brownish, naked parts orange. Length of shell 13 centim. This Tortoise differs from both H. areolatus and H. signatus in the larger size and the feebly hooked upper jaw: from the former in the serrated posterior margin of the carapace and in the spur-like tubercle on the back of the thigh; and from the latter by the small inguinal shield, which is widely separated from the femoral shield, the presence of large prefrontal and frontal shields, and the absence of the fifth claw in the hand. For my knowledge of the animal of H. signatus, only the shell of which was known, I am indebted to Mr. Peringuey, who has recently brought to the British Museum two specimens obtained by him in Damaraland. Although provided with 5—4 claws, H. signatus must none the less be referred to the genus Homopus, on account of the absence of a median alveolar ridge in the upper jaw. Testudo horsfieldi, on the other hand, is, in spite of its 4-4 claws, a true Testudo. bs Or ibe) MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 1, 3. Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Birds.—No. II. On the Respiratory Organs in certain Diving Birds. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society. [Received May 1, 1888.] This note is based on the examination of some Puffins (Fratercula arctica) and of examples of two species of Penguins (Hudyptula minor and Spheniscus demersus), all of which have come into my hands for dissection at the Society’s Gardens. The most noticeable peculiarity about the respiratory apparatus of Fratercula, indeed the only one that I observed, concerns the structure of the oblique septum (“ diaphragm thoraco-abdominale,” Sappey); the general relations of this fibrous septum, which shuts off the lungs and the ‘ intermediate ’ air-saes from the abdominal cavity, have been already described in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society * by Prof. Huxley ; as that description applies perfectly to the three birds treated of in the present note, I merely refer to it. I may mention, however, that the best figure known to me illustrating the general disposition of the thoracic and abdominal viscera of a bird is to be found in Wiedersheim’s ‘ Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Ana- tomie der Wirbelthiere’*. The oblique septum of Fratercula is remark- able for the fact that it is covered for a considerable area with a layer of muscular fibres. This layer of muscular fibres arises (fig. 1, p. 253) from the pubis—from the proximal and larger half of this bone ; it is abundantly furnished with blood-vessels and nerves. ‘The direction of the muscle is oblique; it covers the hinder region of the oblique septum, ending abruptly some little way in front of the posterior attachment of the latter; the oblique septum, as in other birds, arises partly from the pubis, but the posterior limit of its attachment to this bone is considerably further forward than that of the sheet of muscle. This sheet of muscle, besides ending abruptly upon the oblique septum in front, is attached below to the upper surface of the sternum, and to the abdominal parietes along the last sternal rib. On the left side of the body the sheet of muscles is attached to the sternum along a line much closer to the attachment of the umbilical ligament than on the right side. The muscular fibres which make up the sheet of muscle are arranged in a parallel series of comparatively thick bundles with transparent (? fibrous) inter- spaces. The presence of this muscular layer is not, however, peculiar to the Puffin. Prof. Huxley, in the paper already quoted, states that in the Duck the oblique septum “ contains, on each side, a layer of unstriped muscular fibres.’ Judging from Prof. Huxley’s figure (op. cit. p- 565, fig. 2,m), the layer of muscular fibres in the Duck is by no means so extensive as in the Puffin. Prof. Huxley particularly states that he has been unable to discover any such fibres in Aplerya. 1 P.Z.8. 1882, p. 560. 2 2te Aufl., Jena, 1886, p. 654. 1888.} VISCERAL ANATOMY OF BIRDS. 253 In the very complete description of the respiratory apparatus of birds which Prof. Wiedersheim gives in his ‘ Lehrbuch der ver- gleichenden Anatomie’ there is no mention of any other bird in which muscular fibres cover the oblique septum ; Prof. Huxley’s statement about the Duck is referred to in a footnote }. I have found that an identica] structure occurs in two species of Penguin, viz. Hudyptula minor and Spheniscus demersus ; in both of these birds the oblique septum is covered posteriorly by a layer of muscular fibres which rise from the pubis and are attached ventrally to the sternum. After referring to the late Prof. Morrison Watson’s elaborate Fig. 1. ‘ , @ Dissection of Fratercula arctica, to illustrate disposition of oblique septum. a, oblique septum ; J, coils of intestine; Pb, pubis. and well-illustrated Report upon the Penguins collected by the ‘Challenger’ *, and finding there no mention of this muscular layer, I believed that this particular resemblance between the Puffin and the Penguins would be recorded for the first time in the present paper. Quite recently I have become acquainted with the contents of a short paper * by M. Filhol, in which he describes this muscular layer in the Penguin, though in another species. The following 1 P. 665, note 2. ® Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. vii. 3 “Sur la constitution du diaphragme des Hudyptes,” Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) t. vi. p. 235. 254 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 1, quotation from his paper will show that he probably refers to a structure identical with that described in the present note (doc. evt. p- 236) :— *Indépendamment de ces deux faisceaux musculaires que l’on retrouve avec la méme disposition chez tous les oiseaux, j'ai observé chez les Eudyptes au niveau de longle formé en dehors par le diaphragme thoraco-abdominale et la portion inférieure du diaphragme thoracique, un faisceau musculaire 4 fibres pales et divergentes. Ces fibres sont dirigées suivant le contour qu’affecte en leur point d’existence la cavité abdominale. Elles sont assez courtes et se terminent toutes par un sommet aponeurotique. Je désignerai ce muscle par l’appellation de muscle diaphragmatique transverse.” It appears therefore that the Puffins as well as the Penguins and Ducks are to be distinguished from many other birds by the fact that the oblique septum is partially covered by a layer of muscular fibres. But this layer of muscular fibres is by no means equally developed in all the three groups ef birds. It is best developed in the Puffin and in the Penguins; it appears to be very feebly developed in the Duck. Prof. Huxley gives no particular description of it in the Duck, but his figure ' shows that the layer of muscular fibres is very limited in extent and does not reach nearly as far as the sternum. It is attached to the dorsal middle line of the body and only covers the oblique septum for a very short way. I have found in the Toucan (Rhamphastos ariel) a perfectly similar patch of muscle occupying an identical position; the muscular fibres in this case also were obviously unstriated. There is another important difference between the muscular layer of the oblique septum in the Duck and that in the Puffin. Zhe fibres are in the Duck (according to Prof. Huxley) and in the Toucan unstriated; in the Puffin they are distinctly striated: I unfortunately neglected to observe whether this was also the case in the Penguins, and Filhol makes no mention of the point. It does not, however, as it appears to me, affect the question of the homology of the muscular layer covering the oblique septum in these three types to learn that the fibres are striate in the one and unstriate in the other. The muscular fibres of the alimentary tract are commonly said to be striated in the Tench, while they are unstriated in other fish. It is unnecessary to insist upon the homology of the muscular layer in the two cases. Mr. C. F. Marshall, in a paper upon the histelogy of muscle °, points out that striation in the fibres of muscle-bundles appears to be associated with greater activity on the part of the muscle. The muscles, for example, of an Echinus are for the most part unstriated ; those muscles which move the valves of the pedicellarize are striated, as was shown by Mr. Geddes and myself, and more recently by Hamann. The pedicellariz are undoubtedly the most actively moving organs of the Hchinus; and the nature of their muscles (striate) supports the views of Mr. Marshall. 1 Loc, cit. p. 565, fig. 2, m. ? Quart. Journ. Mier, Sci., Aug. 1887. 1888.] VISCERAL ANATOMY OF BIRDS. 255 It is possible then, as it appears to me, that the feebly developed muscular layer which extends for a short way over the dorsal attachment of the oblique septum in the Duck and in the Toucan may be the degenerate rudiment of the powerful muscle which extends over so large a portion of the oblique septum in the Penguin and inthe Puffin, There is nothing, moreover, in the facts, so far as they have been stated, to disprove the truth of the converse to the above, viz. that the powerfully developed muscular layer of the Penguin and the Puffin is a.further development of the feeble musculature of the oblique septum in the Duck. To decide which of these two alternatives is the more probable, it is necessary to go into the question of the nature and homologies of the muscular layer in question. I have at present been unable to discover any bird in which the oblique septum showed characters which would serve to throw any light upon the question. No doubt the structure of the viscera of the extinct Dinosauria would solve the problem at once ; but, failing these, itis clear that the Crocodilia more than any existing group of Reptiles approach birds in their structure. Prof. Huxley has in his paper, so frequently referred to, indicated many striking resemblances between the respiratory organs of Birds and those of Crocodiles. It had already been noted by Sir R. Owen’ and by Dr. Martin? that the abdominal cavity of Crocodiles is remarkable for the great development of special serous sacs enveloping the various viscera, its cavity being thus greatly subdivided. In this arrangement there is a very close similarity to Birds, as Prof. Huxley pointed out. “A fibrous expansion extends from the vertebral column over the anterior face of the stomach, the liver, and the dorsal and front aspect of the pericardium, to the sternum and the parietes of the thorax, separating the thoraco-abdominal space into a respiratory and a cardio-abdominal cavity, and representing the oblique septum of the bird” (Husley, loc. cit. p. 568). This supposed homologue of the oblique septum in the Crocodile is not, however, simply made up of a layer of fibrous tissue ; Prof. Huxley goes on to say in the same paper and on the same page :—“ A broad, thin muscle arises, on each side, from the anterior margin of the pubis; and its fibres pass forwards, diverging as they go, to be inserted into the ventral face of the posterior part of the pericardium and into the ventral and lateral parts of the fibrous capsule of the stomach, passing between that organ and the adherent posterior face of the liver, and being inserted into the fibrous aponeurosis which covers the anterior surface of the stomach, and represents the oblique septum.’’ If the homologies instituted by Prof. Huxley be allowed, then this muscle is clearly the equivalent of the muscle which I have described in this paper in the Puffin and which M. Filhol has described in the Penguin ; in every case the muscle arises from the pubis and extends as far as the region of the stomach; in the two birds, 'P.Z.8. 1831, p. 139. ? P.Z.8. 1835, p. 129. 256 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 1, however, the muscle is attached to the sternum and its fibres are striated (? Penguin); as to the Crocodile, Prof. Huxley does not state whether the muscles are striated or not. Judging from the analogy of other reptiles (Lacertilia), where muscular fibres also extend into the mesenteries ', they are not; but the homology is not, in my opinion, already stated, affected by this question’. The rudimentary muscles which clothe a limited area of the oblique septum in the Duck and Toucan are probably to be derived from the same muscle in the Crocodile, or else they may be directly traceable to a bird ancestor in which the same muscles were present in the same hypertrophied condition that they now are in the Penguin and Puffin. The muscle in question is in fact more highly developed in the Puffin and Penguin than in the Crocodile; but the habits of the birds suggest an explanation not only of the retention of the muscle but also of its great development and the appearance of an attach- ment to the ventral parietes. Both these birds are diving birds, and it seems therefore reasonable to suppose that any organ which would facilitate vigorous inspirations and expirations would be highly advantageous. Now the respiratory movements in birds are largely brought about by the abdominal muscles, which depress the sternum and the parietes, and so drive the air from the air-sacs through the lungs to the exterior. But the sternum in the Puffin &c. is long and the muscular abdominal parietes are therefore shorter than usual. The muscular force available is as a consequence not so great as in many other birds (e.g. the Emu) ; this deficiency is made up for by the muscle covering the oblique septum, and moreover the relations of this muscle are such that it is particularly available for its presumed function. In the first of the present series of ‘‘ Notes upon the Visceral Anatomy of Birds” * I have called attention to the resemblance between the so-called ‘“‘ omentum” of Birds and the “ horizontal septum”’ of the Crocodile, which is directly continuous with the oblique septa of the same reptile, and is apparently not distinguished from it by Prof. Huxley. It seems to me that the entire fibrous expansion which arises from the vertebral column and extends over the anterior face of the stomach, liver, §c. in the Crocodile represents both the oblique septa and the omentum in the bird. The middle part of the fibrous expansion in the Crocodile bears the two anterior abdominal veins, or at least they pass between it and the ventral parietes. In the bird there are a number of small veins upon the omentum which join the portal system, and are probably collectively the equivalents of the anterior abdominal system in the Crocodile. This appears to me to be an argument in favour of identifying the median portion of the fibrous expansion in the Crocodile with the omentum of the bird. 1 Rathke, Wiener Sitzungsb. 1852. 2 Prof. G. B. Howes tells me that the muscle in question is composed of plain fibres in the Crocodile. 3 P.Z.S. 1885, p. 836. 1888. ] VISCERAL ANATOMY OF BIRDS. 257 A. difficulty in the way of this comparison is the relation of the omentum to the oblique septa in many birds ; the oblique septa pass from the hinder part of the abdominal cavity arising from, or near, the pubis ; they are attached to the parietes ventrally and dorsally, and completely shut off a triangular segment of the ccelom from that portion of the ccelom which contains the intestines; the omentum comes into contact with the oblique septum and even fuses with it, but it is quite distinct from it, in the direction of its fibres, &c. It Diagrammatic transyerse section through abdominal region of Emu, to illustrate the oblique septum. a, oblique septum ; 4, umbilical ligament. might appear therefore at first sight as if the omentum was a structure peculiar to birds and that the whole of the ‘fibrous expansion” of the Crocodile represented the oblique septa, the only difference being that in the birds the two halves had shrunk away from each other towards the lateral parietes. The relation of the oblique septa to the omentum in the Emu is rather different from that of many birds and enables this difficulty to be surmounted. The oblique septa pass back to the extremity of the abdominal cavity, but posteriorly they are not attached to the ventral parietes ; the oblique septum has thus a free ventral edge for a considerable length; the omentum is attached to it apparently as in other birds, but on stretching the oblique septum the free edge is seen to be double and really to be produced by an upward fold; at this point the strong interlacing tendinous fibres of the oblique septum disappear and the membrane passes without any break into the omentum. If this membrane is sufficiently stretched 258 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. [May 1, the intestines of the Emu are seen to be covered by a horizontal septum, which resembles that of the Crocodiles except that it does not arise from the dorsal median line but along two lines placed nearer to the lateral parietes ; the relations of the posterior region of the oblique septum to the omentum are represented diagramma- tically in the accompanying drawing (fig. 2, p. 257). These facts, then, support my contention that the omentum as well as the oblique septa of birds are to be derived from the fibrous expansion which covers over the viscera in the Crocodilia. They also suggest that the oblique septum of birds has been produced by a vertical fold of this fibrous expansion which became attached to the ventral parietes and ultimately lost all traces in most birds (?) of its primitively double nature, and not by a separation of part of it. 4. Observations on the Fishes of India.—Part I. By Francis Day, C.LE., F.Z.S. [Received April 13, 1888.] During the ten years that have elapsed since the completion of my work upon the ‘ Fishes of India,’ several new piscine forms have been obtained, both from the seas and fresh waters of that part of Asia. Extended observations among specimens preserved in the Museums of Europe have likewise convinced me that some species which I formerly considered to be undescribed have no title to that designation, while several of my new ones have been redescribed as novelties by others. The foregoing reasons would scarcely have in- duced me to recur again to this interesting fish-fauna had it not been that it is proposed to re-issue my work in a more portable size, better suited to the requirements of travellers and collectors. As the subject of the geographical distribution of these fishes will have to be considered, I am obliged to point out not only such forms as I have erroneously described to be new, but likewise to advert to those of other describers which I believe would come under this head. CROMILEPTES ALTIVELIS. Serranus aitivelis, Cuv. & Val. ? Serranus striolatus, Playfair, Fish. Zanzibar, p. 11, pl. i. f. 2. ? Serranus gibbosus, Boulenger, P. Z. 8S. 1887, p. 654. The figure of Serranus altivelis in Cuv. & Val. ii. pl. xxxv. shows the spines of the dorsal fin increasing in length to the last, which is delineated nearly twice as long as the second. Cantor, in his ‘Malayan Fishes,’ remarked that these spines from the third were of uearly equal length; Bleeker shows them slightly, but gradually augmenting to the last, which is figured as one fifth longer than the third: I have observed them more nearly corresponding with Cantor’s description. The foregoing shows that differences do exist as to the length of these spines, and that a gradual augmentation from the 1888. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. 259 third to the last is not carried out in a similar manner in all speci- mens. The specimen of S. striolatus is stuffed, and the ends of the 3rd, 4th, and 10th dorsal spines are broken; the 3rd and 4th are said to be the longest and one third the length of the head, thus differing from S. altivelis: the last dorsal spine is rather more than half the length of the longest ray Gi): The soft portions of the dorsal and anal fins are similar to S. altivelis and S. gibbosus; the pectoral is shorter than in S. gibbosus, which is nearly as long as in S. altivelis. The specimen of Serranus gibbosus is of very similar form to the foregoing, which may be owing to having been preserved in strong spirit instead of being a skin; its third dorsal spine is nearly as long as the longest ray, but its last spine is broken. ‘The length of its head (from the end of the snout to the end of the opercular spines) is 47 in that of the total length. The colours are between the two others ; its spots are larger in size than in S. striolatus, but having a similar tendency to form about 15 irregular rows along either side of the body. I think the Zanzibar and Muscat fishes are merely separated from one another by their colours, and that their form differs from C. al¢i- velis in the shorter lengths of their dorsal spines. This fish does not appear to extend to the Red Sea ; consequently if S. striolatus and S. gibsosus are varieties of S. altivelis, they are found in the extreme limits at which this species extends to the west. Without, therefore, absolutely holding them to be identical, I think that when a larger number of specimens have been obtained they will probably only be ranked as varieties. SERRANUS DIACANTHUS, Cuv. & Val. Epinephelus retouti, Bleeker, Fish. Madagascar, p. 21, pl. xii. f. 1. SERRANUS LATIFASCIATUS, Schlegel. Serranus grammicus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 700. Since my description of this fish was published, I have seen Schlegel’s types in the Leyden Museum, and they undoubtedly belong to this species. SERRANUS MORRHUA, Cuy. & Val. Serranus preopercularis, Boulenger, l. c. p. 654. As I have already given an account of the colours of this fish, I will merely remark that the young have sinuous white bands, but as the fish becomes older it assumes a brown eolour, with narrow black lines, which were the original borders of the white bands. In the Paris Museum is a young specimen having dark spots along the lines which bound the white bands. In Klunzinger’s figure (Fisch. Roth. Meeres., t. i. f. 2), three brown lines radiate from the eye and become four curved ones on the body, the first going to the 8th dorsal spine, the second to the 5th ray, while between these are blotches, spots, or markings of the same colour. The fifth dorsal spine is shown the longest. 260 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. [May I, In S. preopercularis the colour differs, the lines being more or less broken up into spots; but if the smaller of the two specimens (12 inches in length) is examined, it has the distinct remains of the black lines which edge the bands on the head, as shown in my ‘Fishes of India,’ while the opercular spines are similarly placed to those in S. morrhua. As regards colours, it is by no means unusual that vertical bands in these fishes have a tendency to disappear, and horizontal lines to break up into spots, and even entirely fade away. GraMmMisTes PuNCTATUS, Cuv. & Val. Sent by Dr. Bidie from Madras in 1833. LuTIANUS ARGENTIMACULATUS, Forsk. Mesoprion garretti, Giinther, Fische d. Siidsee, p. 15, t. xiii. f. B. APOoGON ELLIoTI, Day. Apogon arafure, Ginther, ‘ Challenger’ Shore-fishes, 1880, p. 38, pl. xvi. f. C. SYNAGRIS TANIOPTERUS, Cuv. & Val. Synagris notatus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 684. GERRES SETIFER, Ham.-Buch. Gerres altispinis, Giinther, Intr. Study of Fishes, with a figure. PEMPHERIS MALABARICA, Cuv. & Val. Pempheris mangula, Day, Fish. India, p. 175. PEMPHERIS RUSSELLI. Pempheris molucca, Day, Fish. India, p. 175. This species is identical with Russell’s fish, plate xiv., but not with P. mangula, Cuv. & Val., a form figured in Giinther’s Fische d. Siidsee, t. lix. f. B, whereas Klunzinger’s P. mangula differs again from both species. Umprna sinuata, Day. Umbrina striata, Boulenger, P. Z.S8. 1887, p. 660. TRACHYNOTUS RUSSELLI, Cuv. & Val. Trachynotus coppingeri, Giinther, Fish. Alert Exp. 1881-82, p- 29, pl. iii. f. A. PsENneEs JAVANICUus, Cuv. & Val. Psenes guamensis, Giinther, Fische d. Siidsee, ii. p. 145, t. xci. f. 100. PERCIS CYLINDRICA, Sp. Nov. B, vi.” D.5/200 P. 1a. VV, lo, v, Ant gta) alo. Ls], 44: L. tr. 23/9. Length of head 4, of caudal fin 53, height of body 52 in the total 1888. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. 261 length. ZHyes: diameter 3} in the length of the head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout, and | of a diameter apart. The greatest width of the head equals its length excluding the snout. Cleft of mouth very slightly oblique ; lower jaw a little the longer; the posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the first third of the orbit. The greatest depth of the preorbital equals one third of the diameter of the eye. All the epercles entire; a well-marked spine on the opercle, and another on the subopercle; no shoulder-spine. Teeth: two enlarged ones on either side above the symphysis of the lower jaw; fine ones on the vomer. ins: second dorsal spine the longest, equalling three fourths of the diameter of the eye. Pectoral nearly as long as the head. Ventral one fourth longer than the head, reaching the base of the seventh anal ray. Caudal slightly rounded. Colours: reddish brown, with five wide and dark vertical bands, extending from the back to the lower surface, these bands being darkest at their edges and disappearing about the middle of the body, where there are also some dark spots; a brown ocellus at the upper part of the base of the caudal fin, which has some brown spots on it. Numerous brown spots on the snout and upper surface of the head and cheeks, some on the upper edge of the eye, where there are two dark narrow bands. Ventrals white; first dorsal fin nearly black between the spines ; soft dorsal and anal with fine dots between the rays. Hab. Two small specimens from the Andaman Islands. GOBIUS LITTOREUS, sp. nov. Be Vay DO) PL Ube Vie Wo ae tOn Me ae Oo. L. tr. 6. Length of head 43, of caudal fin 4}, height of body 51 in the total length. Hyes: diameter 3 in the length of the head, + a dia- meter from the end of the snout, and placed close together. The greatest width of the head equals 2 of its length, while its height equals its length excluding the snout. Anterior profile of the head somewhat obtuse; cleft of mouth oblique, lower jaw slightly the longer; the posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the first third of the eye. Preopercle spineless, and no warts on the head. Teeth in villiform rows, none enlarged. Fins: dorsal spines of moderate strength, the longest nearly half the length of the head ; pectorai as long as the head, some of its rays fine and silk- like; caudal pointed. Scales ctenoid, none on the head; eleven rows between the occiput and iront edge of the dorsal fin. Oolours: yellowish, with a few dark spots on the body and a dark band from the eye to the snout, also a dark mark on the opercle. Upper half of eye black. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins with a grey outer edging ; ventrals white. Hab. A small species from Madras. ELEOTRIS MACROLEPIDOTA, Bloch. This fish is not Eleotris hoedtii of Bleeker, as stated in Giinther’s Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. XIX. 19 262 MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. [May l, Fische Siidsee,’ ii. p. 185, as the type at Berlin (No. 2155) has D. 7/3, A. zy (the last ray in both being almost double, and there- fore counted as two by Bloch), L. |. 30, L. tr. 13-14, and from 27 to 28 scales between the snout and the first dorsal fin. ELEOTRIS ELLIOTI, sp. nov. Cul nachooli, Tamil. By vi DD 6/1220 PF eine Wb. As la. C. 13. Tal ets 1; tr. 6. Length of head 43, of caudal fin 42, height of body 53 in the total length. Hyes high up, diameter 33 in the length of the head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout. Height of head two thirds of its length ; interorbital space narrow. Cleft of mouth somewhat oblique, the maxilla extends posteriorly to beneath the middle of the eye. Teeth rather large, in a single row in the upper jaw, with two small lateral canines, in two or three rows in the centre of the lower jaw, separated from the single lateral row by two large, recurved, canines. ins: dorsal spines thin, flexible, and equal in height to the body below them; second dorsal and anal of similar height and one third lower than the first dorsal. Pectoral nearly as long as the head. Caudal rounded, with its central rays somewhat the longest. Scales: ctenoid in the posterior portion of the body, where they are larger than anteriorly, small on the surface of the head; none on the cheeks. Colours: whitish, with fine wide and light-coloured chestnut bands descending from the back, each of which has a black outer edge; another over the nape is without dark edges. Caudal fin brown, with a broad, yellowish, black-bordered vertical band down its centre. A dark horizontal band running along the cheeks below the eye. Dorsal fins light brown, with light outer edges, a large black white-edged blotch on the posterior half of the first dorsal fin, and a second but smaller one at the termination of the second dorsal, which last fin is white at its base. Hab. Madras. A skin from Sir W, Elliot’s collection is 3°2 inches in length, but is in bad condition; a coloured drawing was made from the fish when captured. PETROSCRITES STRIATUS, Sp. NOV. Bevis. OL 40, Pat Vs os ae aye eee Length of head 43, of caudal fin 62, height of body 6 in the total length. yes: diameter 23 in the length of the head, % of a dia- meter from the end of the snout, and the same distance apart. The greatest width of the head equals half its length; the maxilla reaches to beneath the first third of the orbit. Snout somewhat broad and rounded in front, the upper jaw a little the longer. No tentacles on the head. Teeth: an exceedingly large recurved canine on either side of the lower jaw, while about 14 teeth are present between the canines, ins: dorsal commences midway between the eye and the hind edge of the opercles, and does not extend quite so far as 1888. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. 263 the caudal fin; the height of its longest ray equals two thirds of that of the body, and is rather more than those in the anal fin, which latter is not united to the caudal. Colours: with about ten broad vertical bands, extending from the base of the dorsal to the anal fins, separated from one another by a very narrow white line. Dor- sal and anal fins exterually black-edged, and the membranes studded with fine brown spots. Caudal light-coloured. Hab. Ceylon. SALARIAS SINDENSIS, sp. Nov. Biv eDe 3/20. 0B. Vie) &. 93. 0.19. Length of head 5, height of body 5 in the total length. yes situated high up near the dorsal profile, diameter } of the length of the head. Body strongly compressed, profile from above the orbit to the end of the snout oblique. The height of the head equals its length excluding the snout. The posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the front edge of the eye. No tentacles or crest on the head. Teeth well developed large posterior canines. Fins: dorsal not notched, but highest posteriorly, where the longest rays equal half the height of the body, anal not quite so high as the soft dorsal ; dorsal, anal, and caudal rays unbranched. ‘he dorsal and anal fins not quite connected to the caudal. Colours: olivaceous ; four wide brown bands on the head, the three anterior of which en- circle it ; about twelve vertical bands on the body more or less distinct, but more marked at the base of the dorsal fin. Dorsal fin with a dark mark along its anterior two thirds ; anal black-edged, each ray tipped with pure white. In one there appear to be marks of some on horizontal bands having existed along the front half of the ody. Hab. Three specimens from Kurrachee in Sind. SALARIAS NEILLI, Sp. Nov. evi. WecPOpby, | be bo. Wo 2. ae Oe: es te: Length of head 43, height of body 44 in the total length. yes situated high up, near the dorsal profile, 4 diameters in the length of the head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout, and 4 a diameter apart. Frontal profile very steep, the head as high as it is long, the maxilla reaches to beneath the last third of the eye. A fringed supraorbital tentacle about twice as long as the eye; a small fringed one at the nostril; no crest on the head. TZeeth: a very large curved canine posteriorly in the lower jaw, and a smaller curved one in the upper. ins: spinous portion of dorsal fin lower than the rayed part, the notch between the two parts of the fin well marked ; the longest dorsal rays are equal to half the height of the body of the fish; neither the dorsal nor the anal fin are attached to the caudal, which latter is somewhat wedge-shaped, and its rays are branched. Colours: olive, with seven or eight short dark bands descending from the dorsal fin down the first third of the body ; some dark bands radiate from the eye; a large black blotch below 19* 264 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. [May 1, and somewhat behind the orbit. Two semicircular brown bands across the lower surface of the mandibles. Fins darker than the body. vaya named this fish after A. Brisbane Neill, Esq., to whom I am under great obligations for the valuable assistance he has given me in my ichthyological publications. Hab. Ten examples from Kurrachee in Sind. SALARIAS BREVIS, Kner, 1868. Salarias leopardus, Day, P.Z.S. 1869, p. 518. ACANTHOCLINUS INDICUS, sp. nov. B.Win wD aZbA. Seb. Ve L/S. A O/T, age L. ee be ee Length of head 4, of caudal fin 5, height of body 3 in the total length. yes: diameter 1 of the length of the head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout, and # of a diameter apart. Cleft of mouth somewhat oblique, the maxilla reaching posteriorly to beneath the hind third of the orbit. Two strong opercular spines. Teeth in jaws, vomer, and palate. Fins: dorsal spines strong, the fin not united to the caudal; pectorals rounded; ventrals long and inserted slightly in front of the base of the pectoral ; caudal rounded. Scales cycloid. Lateral line absent. Colours: brownish black, with a milk-white band commencing on the front end of the dorsal fin, and extending to the snout; a white band over the free portion of the tail; a white spot on the base of the pectoral fin, one on either side of the base of the mandibles, one on the isthmus. The posterior half of the ventral fin, and also a ring round the vent, white, as well as the tip of the caudal fin. Hab. Madras. A small species. MUGIL KLUNZINGERI, sp. nov. Mugil carinatus, Day, Fishes of India, p. 349, not C. & V., as was pointed out by Klunzinger. PLATYGLOSSUS ROSEUS, sp. nov. Bev Dag/t2.- "P14. Vb Ay 22 eee A, a es Tr = Length of head 43, of caudal fin 6}, height of body 32 in the total length. yes: diameter 7 of the length of the head, 13 dia- meter from the end of the snout, and one apart. The greatest width of the head equals half its length. Teeth: a posterior canine. ins: caudal slightly rounded; the length of the pectoral equals that of the head behind the middle of the eye; outer ventral ray somewhat elongated. Scales: none on the head, those on the chest smaller than those on the body. Colours: in a spirit-specimen rosy, with a large black spot behind the middle of the eye, and a small one between the first two dorsal spines; two narrow light bands pass from the eye to the snout; a broad orange band along the 1888.] THESECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 265 suborbital ring of bones; body with dark and narrow horizontal bands in its anterior half, while seven dark and wide bands pass from the back down the sides. A narrow light band goes from the eye to the middle of the base of the caudal fin. Basal third of caudal fin somewhat dark, its outer edge light. Hab. Kurrachee in Sind. FIERASFER HOMEI, Richardson. An example nearly five inches long, from Madras. Exocamtvus ALTIPINNIS, Cuyv. & Val. Exocetus katopron, Bleeker, Atl. Ich. vi. p. 72. Two specimens up to 11% inches in length, received from Bombay. May 15, 1888. Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1888 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of April was 63. Of these 11 were by birth, 32 by presentation, 11 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 125. The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 1. Two Penguins frem the Auckland Islands, presented by Capt. Sutcliff, R.M.S.S. ‘ Aorangi,’ April 19th. One of them is in adult plumage, the other is young. They are referable certainly to one of the geographical subspecies of Hudyptes chrysocome, but on comparing the adult with the example of the Penguin from New Zealand, received March 31st, it will be observed that there are several differences between the two specimens. The Auckland Island bird is larger and not so blue on the back, and has a distinct white line on the lower mandible above the feathering, as will be seen by the drawings now exhibited. Moreover the yellow eyebrow commences much further back, on the lores. 2. Two Indian Hill-Foxes, presented by Col. Alex. A. A. Kinloch, C.M.Z.S., and received April 20th. These Foxes, which, Col. Kin- loch informs me, were obtained at Thandiani, a small station on the hills between the Hazara and Jhelum valleys, a few miles from Abbottabad, at an elevation of about 8000 feet, form an acceptable addition to the series of Canidz in the Society’s Collection. They appear to be immature specimens of Canis montanus. 3. A fine example of the Spotted Hawk-HKagle (Spizaétus nipalen- sis) of Northern India, also presented by Col. Kinloch, and new to the Society’s Collection. 266 MR. BOULENGER ON AZEMIOPS FEZ. [May 15, A communication was read from Sir John Lubbock, containing a letter addressed to him by Mr. George A. Treadwell, concerning a fatal case of poisoning by the bite of Heloderma suspectum. Mr. Treadwell gave the following extracts from the ‘Cochise Record’ of May 2nd, 1884 :— “ Sunday evening Dr. Matthews was summoned, by telegram, to Fairbanks (a railway-station near Tombstone, Arizona Territory, U.S.A.), to attend Colonel Yearger, who was reported seriously ill. Owing to a delay in the telegram, the doctor did not reach the patient until several hours after his death, which had been very sudden. “Tt appears that Yearger had been fooling with a Gila Monster, and in attempting to open the creature’s mouth, was bitten on the right thumb. Instantly the poison took effect, and although every convenient remedy was applied, he lived but a few hours. An inquest was subsequently held, and a verdict returned in accordance with the above facts. ‘«‘As this is the third or fourth death which has occurred in the Territory from bites of this reptile, it should set at rest, at once and for ever, the theory so prevalent that their bite is not poisonous.” Mr. Boulenger exhibited the type specimen of a new genus of Snakes, Azemiops fee, recently discovered by M. Fea, of the Genoa Civic Museum, in the Kakhien Hills, Upper Burma. This dis- covery was considered the most striking that had been made in Indian Ophiology within the present century. The new Snake combined the external characters of a Lycodontoid Colubrine with the poison-apparatus of a Viper. The loreal shield, which was present in Azemiops, had hitherte been regarded by Indian Ophi- ologists as indicating the innocuous nature of a Snake ; and it was therefore useful to emphasize on the inefficiency of such a criterion in the hopeless task of distinguishing poisonous from harmless Snakes otherwise than by examination of the dentition. The specimen exhibited was unique, and had been entrusted to Mr. Boulenger by the Marquis G. Doria. The description would shortly appear in the ‘ Annals of the Genoa Museum.’ The following letter, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. E. E. Cotes, Entomological Department, Indian Museum, Calcutta, was read :— ‘‘Tndian Museum, Calcutta. 28rd April, 1888. “My DEAR SIR, ‘“‘T venture to ask for your assistance in the following matter. The question of economic entomology is being taken up by the Trustees of the Indian Museum, and an endeavour is being made to collect specimens of the various Indian insect-pests, and to record all that can be learnt about them, both from practical men, who have actual experience of them out here, and also from entomologists in various parts of the world. The idea is, that when the life- histories of the insects have been accurately learnt, methods of dealing 1888.] MR. H. SEEBOHM ON PHEASANTS FROM MONGOLIA. 267 with them may in many cases be devised, as has already been the case to a considerable extent in America and Europe. “For this purpose it is of the first importance to get the insects accurately named, both in order to establish their identity beyond doubt, and also to enable them to be compared with allied species which have often been minutely studied elsewhere. “In the Indian Museum are considerable collections of insects, which have been roughly arranged, and, to a certain extent, named, but which are generally insufficient for the purpose of accurately de- termining the insects which are now being constantly sent to the Museum as damaging crops in various parts of India. ‘“‘T am therefore anxious to call the attention of entomologists of your Society, who may be interested in special groups of insects, to the fact that their assistance in determining the insect-pests will be gratefully received, and that I shall be most happy to correspond with any one on the subject, and to give all the help I can. ‘Besides the actual insect-pests, which it is chiefly important to have determined, there are large collections in the Museum of Insects from all parts of India, besides Burma, the Andaman Islands, the Nicobar Islands, and Ceylon, which it is desirable to have worked out—help being specially needed with the groups Hymenoptera (except Formicidz), Coleoptera (except Cerambycidee, Buprestidze, and Elateridz), Neuroptera, Diptera, and Orthoptera (except Mantide). _ Enclosed are some circulars which show the lines on which the investigation of the insect-pests is being conducted. “Yours faithfully, E. E. Cores, Entomological Department, “ To the Secretary of the Indian Museum.” Zoological Society of London.” Mr. Henry Seebohm exhibited a series of Pheasants from Mon- golia, Thibet, and China, including examples of the two species discovered by Colonel Prjevalski, Phasianus vlangali and P. strauchi. The former was from Tsidam, west of Koko-Nor, and the latter from Kansu. The range of P. strauchi appeared to extend as far south as Moupin, whence examples, which had hitherto been re- ferred to P. decollatus, were brought by Abbé David, and were now in the Paris Museum. Prof. Bell, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon three speci- mens of a large Pennatulid, Funiculina quadrangularis, collected by Mr. John Murray on the west coast of Scotland, which showed very clearly the difference between examples of this species of different ages. The following papers were read :— 268 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON [May 15, 1. List of a Collection of Birds made by Mr. L. Wray in the Main Range of Mountains of the Malay Peninsula, Perak. By R.-Bowpzter Suarpe, F.LS., F.Z.S., &e., Zoological Department, British Museum. [Received April 24, 1888.] (Plate XV.) _ From the collections previously sent by Mr. Wray (cf. P.Z.S. 1886, p. 350, and 1887, p. 431) it was so easy to prophesy that his future explorations would bring to light the existence of more Himalayan genera in the high mountains of the Malayan Peninsula, that I can take little credit for my prognostications ; but the fore- shadowing of Mr. Wray’s accomplishments does not impair the credit of that explorer’s success in his last expedition into the mountain-ranges of the interior of the Peninsula. He states that the mountains on which he has lived for six months ‘contain really very few more birds than the Larut range, though they are so much more extensive,” and he collected up to an altitude of 7000 feet. By the present collection several interesting forms have been revealed, representatives of allied species in Tenasserim, and the ranges of several birds are extended southwards. The genera hitherto unrecorded from the mountains of Malacca are Anthipes, Brachyp- teryx, Gampsorhynchus, and Cutia—all Himalayan and Tenasserim forms, of which, so far as we know, only Brachypteryz has occurred in Sumatra. The Avifauna of the latter island is further linked to that of the mountain-ranges of the Malay Peninsula by the discovery of a Black Babbling Thrush, representing the Welanocichla bicolor of Sumatra. The unexampled success which has attended Mr. Wray’s efforts so far will, we hope, encourage him to still further investigations of the interesting region in which he is domiciled. The references in the present paper are chiefly to -Mr. Oates’ ‘Handbook of the Birds of British Burmah,’ which includes an allusion to the paper on the Birds of Tenasserim by Messrs. Hume and Davison. I have also referred to Count Salvadori’s essay on Dr. Beccari’s collections from high Sumatra (Ann. Mus. Civic. Genoy. xiv. p. 169), whenever there occurs any affinity in the Avi- fauna of that island with the collection under discussion. Mr. Wray’s original remarks, by far the most important part of the present paper, are placed in inverted commas. Fam. FaLconip#. NrEopus MALAYENSIs (Temm.). Neopus malayensis, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1887, p-433 ; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 44. “No. 18. Q ad. Mountains of Perak (Gunong Batu Putch). Mintern Bros . imp J.G Keulemans del.et lth PERICROCOTUS WRAY! 1888. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 269 “Trides brown; feet yellow; cere yellow. Expanse 5 ft. 10 in., length 2 ft. 5 in. «* The stomach contained the remains of a rat, a bird’s egg, and a snake’s egg. The plumage of this specimen was far darker than that of the two I obtained last year on the Larut Hills.” Fam. Corvin. PLATYLOPHUS ARDESIACUS (Blyth). Platylophus ardesiacus, Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. iii. p. 317; Hume and Davison, Str. F. 1878, p. 380; Oates, B. Brit. Burm. i, p- 410; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 66. “No. 117. Q ad. Batang Padang (mountains of Perak). ‘‘ Trides dark brown ; bill black ; feet and legs black. It frequents the undergrowth of the forest.” Fam. CAMPOPHAGID&. PERICROCOTUS WRAYI, sp. n. (Plate XV.) ‘No. 53. P.igneus, 3 9 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” I can hardly believe that this is the species I identified and returned to Mr. Wray as Pericrocotus igneus {P.Z.S. 1887, p. 435). If such be the case I was greatly in error, for the pair of birds now sent are decidedly distinct from that species. P. wrayi has the quill- lining red, instead of yellow, and also the under wing-coverts, and it has the throat slaty grey and the ear-coverts slaty black, instead of glossy black like the head. Total length 6°3 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 3:1, tail 3°2, tarsus 0°55. The female of P. igneus differs very much from the female of P. wrayi in being entirely bright yellow below and in having a scarlet rump. The nearest ally of P. wrayi as regards the female plumage is that of P. brevirostris, but P. wrayi is of a darker slate-grey, has a brighter yellow lower back and rump, no yellow on the forehead, and the chin white. The males of P. neglectus and P. érevirostris differ in their glossy black throat and fiery crimson, not scarlet, under surface. While on the subject of the genus Pericrocotus, I may mention that Count Salvadori very kindly sent me over the types of his new species from Tenasserim, and I am able to state with certainty that P. rubrolimbatus, Salvad. (Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov. (2) v. p- 982), is =P. solaris, and P. pulcherrimus, Salvad. t. c. p. 580, is =P. neglectus of Hume. PERICROCOTUS CROCEUS, sp. n. ““No. 107. g ad. Gunong Batu Putch (4300 feet). *« Trides dark brown; legs and feet black.” This is a beautiful bird, but I feel grave doubts whether it is any thing more than a yellow variety of P. wrayi, the red parts in P. wrayt being golden yellow in P. croceus, and the throat is darker, being black like the cheeks and sides of face. Total length 671 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 3:4, tail 2°95, tarsus 0°55. 270 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON [May 15, Fam. MuscicaPip&. MuscicaPuLa HYPERYTHRA (Blyth). Muscicapula hyperythra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 206; Salvad. ¢. c. p. 203. “No. 93. ¢ ad. Ulu Batang Padang (4200 feet). “‘Trides dark brown; legs and feet flesh-colour. Frequents the undergrowth in the forests.” This little Flycatcher is now recorded from the Malayan Peninsula for the first time. Its presence was, however, to be suspected, as the species occurs in the Eastern Himalayas and again in Java and Sumatra. MusecicaPULA WESTERMANNI, Sp. n. “No. 115. ¢ ad. Gunong Ulu Batang Padang (4200 feet). “ Trides light brown.” Adult male. General colour above blue-grey, with a slight brown wash on the scapulars and lower back ; rump ochreous brown ; upper tail-coverts a little more rufescent ; wing-coverts dusky, edged with ochreous brown; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills blackish, fringed with olive-brown, the secondaries rather more rufescent on the base of the outer web; tail-feathers brown, exter- nally rufous-brown; head blue-grey like the back, a little more hoary on the forehead; lores and eyelid white; ear-coverts and sides of face blue-grey, with a few whitish lines on the former ; throat white, with a slight ashy tinge; remainder of under surface of body white, the sides of the breast ashy grey; sides of body also washed with ashy grey; under tail-coverts white; thighs ashy ; axillaries and under wing-coverts white, the edge of the wing blackish ; quills dusky below, white along the edge of the inner web. Total length 3°7 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2:2, tail 1°55, tarsus 0°55. This is a very curious form, recalling the characters of several of the other Muscicapule. It may not be the fully adult of its species, but I believe it to be so. The reddish upper tail-coverts and tail remind one of the female of MW. maculata, but the blue- grey upper surface distinguishes it at a glance. The female and young male of M. superciliaris have generally an ochreous tinge on the throat which distinguish them ; but one specimen from Sikhim is white below like M. westermanni, while the upper surface is brown and the shade of blue which is seen on it (it is apparently a young male) is not slaty blue, but bright blue as in the adults. TERPSIPHONE AFFINIS (Blyth). Terpsiphone affinis, Oates, B. Brit. Burm. i. p. 261. Muscipeta afinis, Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 58. “No. 118. ¢ ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak. ‘« Trides dark brown ; bill black; legs and feet same. This species occurs in Penang, Province Wellesley, and the Batang Padang Dis- trict of Perak, but in Larut it is replaced by a slightly larger and whiter species.” 1888. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 271 PHILENTOMA VELATUM (Temm.). Philentoma velatum, Oates, ¢. c. p. 263; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p- 58. “No. 128. ¢ ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak. * Trides crimson; bill black; feet and legs black.” PHILENTOMA PYRRHOPTERUM (Temm.). Philentoma pyrrhopterum, Oates, ¢. c. p. 264; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 58. “No. 127. g¢ ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak. ‘“‘ Trides red ; bill black.” Identical with males from other parts of the peninsula and from Tenasserim. I have re-examined the type of P. intermedium of Hume from Johore, and I cannot see how it differs from P. pyrrhopterum. CuLICICAPA CEYLONENSIS (Sw.). Culicicapa ceylonensis, Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. iv. p. 369 ; Oates, ¢. c. p. 274; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 59. “No. 111. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Putch (5400 feet). ** Irides reddish brown ; feet and legs warm brown, soles of feet red ; bill black.”’ CRYPTOLOPHA DAVISONI, Sp. 0. “No. 96. g ad. Gunong Ulu Batang Padang (4200 feet). **Trides dark brown; bill above brown, beneath yellow; legs and feet flesh-colour.” This is a Malayan representative of C. montis of Kina Balu, from which it differs in its larger size and intensified colouring, being dark grass-green instead of yellowish green, having all the rufous parts of the head deep chestnut instead of ferruginous, and in being much brighter yellow below. ‘otal length 3°8 inches, culmen 0°4, wing 2°15, tail 1°55, tarsus 0-7. CRYPTOLOPHA TRIVIRGATA (Strickl.). Cryptolopha trvirgata, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 435; Salvad. t.c. p. 204. “No 97. 2 ad. Gunong Batu Putch (4300 feet). ‘* Trides dark brown.” STOPAROLA THALASSINOIDES (Cab.). Stoparola thalassinoides, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 432 ; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 59. “No. 136. ¢G ad. Larut. “ Trides light brown.” A truly Malayan species, represented by the ordinary S. mela- nops Ps Tenasserim, to which province the present bird does not extend. 272 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON [May 15, ANTHIPES MALAYANA, Sharpe, anted, p. 247. “No. 94. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Putch (4300 feet). *Trides dark brown ; legs and feet white; bill nearly black. Lives apparently on the ground.” A young bird, mottled all over after the manner of Flycatchers, is sent by Mr. Wray from the same locality. ‘No. 98. Irides deep brown; legs and feet pale flesh-colour. Hops about among the undergrowth, searching for insects, making a nearly continual chirp- ing.” Although the Hume Collection does not contain any young Anthipes for comparison, I think that the present specimen must belong to a species of that subgenus. NILTAVA GRANDIS, Hodgs. Niltava grandis, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 251. “No. 11. 9 ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak.” Nixttava LeucopProcra (Tweedd.). Niltava leucoprocta, Oates, B. Brit. Burm. i. p. 298. “No. 103. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). * Trides light brown; bill black ; legs and feet light grey, soles of feet flesh-colour.” I have compared the adult male now sent with others from Tenas- serim, and find it to be identical. The extension of the range of the species is interesting. Fam. PycNoNoTIDz. CRINIGER GUTTURALIs (Bp.). Criniger gutturalis, Oates, t.c. p. 185; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 61. “No. 104, 105. g ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). ‘“‘Trides red-brown. A noisy harsh-voiced bird; flies in small parties, rather high up in the trees.” Mr. Wray sends one Criniger (no. 105), which, after much hesi- tation and careful comparison with the series of skins in the Hume Collection, I have decided to be only the young of C. gutturalis. Its much lighter bill and rufous wings and tail, at first sight, make it look very different. RUBIGULA CYANIVENTRIS (Blyth). Rubigula cyaniventris, Oates, t. ec. p. 200. Ividia cyaniventris, Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 63; Salvad. ¢. c. p- 220. “No, 131.) Oeade iarut: * Trides light brown.” TRACHYCOMUS OCHROCEPHALUs (Gm.). Trachycomus ochrocephalus, Oates, t. c. p. 188; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 61; Salvad. ¢. c. p. 218. “No. 121. ¢ ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak. ‘¢ Trides brown ; bill black. 1888. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 273 “This is the Sidharoh or Upih Bidau of the Malays. It is very plentiful among the bushes which fringe the river-banks, but it is so shy that it is hardly ever seen, though its prolonged, loud, musical, and very involved song is one of the most noticeable riverside sounds in the country.” Fam. TROGLODYTID&. PNOEPYGA PUSILLA, Hodgs. Pnoépyga pusilla, Hume and Davison, ¢. c. p. 234 ; Salvad. ¢. c. p- 226. “No. 95. 2 ad. Gunong Batu Putch (4300 feet). *‘Trides dark brown ; feet and legs pale brown; bill black, whitish beneath and at angle. Ground bird.” Identical with a specimen collected in Karennee by Captain Wardlaw Ramsay. It has also occurred on Mooleyit. Fam. TIMELIIDE. ' BRacuypreryx NIPALENSIS (Hodgs.). Brachypteryx nipalensis, Hume and Davison, ¢t. c. p. 236 ; Oates, Zc. p. 19. “No. 89. g ad. Gunong Batu Putch (4300 feet). ** Trides brown ; bill black; feet and legs ash-colour. Lives on the ground in the forest.” An adult male, rather darker than the generality of Himalayan and Tenasserim specimens, though some of the latter equal it in intensity of colouring. PHYLLERGATES CUCULLATUS (Temm.). Phyllergates cucullatus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 440. “No. 112. Q ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). “Irides dark brown; bill black above, yellowish beneath ; legs and feet pale brown. Also met with on Gunong Ulu Batang Padang at about the same altitude.” GAMPSORHYNCHUS SATURATIOR, Sp. 0. “No. 101. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). *Trides bright yellow; legs and feet bluish ash, with tintings of flesh-colour in places ; claws flesh-colour ; soles of feet dull yellow ; bill pale flesh-colour, dusky on the ridge below the nostrils. The fold of skin in which the rictal bristles are inserted is very prominent, and evidently when alive the bird can move the bristles as a whole backwards and forwards with great freedom. “Length 103 inches, expanse 12 inches. The stomach contained one large hairy caterpillar and the partly digested remains of various insects, and the egg of one of the Phasmidz. “This bird gave me a great deal of trouble, for every night and early each morning a small party of them used to pass the camp, sometimes on one side and sometimes on the other. They made a loud shrill ery something like the ery of the Krekah monkey, and 274 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON [May 15, flew quickly from tree to tree. Day after day we went out into the jungle to watch for them, but as there was no certainty which side of the camp they would take, and as they always passed when it was so dark in the forest that neither they nor the sight of the gun could be distinguished, we were never successful, until nearly the last day of our stay at that camp, in shooting one. The strange thing was that we never saw these birds in the daytime. They passed up the hill to roost at mghtfall and down again at dawn. Their note is so loud and distinctive, and they are so noisy, that they could not easily be overlooked or mistaken for any other bird. ‘They are evidently rare, as only this one small party was seen.” This new species is very closely allied to G. torquatus, Hume, from Tenasserim, but is altogether of a much darker colour, the upper surface being more rufous-brown. It is evidently a southern race of the Tenasserim form. SIBIA SIMILLIMA, Salvad. Sibia simillima, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 352. Heterophusia simillima, Salvad. t. ce. p. 232. “No. 13. g ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak.” POMATORHINUS BORNEENSIS, Cah. Pomatorhinus borneensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 411; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 61. * No. 100. g¢ ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). “Trides very light brown; bill white, witn black on the top of the ridge, reaching about halfway to the point; legs and feet bluish ash ; soles of feet yellowish brown. ‘Only one pair of these birds were seen, they were in company with a number of other birds.” MELANOCICHLA PENINSULARIS, Sp. 0. “No. 84. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). [rides bluish grey ; bare skin round eye and also the skin of the head and neck under the feathers dark purplish blue ; bill bright reddish orange. Legs grey, edges of scales yellowish ; feet same, but more yellow, soles of feet yellow. Stomach contained a quantity of reddish-coloured ants. It is a shy and uncommon bird, frequents dense jungle, in pairs or small parties of three or four, is noisy and harsh-voiced. I saw it also at nearly 5000 feet on Gunong Ulu Batang Padang.” This species is an interesting representative of M. lugubris of Sumatra, but is slaty grey, instead of brown or blackish, both above and below. Total length 10 inches, culmen 1-1, wing 4°8, tail 4:6, tarsus 1°45. RHINOCICHLA MiTRATA (S. Miill.). Rhinocichla mitrata, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 352. Leiothrix mitrata, Salvad. t. c. p. 230. “No. 12. Q ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak.” 1888. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 275 SracHyrRis NicRIcEps, Hodgs. Stachyris nigriceps, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 440. “No. 84. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Putch and Gunong Ulu Batang Padang (4000 to 5000 feet). “Trides light brown; bill black, greyish beneath ; feet, legs, and claws ash-colour, slightly tinted with green. Soles of feet light brown. Stomach contained insects. This bird is usually in company with other small birds.” STACHYRIS NIGRICOLLIS (Temm.). Stachyris nigricollis, Sharpe, Cat. B, Brit. Mus. vil. p. 535. Timelia nigricollis, Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 60. “No. 125. ¢ Q ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak. “Trides red; bill above black, lower mandible pale straw-colour, tipped dusky.”’ TuRDINUS SEPIARIUS (Horsf.). Turdinus sepiarius, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 544. “No. 132. 2 ad. Kinta, Perak Mountains. “ Apparently not to be separated from Javan and Bornean specimens. The flanks are perhaps a trifle more rufous-brown.” DRYMOCATAPHUS NIGRICAPITATUS (Eyton). Drymocataphus nigricapitatus, Oates, t. c. p. 63. “No. 135. ¢ ad. Larut, Perak Mountains. * Trides red.” Mrxornis Guaris (Rafil.). Mixornis gularis, Oates, ¢. c. p. 51; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 60; Salvad. 7. ¢. p. 223. “No. 134. ¢ ad. Larut, Perak Mountains. <¢ Trides dark brown.” Macronvs prizvosus, J. & 8: Macronus ptilosus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 583 ; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p.60; Salvad. ¢. c. p. 224. «No. 124. ¢ ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak. <‘Trides dark brown; bill black; skin of head and neck and round eyes cobalt-blue.”’ Herpornis XANTHOLEUCA, Hodgs. Herpornis «antholeuca, Oates, ¢. c. p. 151. “No. 109. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). ‘‘ Trides dark brown; feet and legs flesh-colour ; bill black above, fleshy beneath and at angle,” SIVA CASTANEICAUDA, Hume. Siva castaneicauda, Hume & Davison, Str. F. 1878, p. 371; Oates, ¢. c. p. 145. “No. 102. gad. Gunong Batu Putch. 276 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON [May 15, ‘‘Trides dark brown ; feet and legs bluish grey; bill brown, pale beneath. This bird seems to have the same habits as Mesia argentauris. I saw it on the summits of Gunong Batu Putch and Gunong Brumbrin at between 6000 and 7000 feet altitude. The only other birds I noticed were Athopyga wrayi, Sharpe, and a large light greyish-brown-coloured Eagle; but this latter was far out of range.” Identical with the types from Tenasserim in the Hume Collection. SIvA SORDIDIOR, sp. n. Siva sordida, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 438 (nec Hume). “No. 33. ¢ ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak.” In my first paper I ventured to doubt the identity of a specimen sent by Mr. Wray with Siva sordida of Hume from Tenasserim ; but as the specimen was not adult, I refrained from describing it. Now that two more adult birds have been procured by Mr. Wray, there is no longer any doubt that the Perak bird is distinct, differing in its still duller coloration, the absence of blue on the head, which is like the back, and also in the absence of the ochreous-brown colour of the lower back and rump. Total length 6 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°55, tail 2°6, tarsus 0°85. MestA ARGENTAURIS, Hodgs. Mesia argentauris, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 352. “No. 10. ¢ ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak.” CuTIA CERVINICRISSA, Sp. 1. “No. 85. ¢ 2 ad. Gunong Batu Putch.” “Trides light brown; legs and feet bright chrome-yellow, claws white; bill black above, grey beneath and at angle. It is a rare bird, and I did not see it lower than 4000 feet. It frequents the higher trees, in small parties of three or four, and has a loud whistling double note, repeated several times in succession.” This is a race of C. nipalensis, a bird unknown in Tenasserim, from which the Perak form differs in its fulvescent under surface, and tawny-coloured lower abdomen and under tail-coverts. These characters, though slight, are well established when the pair sent by Mr. Wray are compared with our large series in the British Museum, all of which are white below. The measurements are as follows :— Total length. Culmen. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. 3g ad. Perak (Wray). 70 0°38 39" “253 + Tl 2 ad. a 4s 6:4 O85 “Asisa ease] Fam. LAnip2&. PTERYTHRIUS ZRALATUS, Tickell. Pterythrius eralatus, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 440. “No. 34. 2 ad. Batang Padang Mountains, Perak.” Count Salvadori has recently (Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov. (2) v. 1888. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 277 p- 600) expressed his non-concurrence in the views of Capt. Ward- law Ramsay and myself that Pterythrius cameranoi of Sumatra is identical with P. eralatus of Tickell. The male of P. cameranoi is said by him to want the rosy tinge on the flanks which is present in Tenasserim specimens, which are also larger; while the female of P. cameranoi differs from that of P. eralatus in the grey of the head being less pure, the back more olivaceous, and in the rufous colour of the underparts being brighter and more extended towards the throat. I therefore once more compared our series of these two birds in the British Museum, including the specimens in the Tweed- dale Collection. I agree with Count Salvadori that the females are rather different, as described by him, and the female from Perak is grey-headed like the Tenasserim bird; but the male agrees with the Sumatran P. cameranoi better than with the true P. eralatus. There is a slight difference in the gloss of the head in the males from Tenasserim and Sumatra, the latter having a blue-black gloss, and the Tenasserim birds being rather greenish black on the head. The Sumatran birds have decidedly more pink on the flanks. Fam. PARrip2. MELANOCHLORA SULTANEA (Hodgs.). Melanochlora sultanea, Hume & Davison, Str. F. 1878, p. 378 ; Oates, ¢. c. p. 129; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 65. “No. 90. g¢ ad. Gunong Batu Putch. “‘Trides brown ; bill dark grey; feet and legs blue-grey. This ‘Sultan Tit’ I have seen, as high as 4500 feet, both on the Larut Hills and also on the main mountain-chain.”’ Fam. NECTARINIID&. JETHOPYGA WRAYI. Aithopyga wrayi, Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1887, p. 440. “No. 108. @ ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). “Trides black; legs and feet brown; bill black, yellowish at angle.” Not distinguishable from the female of 4, sanguinipectus. Fam. Dicaz 1p. PRIONOCHILUS IGNICAPILLUS, Eyton. Prionochilus ignicapillus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 65. “No. 110. g ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). ‘“‘Trides brown; bill black above, yellow beneath with dusky tip ; legs and feet nearly black.” A young bird, without any of the fine colouring of the adult, being almost entirely olive-green. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. XX. 20 278 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON [May 15, Fam. MoractLuip&. LimonipRomus 1Np1cus (Gm.). Limonidromus indicus, Oates, t.c. pe 164; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p- 65. . “No. 133. @ ad. Larut, Perak Mountains. “ Trides light.” Fam. EvuryYL“&MID2&. CoryDON SUMATRANUS (Rafil.). Corydon sumatranus, Hume & Davison, ¢. ce. p. 97; Oates, ¢. c. p- 430; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 50; Salvad. ¢. c. p. 200. *“No. 92. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Putch (3400 feet). “Trides light brown ; bill above reddish, on ridge lighter, white at tip, beneath pale flesh-colour; bare skin round eye flesh-red ; feet and legs black ; soles of feet light brown. . **Male has the bill black above, tinted with red. The patch under the neck is also paler than in the female. “